Home

Operator`s Manual

Contents

1. 2026265 039A Message Display Defaults CRISIS SILENCED OFF SYS ADVISORY Ti T2 Ti T2 Ti T2 TELE DEFINED SYS ADVISORY NORMAL ON 8 BEATS 3 SEC TO DEFAULT Message Remote Silence AVOA Silence NBP Clock Sync NBP M Only Alarm TP1 T1 Site Label TP2 T2 Site Label TP6 T1 Site Label TP6 T2 Site Label TP8 T1 Site Label TP8 T2 Site Label Combo Source NBP No Det NBP Silence Alarm ECG Rate Averaging Beat Pause Interval Disconnect Option Arrhythmia Alarm Levels Advisory Y Y Y Warning Crisis Parameter Alarm Levels Advisory Warning Y Crisis Auto Admit Asystole VFib VTac V Tach RM no resp HR PVC ST NBP NBP M Only ART Solar 8000M i Appendix C Operating Room Mode Defaults C 6 Appendix C Operating Room Mode Defaults C 7 Parameter Alarm Levels PA CVP no breath GAS SPO5 FEM UAC VNT RA UVC LA ICP SP SvOs TC BIS ART rate SPO rate BT TMP FEM rate UAC rate POC cco NICO ICG RR Resp Apnea for TRAM modules Resp No Breath for Patient Data Module Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A
2. High 2026265 039A 150 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 200 120 140 200 120 140 150 200 120 140 150 200 120 140 150 350 350 350 350 Parameter Limits Low 40 20 40 40 20 40 40 20 40 40 20 40 HR PVC ST I ST II ST III ST V1 ST AVL ST AVF ST AVR ST V2 ST V3 ST V4 ST V5 ST V6 NBP S NBP D NBP M ART S ART D ART M ART R FEM S FEM D FEM M FEM R UAC S UAC D UAC M UAC R PA S PA D PA M CVP Solar 8000M i Appendix C Operating Room Mode Defaults C 8 Appendix C Operating Room Mode Defaults High C 9 350 350 350 350 350 50 200 30 105 150 42 0 80 200 20 42 0 42 0 102 102 80 0 80 0 85 0 85 0 7 0 7 0 12 0 12 0 7 0 7 0 7 0 7 0 7 0 Parameter Limits Low 0 0 60 0 0 0 0 18 RA UVC LA ICP SP CO Insp CO Resp No Breath SpOse SpO2 R BT SvO gt RR RR Apnea TEMP 1 TEMP 2 Oe Insp Os Exp N2O Insp N2O Exp N2 Insp N2 Exp SEV Insp SEV Exp DES Insp DES Exp ENF Insp ENF Exp HAL Insp HAL Exp HE Insp Solar 8000M i
3. Appendix B Neonatal ICU Mode Defaults High 50 100 15 100 200 42 0 C 107 6 F 80 100 15 42 0 C 107 6 F 42 0 C 107 6 F 102 102 80 0 80 0 85 0 85 0 7 0 7 0 12 0 12 0 7 0 7 0 7 0 7 0 7 0 7 0 7 0 7 0 7 0 7 0 B 9 Parameter Limits Low 15 88 90 30 0 C 86 0 F 60 15 30 0 C 86 0 F 30 0 C 86 0 F 18 CO Insp CO Resp No Breath SpO2 gt SpO2 R BT SvO gt RR RR Apnea TEMP 1 TEMP 2 Oe Insp Os Exp N2O Insp N2O Exp N2 Insp N2 Exp SEV Insp SEV Exp DES Insp DES Exp ENF Insp ENF Exp HAL Insp HAL Exp HE Insp HE Exp ISO Insp ISO Exp AR Insp AR Exp Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Appendix B Neonatal ICU Mode Defaults Parameter Limits Low High RM 650 20 TC O5 60 90 TC CO 35 45 CI 1 5 5 0 TFC 10 60 BIS 1 100 Parameter Priority Defaults The following parameters when monitored always appear in parameter windows on the right side of the display Parameter 1 ECG Parameter 2 UAC Parameter 3 UVC Parameter 4 RR Parameter 5 SPO gt Parameter 6 VENT The NBP and ALARMS parameters appear in parameter windows at the bottom of the display only when there is no
4. on the back Power On Indicator Paper Out Indicator Graph Stop Control Key 580C Front View of the PRN 50 Digital Writer AC Power Connector Power On Off M Port or Switch AutoPort Connector Power Cable Clamp 9 Pin Async aee Communication Connector 581A Back View of the PRN 50 Digital Writer Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A 7 2 Printing M Port and AutoPort PRN 50 Digital Writers There are two types of PRN 50 digital writers The older writers labeled PRN 50 use an AutoPort connector This connector is located on the back of the PRN 50 digital writer and is labeled AutoPort Use of this type of PRN 50 digital writer with the Solar 8000M i monitor requires an AutoPort adapter This adapter part number 2001973 001 plugs into the AutoPort connector on the PRN 50 writer The newer PRN 50 digital writers are labeled PRN 50 M and they use an M Port connector interface This connector is located on the back of the PRN 50 M digital writer and is labeled M Port The PRN 50 M digital writer does not require an adapter to be used with the Solar 8000M 1 monitor Simply connect it to one of the M Port connectors on the front of the Solar 8000 monitor Changing the PRN 50 and PRN 50 M Digital Writer Paper Open the door by pressing on the top of the door as indicated below Press here to open 5
5. Appendix A Adult ICU Mode Defaults A 5 Display Defaults RM Display Par 3 PIP RM Display Par 4 PEEP Discharge Alert OFF TC Site Time 4 00 TC Site Temp 45 0 C TC Units MMHG TC Severinghaus OFF RM WF Speed 6 25 Vent WF Speed 6 25 Display MAC Value OFF Disable SAM Hal OFF Disable SAM Enf OFF ICG Primary Par CI ICG Secondary Par1 co ICG Secondary Par2 SVR ICG Secondary Par3 TFC Touch Volume 10 Pause Breakthru CRISIS Tech ID Field OFF Masimo Averaging 8 SECS Sat Seconds OFF SpO2 Response FAST BIS Smooth Rate 30 SEC Spectral Update 2 SEC EEG WF Scale 25 uV div EEG WF Speed 25 Spectra Display CSA EEG Montage 2 CH REF EEG Param Display SEF EEG Trend 1 SEF EEG Trend 2 MedF EEG Trend 3 SR EEG Trend 4 AMP AVOA Alarm Level WARNING Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Message 2026265 039A CRISIS SILENCED OFF SYS ADVISORY T1 T2 T1 T2 T1 T2 TELE DEFINED SYS ADVISORY NORMAL ON 8 BEATS 3 SEC TO DEFAULT Display Defaults Remote Silence AVOA Silence NBP Clock Sync NBP M Only Alarm TP1 T1 Site Label TP2 T2 Site Label TP6 T1 Site Label TP6 T2 Site Label TP8 T1 Site Label TP8 T2 Site Label Combo Source NBP No Det NBP Silence Alarm Auto Admit ECG Rate Averaging Beat Pause Interval Disconnect Option Arrhythmia Alarm
6. 5 2 Calibrate transducer 12 10 Galore Mr se 5 5 Change name pp 12 9 net eres 5 4 Glear eite inet t S 12 9 Graph setup tee di 5 7 ecole EIE 12 8 Learn the monitor 5 18 nre Emp 12 8 Monitor defaults pp 5 11 Limits IE ins 12 9 Custom defaults 5 16 SCal6S o eret not mena 12 8 Recall 5 15 5 12 11 Setup default arrhythmia alarm levels 5 12 neta dates 12 10 Setup default 5 14 Pressure windows pp 12 6 Setup default 5 13 Pressures Setup default parameter alarm levels 5 13 12 11 Setup default parameter priority 5 14 PA wedge nece eet 0 Monitor defaults password 5 17 Smart BP aute tette meis 12 13 Parameters on off 5 7 Special features RN 12 11 Print CRG PIUS 5 18 Printers Service menu pp 5 20 Laser printer zoo eee eta 7 4 Software revision pp 5 19 PRN 50 digital 7 2 Touchscreen volume 5 18 Product references Ne 1 2 Waveforms on off pp 5 2 Pulmonary 10 12
7. Admit View A Patient Admit Menu Options The Change Admit Info menu option allows you to change or enter information pertinent to the monitored patient Select CHANGE ADMIT INFO from the Admit menu A popup menu and information window open MANUAL ADMIT INFORMATION gt RETURN LAST NAME FIRST NAME PATIENT ID SEX BIRTH DATE AGE HEIGHT WEIGHT RACE SECONDARY ID REF PHYSICIAN MAIN CHANGE RECALL ADMIT ADMIT MENU ADMIT INFO DEFAULT HELP PATIENT PREVIOUS RETURN Change Admit Info Popup Menu and Information Window 556B Rotate the Trim Knob control or use the touchscreen arrows to move the pointer Press rotate and press the Trim Knob control or use the touchscreen arrows to enter characters and make selections See Entering Alphanumeric Characters on page 1 14 Select RETURN when you are done A prompt appears with the options SAVE CHANGES and DO NOT SAVE CHANGES Selecting an option closes the information window 1 2 The options in the Change Admit Info information window are LAST NAME FIRST NAME Enter up to 16 characters for the patient s last name and up to 10 characters for the patient s first name At a minimum part of the name appears on the monitor the clinical information center and graph headers Solar 8000M i 6 11 Change Admit Info Overview 2026265 039A PATIENT ID Enter to
8. 4 6 7 4 3 Other applied 4 7 Touchscreen RN 4 3 Clinical Information 2 15 CO2 Capnostat 19 5 Displayed information 19 4 Sidestream 19 14 CO2 menu options Capnostat modules 19 7 Solar 8000M i 1 12 lead ECG analysis 11 27 A Acquisition modules Installing and 2 14 Tram mogdules eee 2 8 Admit menus entere 6 8 Auto Adi iacet te Rees 6 2 COMBO ite 6 9 Menu options 6 11 decom 6 9 Rover Combo 6 10 Statidard tote ene let ir epic bee eat 6 8 Alarm control MENU 8 7 Alarm histories eidi arar parana 8 7 Alarm history i 10 2 Alarm pause 6 8 5 Alarm volume pp 8 10 Alarm volume Of 8 10 Minimum alarm volume 6 sss 8 10 Alarm WING OW 8 6 Alarms Alarm help eap 8 10 Alarm Pause 8 12 Alarm volume pp 8 10 Arrhythmia alarm 8 9 e 11 14 Clear 3 8 12 0 7 8 7
9. 20 15 Siemens Servo 300 Ventilators 20 15 Siemens Servo 900C D E Ventilators 20 15 Alaris Medical Systems 7130 and 7230 Infusion Pumps 20 15 Linde MicroGas 7650 Transcutaneous Monitors 20 16 Baxter Edwards Critical Care Vigilance Monitors 20 16 Appendix A Adult ICU Mode Defaults A 1 Adult ICU Mode Defaults 2 Appendix B Neonatal ICU Mode Defaults B 1 Neonatal ICU Mode 2 Appendix C Operating Room Mode Defaults 1 Operating Room Mode Defaults C 2 Appendix D Monitor Defaults Worksheet D 1 Monitor Defaults Worksheet D 2 Appendix E Analog Output E 1 Analog LE ee eye wales E 2 DNS E 2 Acquisition Modules as dyrere iavar aana E 2 Trarmirac Housing i candela td 3 Appendix Supplies Information F 1 Appendix Supplies Information 2 Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A xiii Appendix G Software Packages 7 Appendix H Technical Specifications Solar 8000M i Patient Monitor Patient Data Module TRAM Module 22
10. 6 23 XIVS LER 2 8 Menu settingS ps 6 26 Tram rac housing ass 2 11 Selecting a bed to ViewW ppp 6 33 Connectors pp 2 12 Selecting another care 6 33 SOS sites M 2 13 eet 10 5 Trim Knob control 1 12 W U Warming ntis ivan 3 3 3 8 Unit defaults D 2 1 9 Information windows pp 1 11 V Parameter windows 1 10 View on alartmis A 6 28 View other patients menu 6 26 Writers Viewing other patients 6 18 Ker oic be Monitor SotUp 6 23 2026265 039 Solar 8000M i 5 Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Asia Headquarters GE Medical Systems Information Technologies Asia GE China Co Ltd 24th Floor Shanghai MAXDO Center 8 xing Yi Road Hong Qiao Development Zone Shanghai 200336 P R China Tel 86 21 5257 4650 Fax 86 21 5208 2008 European Representative GE Medical Systems Information Technologies GmbH Munzinger StraBe 3 5 D 79111 Freiburg Germany Tel 49 76145 43 0 Fax 49 761 45 43 233 World Headquarters GE Medical Systems Information Technologies Inc 8200 West Tower Avenue Milwaukee WI 53223 USA Tel 1414 355 5000 1 800 558 5120 US only Fax 1414 355 3790
11. or eee rash renes 2 3 R N Remote alarm terminal pp 8 3 NBP Respiration custom defaults Troubleshooting 7 16 9 2026265 039A Solar 8000M i 3 Respiration TI 16 5 14 13 AUtO SIZO cis ine 16 8 14 10 Cardiac artifact alarm 16 8 Speed 14 13 Limite 3s ate cd Gase eun 16 7 14 11 Manual 520 16 8 SPO2 14 8 Relearn respiration pp 16 7 ST analysis 11 19 SenSitiVity 5 ccr phe eine ete 16 7 MUSICS tee HE Reip ec en tre hee 11 19 eripe LP M LIEN 16 9 Trends and complexes 11 20 Respiration menu options Turn ST on ANG Offi eects etes 11 21 ARE eut tert 16 6 ST analysis menu 11 21 Respiration window ppp 16 5 Adjust S 11 26 Revision DISTO 1 2 Identify V 11 39 S Initiate 12 lead on ST history 11 26 Safety mi Statii 11 22 0 83 bere nce roe 11 23 Classificato esin 3 13 Store new references 11 22 Equipment symbols 3 15 Trend scale eese 11 25 Intended use eese 3 2 xr Supplies information sss F 2 Terminology teile ree iR Rr Re
12. Pressures The current systolic diastolic and mean values are displayed Some pressures only display a mean value Limits and the units of measurement may also be displayed For pressures with multiple values the limits are labeled S systolic D diastolic M mean For sites labeled ART FEM and UAC a pulse rate value can be turned on The pressure monitoring features are found in the pressure menu All pressure menus includes scales cursor site name limits zero and calibration There are additional options in the ART and PA menus which are detailed in the Special Features section of this chapter When both ART and ICP are monitored a cerebral perfusion pressure CPP value is calculated and displayed in the ICP values window The formula for this is the mean ART pressure value minus the ICP pressure value NOTE CPP is not calculated based on the NBP measurement NBP is a static measurement and may have changed since the last reading Therefore using the NBP measurement could calculate an inaccurate CPP CPP Pressure Getting to the Pressure Menu To display a pressure menu select the pressure parameter label This example uses the CVP menu After selecting the CVP label the CVP menu appears at the bottom of the screen MAIN CVP SCALES CVP CLEAR CVP CHANGE NAME ZERO MENU 30 CURSOR CURSOR LIMITS CVP CVP BP FILTER CALIBRATE SPEED 12 Hz TRANSDUCER 25 660A CVP Menu You can now selec
13. 533D Monitor Setup Menu WAVEFORMS ON OFF Reassigns waveform positions on the display or turn certain waveforms off m DISPLAY Chooses a display mode which puts pressure waveforms on an individual or full common scale COLOR Chooses a color configuration PARAMETERS ON OFF Clears unneeded parameter windows from the display and turn them back on again when needed m GRAPH SETUP Selects waveforms to be graphed graph speed and graph location CRG Plus graph options are included in this menu MONITOR DEFAULTS Configures alarms set alarm limits and establish monitor display defaults m PRINT CRG PLUS Prints CRG Plus waveforms as selected in the Graph Setup menu m TOUCH VOL Adjusts the volume of the tone that sounds when the touchscreen is touched LEARN THE MONITOR Displays information windows containing basic operating instructions REVISION AND ID Displays a list of the software versions currently installed for the various components of the monitor m SERVICE MODE Used by qualified service personnel to access the service mode Detailed information on each option is found in this chapter The Waveforms On Off menu option allows you to reassign waveforms on the display or turn an individual waveform off Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Waveforms On Off Overview 5 2 Monitor Setup To access the Waveforms On Off menu select WAVEFOR
14. Invasive BP Only Pressure Scales Graphing Messages Graph Header Alarm Control Smart Alarms Alarm Structure Patient Status Alarms System Status Alarms On screen Alarm Help Controlling Audio Alarms Silencing Alarms Pausing Alarms Alarm Pause Breakthrough Remote Silencing Turning Alarm Volume Off Permanently Alarm Window Overview Clear Alarms Alarm Histories Alarm Control Menu Overview S 5st eter rens Arrhythmia Alarm Level Parameter Alarm Level Solar 8000M i Alarm Volutmie i soe ide ea E dh eek 8 9 Alarrelp oa rrt ER EQ MEIN wages 8 10 Display Off Alarm Pause 8 11 Glear Alartris 2r ix mea E sees D GRE 8 12 Alarm HIStory 222 n ker EE sheet 8 12 GRG Irends uat me anii et afi Massa 8 12 Alarm PAUSE cessere er Se OU V Pew VETE Du VERA qui 8 12 CRG Plus Display 9 1 Parameters 9 2 O
15. 1 19 Equipment Overview 2H 6 0 15 a Aa Steels doa ePi e Den Greed aes ex 2 2 Solar 8000M i Patient Monitoring System 2 2 Patient Data 2 5 2 8 Single Parameter Modules 2 11 Tram rac 2 11 Solar 8000M i i 2026265 039A Optional Clinical Information Center 2 15 Optional Writers and Printers 2 16 Optional Remote Display 2 16 Optional Connectivity 2 16 Optional iPanel Computer 2 16 Controls i E 2 16 Keypad and Remote Control 2 16 Putting the Monitor Into Operation 28 Monitor Installation and Connection 2 18 2 19 Performance Check ak kee wees 2 20 Service PDM Message 2 20 Safety 5 3 1 For Your Safety 3 2 Intended USE stet dr ct etes Dui S AC Rela 3 2 Intended Use of 12RL Interpolated 12 lead 3 2 Terminology 1x uus tex ex re 3 3 Monitor Sately sse m ende ehe SR E LEES EPOD 3 3 Classificato ice os iih ales stage Rr eR A R
16. System status alarms cannot in most cases be moved from one level to another Warning alarms sound continuously and must be silenced by the user NOTE If a remote alarm terminal nurse call system is connected to an M port it will be activated when a Warning level system status alarm occurs NOTE Patient CRISIS WARNING and ADVISORY level alarms are higher priority than System WARNING and System ADVISORY level alarms For example with LEADS FAIL set to System WARNING if a LEADS FAIL alarm occurs while a Patient ADVISORY level alarm is active the audible alarm associated with the Patient ADVISORY level alarm will sound at the bedside monitor In addition the System WARNING alarm will not activate a remote alarm terminal or View On Alarm function Visual alarms are still present on the bedside monitor and any central station monitoring device Alarm Control On screen Alarm Help The alarm structure information can be displayed on the monitor and you can hear the tones associated with each level See Alarm Help on page 8 10 Controlling Audio Alarms Using the SETUP DEFAULT DISPLAY option in the monitor defaults menu the function of the Silence Alarm button can be set to VORMAL or SILENCE ONLY When set to SILENCE ONLY the Silence Alarm button works as a silence button W Press once to silence alarms W Press again to reactivate alarms Pressing this button when no alarms are occurring has no effect Th
17. Appendix Monitor Defaults Worksheet D 12 Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A E Appendix E Analog Output 2026265 039A Solar 8000M i Appendix E Analog Output Analog Output Overview The Patient Data Module defib sync cable uses a rectangular connector and the TRAM defib sync cable uses a round connector There are a number of GE defib sync cables and adapters that can be used with the acquisition devices and ancillary devices Your local sales service representative can provide current supplies lists or you can contact GE Supplies Refer to the How to Reach Us page With a three way splitter cable adapter you can utilize analog output signals for three devices at the same time Acquisition Modules The configuration for the analog output from the acquisition modules is detailed below Analog output is obtained through the Defib Sync connector on the front of the appropriate module Refer to the service manual for the specific pin configuration ECG Analog Output Top displayed lead including augmented leads If pace is on there is an enhanced pacer pulse 5 volts at 2 milliseconds when pacemaker triggering is detected In the event of a LEAD FAIL refer to the following Lead Failed ECG Analog Out RA Ill LA 1 LL V RL Buzz An RL lead fail causes an all LEADS FAIL on the screen and a buzz is output NOTE 1 ECG outputs are 1 volt per millivolt Referred To
18. ETO EX Exp EXT FE FEM FiO FR g GB GE Gluc GTT CC gtt cc HAL 2026265 039A hemoglobin oxyhemoglobin bicarbonate hematocrit helium hemoglobin hospital information system heart rate hour hours height hertz inspired intra aortic balloon pump ionized calcium ionized calcium normalized to pH 7 4 impedance cardiography intracranial pressure intensive care unit that is Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers International Electrotechnical Commission inch inspired incorporated infusion inferior initialization injectate inspired intrinsic positive end expiratory pressure irregular International Organization for Standardization isoflurane inlet select unit 2026265 039A Solar 8000M i Hb HbO 3 Het HE Hgb HIS HR HR HRS HT Hz IABP iCa iCa ICG ICP ICU IEEE IEC Inc INF INIT Inj INJECT Insp I PEEP IRRG ISO ISO ISU Appendix J Abbreviations and Symbols J 6 Appendix J Abbreviations and Symbols injectate temperature intravenous potassium kilogram kilopascal left left left arm left atrial local area network lateral pounds liquid crystal display left cardiac work index lead light emitting diode left leg laboratory information system left ventricular ejection time left ventricular stroke work index M mean minute meter mean arterial pressure mean
19. Pressures 539A TRAM 451N Module with Y Adapter Cable Connected to BP3 Connector This cable is designed to fit only in the BP3 connector Do not attempt to plug it into any other connector it will not function The Y adapter cable can only be used with TRAM 451 series modules It cannot be used with any other TRAM module series Zeroing the pressure transducers is very important for accurate pressure measurements Transducers should be zeroed frequently and always before initiating treatment changes based on the pressure data You can zero all transducers at one time or zero each one individually To zero all the pressure transducers at one time follow this procedure 1 Remove all excess tubing between the transducer and the patient 2 Close the transducer stopcock s to the patient 3 Open the venting stopcock s to air atmosphere 4 Press the Zero All button on the Patient Data Module or the Solar keypad or remote control 5 Verify that zero reference has been established Watch the pressure parameter windows for messages 6 Close the venting stopcock s to air atmosphere 7 Open the transducer stopcock s to the patient Within seconds pressure numerics should be displayed in the pressure parameter windows NOTE It is recommended that you zero invasive pressure lines at the transducer stopcock only Zeroing invasive pressure lines with excessive amounts of tubing between the transducer and the
20. Select the SAVE CALC option from the Pulmonary Calcs menu to save the displayed values to vital signs The message SAVE OPERATION COMPLETE appears in the message line If the message SAVE OPERATION FAILED appears it indicates that you already saved this set of calculations or that the ECG source module is not in the housing To review all saved calculations select the REVIEW CALCS option The Vital Signs information window is displayed The data is sorted so pulmonary calculations appear first in the list Since you have entered the vital signs program the Vital Signs menu options are displayed However when sorted for pulmonary calcs the Time Interval and Specific Time options are non functional See Vital Signs on page 10 5 The Weight and Height options in the Pulmonary Calcs menu allow you to switch the units of measure between kilograms and pounds for weight and centimeters and inches for height These are direct action menu options This direct action menu option switches between calculating VO2i or FICK CO If CALCULATE 21 is selected you enter a CO value in the monitored column If CALCULATE FICK CO is selected you enter an VO i value in the monitored column This menu option directs the monitor to obtain some estimated pulmonary calculations at a specified time interval and store them in vital signs This option defaults on at 15 minute intervals These estimated calculations can only be
21. Move the cursor in front of LAST NAME then press the Trim Knob control or touch the CHANGE ADMIT INFO option to select it If a name has already been entered the selected name appears in the CHANGE LAST NAME popup menu as shown below CHANGE LAST NAME REEY Change Last Name Popup Menu 886B Select the first character block by rotating then pressing the Trim Knob control or by using the touchscreen arrows To scroll through the alphanumeric characters rotate the Trim Knob control in either direction or use the up down touchscreen arrows Press the Trim Knob control when the desired character appears NOTE It is not necessary to touch the anchor menu option or press the Trim Knob control when using the touchscreen Simply use the left right arrow keys to move to the next character block after you have reached the desired character After the character is selected move to the next character block and repeat the procedure Continue until you have entered all the characters NOTE Alphanumeric popup menus have character limits In this manual these limits are indicated wherever such popup menus are described Solar 8000M i 1 15 2026265 039A Select the CHANGE LAST NAME option with the Trim Knob control or touchscreen You can then select another option from the information window if desired When you are finished making changes select the RETURN option
22. tenias 2 17 12 lead 11 27 Trim Knob control 247 Arrhythmia 2 addens QI ed OH erii ORE Ii Clear V2 V6 11 15 L 07 11 9 Language specific information 1 18 Display 11 6 0 0 eae an a onna eee 1 18 2 Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A FSC 1 19 alarm silence 13 12 Hurigarian a cer ior iet rok ERES 1 19 Mean arterial 13 7 Japanese eene enfe 1 18 Mean Only 13 7 Polished dtt 1 19 NBP Go Stop button pp 13 8 RUSSIAN 1 19 NBP windOw ennt tie 13 6 Laser 7 4 OPUONS niit i e dT E E pO tees 13 4 Lead analysis tere ee 11 36 Systolic search scan yee ates 13 8 Multi lead 11 37 Troubleshootin 13 13 Single GAGs it 11 37 INBE 13 8 Learn the monitor 5 18 Clear NBP 13 11 Eithium Dattety 4 7 13 11 M Initial inflation 13 11 Manual purpose ns tei oet E aar au 1 2 M AUNO anset 133 T ee
23. 02 COMPENSATION Compensates for the effect of on readings CO2 AVERAGING Opens a popup menu to select a time for averaging CO CAL SENSOR TO ZERO CELL Opens a popup menu to zero the sensor CALIBRATE ADAPTER Opens a popup menu to calibrate the airway adapter m SPEED Changes the sweep speed of the displayed waveform Detailed information on each option is found in this chapter Solar 8000M i 19 7 2026265 039A NOTE The Pump option only appears in the menu when using the Capnostat dual module Use the PUMP menu option to turn the module s pump on and off The pump must be on when using the sidestream method This is a direct action menu option that switches between on and off A blocked line condition may cause the pump to shut off automatically To restart the pump clear or replace any blocked lines and select the PUMP option from the CO menu The monitor may display a BLOCKED LINE message See Capnostat Sensor Troubleshooting on page 19 12 This option is used to select the units of measure for expired and inspired Select the UNITS option from the CO menu A popup menu opens showing the options MMHG and kPa Select the desired units of measure The popup menu closes and the menu option now indicates the units selected The units are also displayed in the limits parameter window NOTE Respiration is always measured in breaths per minute
24. 5 ERA Replace the Battery 9 0 Recycle the Battery Troubleshooting eeeeeeeeen e ERROR is Displayed in the Battery Capacity Gauge Icon Battery LEDs will not Illuminate Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Appendix J Abbreviations and Symbols J 1 2026265 039A Abbreviations and Symbols Solar 8000M i J xiv 6 6 CE Marking Information The Solar 8000i patient monitor bears CE mark CE 0459 indicating its conformity with the provisions of the Council Directive 93 42 EEC concerning medical devices and fulfills the essential requirements of Annex I of this directive The product is in radio interference protection class A in accordance with EN 55011 The country of manufacture can be found on the equipment labeling The product complies with the requirements of standard EN 60601 1 2 Electromagnetic Compatibility Medical Electrical Equipment NOTE These exceptions apply only to the Solar 8000M system The Solar 8000M system EMC Immunity Performance IEC 60601 1 2 Medical Electrical Equipment Part 1 General Requirements for Safety 2 Collateral Standard Electromagnetic compatibility Requirements and tests Section 36 202 a Radiated electromagnetic fields states For Patient Coupled Equipment and or systems applicable IMMUNITY levels are under consideration The 3 volts pe
25. MAIN SETUP DEFAULT SETUP SETUP DEFAULT MENU ARRHYTHMIA ALARM LEVELS PARAMETER Al LIMITS PREVIOUS SETUP DEFAULT SETUP RETURN MENU DISPLAY PARAMETE Setup Default Limits Popup Menu and Information Window 553B 2 Select the parameter for which you want to change the default limits 3 Highlight your choice of the low or high limit 4 Press the Trim Knob control then rotate it or use the touchscreen arrows to change the value of the high or low limit 5 Highlight the parameter then press the Trim Knob control to deselect the parameter NOTE This step is not necessary when using the touchscreen 2026265 039A Solar 8000M i 5 13 6 Select RETURN when all changes are completed The popup menu and information window close This menu option allows you to set up certain aspects of the display as defaults When SETUP DEFAULT DISPLAY is selected a popup menu and information window open The display items listed in the information window are determined by the software package s installed on the monitor Select and change the desired item s then select RETURN to close the information window and popup menu Monitor Setup Setup Default Display Setup Default Parameter Priority This menu option allows you to select how the parameter windows are prioritized on the display 1 Select SETUP DEFAULT PARAMETER PRIORITY from th
26. You are about to enter the Monitor Defaults Menu If you proceed you will be able to change your monitor default settings These changes will affect all future patients ENTER THE PASSWORD AND PROCEED AT YOUR OWN RISK MAIN MENU PREVIOUS CHANGE MENU 0 0 DEFAULTS Change Defaults Popup Menu and Information Window 561A When the password is entered the MONITOR DEFAULTS menu is displayed with all options available See Monitor Defaults on page 5 11 Print CRG Plus This direct action option prints the CRG Plus waveforms You can choose which waveforms will print in the GRAPH SETUP menu CRG PLUS OPTIONS The graph is printed at the print window location as designated in the GRAPH SETUP menu GRAPH LOCATION The CRG Plus information does not have to be displayed on the screen to print Touchscreen Volume The TOUCH VOL option opens a popup menu that can be used to adjust the volume of the tone sounded when the touchscreen is touched This option is only available for touchscreen displays Learn the Monitor The Mentor educational program presents basic instructions right on the monitor Select LEARN THE MONITOR to open the first of six information windows 5 18 Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Monitor Setup 562A OPERATING THE MONITOR ROTATE the Trim Knob to HIGHLIGHT parameter labels far right side of screen and menu options bottom of screen PRESS the Trim Kno
27. NOTE Some options and settings are only available with AutoView XM The monitor must have a continuous connection to the Unity Network VOA AVOA AutoView XM 40 100 40 None Unity Network None Information Server V2 or greater Continuous All beds in same care unit only Any care unit on the Unity Network Solar 8000M i 6 19 Overview Functionality Comparison Maximum Number of Viewable Beds Separate Required Server Required Network Connection Viewable Units 2026265 039A AutoView XM Automatic View on Alarm Level Automatic View on Alarm Silence AVOA View on Alarm Broadcast View on Alarm Alert Tone Admit View A Patient VOA Available Default Settings View on Alarm Remote Silence NOTE If a monitor exceeds the maximum number of viewable beds 41 or 101 beds while sending data to a host monitor the host monitor displays the split view with the bed name and the alarm message line but no parameter or waveform data AutoView XM Yes All beds that have SEND AUTO VIEWS set to ON and are selected via the CONFIGURE AUTO VIEW ON ALARM menu option on the monitor are watched both in unit and out of unit Alarm level selectable via the default setting AVOA ALARM LEVEL Crisis Warning System Warning W Advisory 2026265 039A Viewing Bed Characteristics VOA AVOA Automatic View of Bed in Alarm
28. Opens an information window from which you can select another care unit This affects the list viewed in the select a bed to view option GRAPH VIEWED BED Starts a 20 second graph of the viewed patient s data VIEWED PATIENT DATA Opens a popup menu from which you can display the viewed patient s last event vital signs or graphic trends These options are described on the following pages The View Alarm options allow quick display of the data for a bed that is experiencing an alarm The view on alarm feature must be turned on before you can use these options to display alarming beds Select the View Alarm option that lists the alarming bed you want to view A bed number does not appear in a View Alarm menu option unless there is an alarm In the example below Bed 3 is alarming MM EN MAIN MENU LAST EVENT eria RETURN VITAL SIGNS GRAPH 20SEC GRAPHIC TRENDS PREVIOUS VIEWED MENU gt SILENCE PATIENT DATA ALARMS BEDB HR LOW 575B View Alarm Popup Menu The choices in the popup menu are MAIN MENU close the patient view and return to the Main Menu RETURN close the patient view and return to the VIEW OTHER PATIENTS Menu GRAPH 20 SEC start a 20 second graph strip of the viewed patient data SILENCE silence alarms for 60 seconds at the monitor which is the source of the viewed patient data It is not possible to silence a bed in the OR mode It is possible that certain alarm levels may not
29. Problem Inaccurate pacemaker detection Solution Solar 8000M i 11 43 2026265 039A Use pacemaker processing NOTE Pace 1 and Pace 2 are applicable to TRAM modules earlier than version 12 only 1 Select ECG parameter label 2 Display the ECG lead with the greatest amplitude in the top waveform position 3 Select DETECT PACE 4 Select PACE 2 or PACE 1 In general be aware that a pacemaker pulse could be falsely counted as a QRS during asystole PACE 1 pace mode analyzes the presence of a pacer spike assesses the waveform for residual pacemaker energy and determines the presence of an R wave following the pacer spike If an event occurs during the first few milliseconds following the pacer spike it will be counted PACE 2 pace mode analyzes waveforms with the added capability of minimizing the chance of counting severe residual pacemaker energy as QRS complexes In relation to the event rejection capability of PACE 2 pace mode certain morphologies may not be detected Arrhythmia calls like asystole or pause may be made with heart rate identified as less than actual NOTE Again pacemaker patients should be kept under close observation The appropriate pace mode may be determined at the time the pacemaker patient is admitted to the monitoring system The PACE 2 mode is recommended for use whenever possible Check ECG signal from patient 1l Check adjust lead placement 2 Check perform skin p
30. The Basics Information Windows Information windows are superimposed over the upper left portion of the display Six parameter windows and two seconds of all real time waveforms continue to be displayed Information windows are displayed when a help option is selected and with certain menu options such as limits Information windows can contain instructions or other information related to the parameter or menu Information Window Real time Waveforms 25 FEB 2001 13 10 SICU BED5 MARTIN 25 FEB 25 FEB 25 FEB PX 1230 1245 1300 PVC 0 10 68 68 70 0 0 0 132 132 136 136 72 NE NEC rare 9 Ju Eater OST 68 68 70 33 1 5 31 31 33 23 8 13 13 15 20 20 23 8 8 8 8 20 20 20 0 More 36 1 36 1 36 1 Information 99 99 99 20 OLDER NEWER 15 MINS TIME ALL DATA PREVIOUS PAGE PAGE MENU DOWN UP VIEW VIEW SPECIFIC SORT DATA 532A Vital Signs Information Window Sometimes an information window contains a list as in the Vital Signs information window shown above A limited amount of information can be displayed at one time If there is more information to view an arrow is displayed at the bottom of the information window If a popup menu is displayed with the information window use the Trim Knob control or touchscreen arrows to scroll to more information If a menu is displayed as in the example above you must select the PAGE UP or PAGE DOWN option to display mo
31. module CapnoFlex LF Adapter Cable Cannula Scavenger Port 003A 1 Make sure the adapter is attached to the Tram rac 2 Plug the Mainstream or Dual CO module into the Tram rac 3 Plug the adapter cable into the Capnostat connector on the Mainstream or Dual CO module 4 Connect the cannula to the CapnoFlex module but not to the patient 5 Plug the CapnoFlex module into the adapter The message WARMING UP is displayed on the monitor NOTE If you are using the Dual CO module Mainstream should be displayed next to the CO parameter window If Sidestream is displayed enter the CO menu and turn the pump off Once the CO module is warm you will see the message CAL SENSOR TO ZERO CELL 6 Enter the CO menu 2026265 039A Solar 8000M i 19 15 CO2 7 Select CAL SENSOR TO ZERO CELL 8 Select READY The message CALIBRATING is displayed 9 Wait for the message to clear then connect the cannula to the patient Refer to the instructions that came with the cannula 10 Patient monitoring of CO begins CapnoFlex LF CO Module Troubleshooting CHECK ADAPTER ADAPTER CAL or CHECK SAMPLE LINE Causes The cannula is not connected The cannula is blocked The module was calibrated without the cannula connected Solutions Connect the cannula to the module Replace the cannula Connectthe cannula to the module and calibrate Menu Options Non Capnos
32. sync po po 451 Y Y Y Y 3 43 Y 451M Y Y Y Y 3 43 Y v 451N Y Y v Y 3 43 Y 45135 Y Y Y 3 43 Y v 851 Y Y Y Y A 851M Y Y Y A 851N 851N5 Y Y Y Y Different SpO cables are required for each type of SpO processing The cable connectors are not interchangeable The Defib Sync connector on x51 series modules requires a different cable than the other TRAM module series They are not interchangeable The cable for the x51 series modules has a 7 pin connector Y adapter cable is required to monitor four invasive blood pressures Other TRAM Module Series There are several other series of TRAM modules Refer to the table below to determine the monitoring features of your non x51 series module NL IETSE 100A Y Y Y 2 Y 200A Y Y Y 2 Y Y 200SL Y Y Y Y 2 Y 25081 Y Y Y Y 2 Y 400A Y Y Y 3 Y 40051 Y Y Y Y 3 Y 45081 Y Y Y Y 3 Y Y 500A y y 4 5 600A 4 600SL Y Y Y 4 Y 65051 v Y Y 4 Y 800A Y Y Y 2026265 039 Solar 8000M i 2 9 Defib Sync Y Y Y SpO Y Y Y Invasive BP NBP1 Y Y Y Temp co Y Y Y Resp Y Y Y 12 Lead ECG Analysis Y Y TRAM Module 800SL 850A 850SL TRAM module software versions 10B and later use the Dinamap NBP a
33. CAUTION When view other beds on alarm is in auto mode alarms must be silenced at the alarming bed or at a host bed before the next alarm can be viewed NOTE Alarms cannot be silenced in the Operating Room mode It is possible that certain alarm levels may not be silenced in other modes depending on the alarm level set for the REMOTE SILENCE default setting in Monitor Defaults If the alarm is silenced from the popup menu the automatic view is removed from each monitor in the unit The monitor from which the alarm was silenced retrieves the parameter and waveform data directly from the alarming bed and displays it as a viewed patient Alarms silenced at the central station or at the alarming bed cause all automatic views to be terminated If the alarm condition exists after the silence period or if a new alarm occurs all other beds return to the automatic view Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Alarm Silencing 6 30 Admit View A Patient When SILENCED is selected for the AVOA SILENCE default setting in Monitor Defaults the bed which initially silenced the alarm will only view new alarms after the automatic view on alarm popup menu is closed When NEW ALARM is selected for the AVOA SILENCE default setting in Monitor Defaults the bed which initially silenced the alarm will view new alarms as they occur NOTE This manual contains more information about the Vital Signs and Graphic Trends menus
34. CONTAMINATION Be sure the pump is off before removing the Aqua Knot water trap to prevent contamination of the internal gas measurement instruments CAUTION CO SOURCE Do not attempt to use a combination of gas monitoring modules systems e g SAM TC at the same time Only data from one acquisition source will be displayed Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A CO2 Introduction Safety 19 2 CO2 CAUTION EXHAUST LINE Donotallow the exhaust line to become kinked or blocked Back pressure may cause inaccurate gas readings and also may cause serious damage to the module s internal components CAUTION INFECTIOUS DISEASE To avoid the spread of infectious disease do not allow the exhaust to discharge in the direction of the patient or user CAUTION LEAK DETECTION The sidestream analyzer will not detect a leak in the breathing circuit A leak in the breathing circuit may cause inaccurate readings CAUTION SIDESTREAM SAMPLE RATE The Capnostat dual CO module withdrawal rate is 180 milliliters per minute nominal The Sidestream CO module continuously withdraws 200 milliliters per minute from the patient airway Do not use these modules on any patient who may be adversely affected by their withdrawal rates CAUTION LOW FLOW SAMPLE RATE The CapnoFlex LF CO module withdrawal rate is 50 milliliters per minute 10 milliliters per minute Do not
35. Displayed CO 2 Measured CO x 0 974 The correction is applied to the displayed values of end tidal and inspired The waveform is also adjusted NOTE N20 concentration can be obtained from the anesthesia machine Speed Use this menu option to open a popup menu to select a sweep speed for the displayed CO waveform Choices are 6 25 default 12 5 25 and 50 millimeters per second 19 18 Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A 20 Interfaces Interfaces Introduction The monitor can interface with other manufacturers peripheral bedside devices such as ventilators and gas delivery systems to centralize patient data on one device A Unity Network ID is used with the monitor to communicate with peripheral devices IMPORTANT The monitor can only display information that the peripheral device sends The parameters sent vary with each peripheral device and are subject to change without notice by the manufacturer of the device In some cases the peripheral device may impose alarm control parameters that you may not be able to change or silence with the monitor s controls The following chart shows the compatible peripheral devices at the time this manual was published Contact your local GE representative for questions regarding peripheral device compatibility This table is organized by device type 021B Unity Network ID Connectivity Device Unity Network ID Device Connectivity Chart Device Ty
36. Equipment Overview m The operating position of the processing unit does not influence the performance of the monitor in any way Choose a location that affords an unobstructed view of the display and easy access to the operating controls Set up the monitor in a location that affords sufficient ventilation The ventilation openings of the device must not be obstructed by equipment walls or blankets for example The ambient conditions specified in the technical specifications must be ensured at all times The monitor is designed to comply with the requirements of IEC 60601 1 EN 60601 1 Using the power cord supplied with the monitor connect it to the power line Use only the original cord WARNING To reduce the risk of electric shock the monitor must only be connected to a properly installed power outlet with protective ground contacts For measurements in or near the heart we recommend connecting the monitor to the potential equalization system Use the green and yellow potential equalization cable and connect it to the pin labeled with the Xy symbol GE service is available to connect the monitor to the Unity Network for use with a Clinical Information Center a QS system a MUSE system etc WARNING For safety reasons all connectors for patient cables and sensor leads are designed to prevent inadvertent disconnection should someone pull on them Do not route cables in a way tha
37. GE Medical Systems Information Technologies a General Electric Company going to market as GE Healthcare www gehealthcare com
38. NBP M Only Solar 8000M i Appendix B Neonatal ICU Mode Defaults B 6 Appendix B Neonatal ICU Mode Defaults B 7 Message Parameter Alarm Levels Advisory Y Parameter Limits High 200 2 0 2 0 2 0 Warning Low Crisis HR 90 PVC ST I 2 0 STI 2 0 ST III 2 0 Solar 8000M i CO ART FEM GAS PA CVP RA LA ICP SP 502 TC BIS UAC rate RR SPO rate ART rate FEM rate BT CCO NICO ICG 2026265 039A High 2026265 039A 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 100 60 70 100 60 70 200 100 60 70 200 100 60 70 200 350 350 350 350 350 350 350 350 350 Parameter Limits Low 40 20 30 40 20 30 90 40 20 30 90 40 20 30 90 ST V1 ST AVL ST AVF ST AVR ST V2 ST V3 ST V4 ST V5 ST V6 NBP S NBP D NBP M ART S ART D ART M ART R FEM S FEM D FEM M FEM R UAC S UAC D UAC M UAC R PA S PA D PA M CVP RA UVC LA ICP SP Solar 8000M i Appendix B Neonatal ICU Mode Defaults B 8
39. O2 Compensation CO2 Averaging Cal Sensor to Zero Cell Calibrate DR Zero the Capnostat Sensor Calibrate the Capnostat Adapter Capnostat Sensor and Adapter Cleaning Cleaning the Capnostat Sensor Cleaning the Reusable Capnostat Adapters Capnostat Sensor Troubleshooting Messages Sidestream Modules Pump CapnoFlex LF CO2 Module CapnoFlex LF CO2 Module Troubleshooting 602 Menu Options Non Capnostat Modules Getting to the CO2 Menu cte rr tede s aes eae N2O Compensation Speedi eins eae baud wae gibst Solar 8000M i 20 2026265 039A Serial Port Indicator 20 7 Displayed ees cata Rr emet entes 20 8 Displayed Data Overview 20 8 Parameters abs aid es edhe est ath nas 20 9 Parameter Windows and Menus 20 9 Software Compatibility eee 20 14 Device Specific Information 20 14 Drager Fabius GS Ventilators 20 14 Drager 20 14 Siemens Servo i Ventilators
40. The Solar 80001 display unit is connected by cable to a video connector on the processing unit A selection of different color displays is offered to accommodate different needs WARNING Do not connect a monochrome display to the 501877 1 monitor Visual alarm indicators may not appear properly Display Items Regardless of the size or type of display unit you have the display items are the same The illustration below shows a typical display with items labeled NOTE The PDM battery capacity gauge displays in the lower right corner of the display when a Patient Data Module with its battery installed is connected If the Patient Data Module is connected without its battery installed a battery not present icon a battery with an X over it is displayed See Battery Capacity Gauges on page I 3 2 4 Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Equipment Overview Monitor Default Parameter Care Unit Bed Patient Name Waveforms Number Name Date and B Time m 72 P5 MAY 2000 10 21 ADULT ADULT 0 Parameter Labels Limits and Vital Signs Options PDM Battery Capacity Gauge 500B Solar 8000M i Display Items Patient Data Module Patient Data Module Overview The Patient Data Module PDM is a self contained multi parameter acquisition module that collects the patient s physiological data and sends it to the monitor for display Multi parameter modules are capable of monitoring more than one
41. WARNING DATA VALIDITY Do not allow tape to block the probe light detector WARNING DATA VALIDITY Check that the SpO waveform is physiological in shape Not applicable when monitoring SpO with the Masimo Patient Data Module Masimo SET module and probes or TRAM x51M modules WARNING EARLY WARNING A pulse oximeter should be considered an early warning device As a trend toward patient deoxygenation is indicated blood samples should be analyzed by a laboratory co oximeter to completely understand the patient s condition WARNING EXPLOSION HAZARD Do not use the SpO modules in the presence of flammable anesthetics or other flammable substance in combination with air oxygen enriched environments or nitrous oxide Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A SpO2 Safety Safety Messages 14 4 SpO2 WARNING INTERFERING SUBSTANCES Carboxyhemoglobin may erroneously increase SpO readings The level of increase is approximately equal to the amount of carboxyhemoglobin present Dyes or any substance containing dyes that change usual arterial pigmentation may cause erroneous readings WARNING MRI INTERFERENCE Do not use SpO modules or probes during magnetic resonance imaging MRI scanning Induced current could potentially cause burns The module may affect the MRI image and the MRI unit may affect the accuracy of the oxim
42. constant CC injectate temperature IT and patient blood temperature BT were used to calculate CO 700A CO Screen Information If Auto mode is on and a stable baseline is detected the INJECT WHEN READY message is displayed Make your injection when you are ready If necessary you can make adjustments to the injectate volume temperature catheter and catheter size before beginning an injection Refer to the procedures for these options in this chapter If the manual mode is on the message PUSH CO NOW OR TURN AUTO ON is displayed You must either select the Cardiac Output Now option or the Auto Mode option to proceed This is what occurs on the display as an injection is made 1 The message COMPUTING CO is displayed and the real time cardiac output washout curve begins to move across the screen 2 The message CO COMPLETE is displayed with the CO value 3 The first blank column in the information window is filled with values obtained from the cardiac output procedure A miniature version of the washout curve is shown above the column Getting to the Cardiac Output Menu To display the CO menu select the CO parameter label The CO menu is displayed at the bottom of the screen You can perform a cardiac output trial when ready or select any menu option 2026265 039A Solar 8000M i 15 7 Cardiac Output NOTE If you have an Adult or Operating Room keypad or remote control you can also a
43. message This mode may be preferred for patients with extreme blood temperature fluctuations With this option it is particularly important that you inject immediately upon seeing the INJECT NOW message If you wait too long to make the injection the monitor will cycle itself and the message PUSH CO NOW OR TURN AUTO ON is displayed again Follow this procedure to use the Cardiac Output Now option 1 Select the CARDIAC OUTPUT NOW option from the Cardiac Output menu 2 Watch for the INJECT NOW message then make your CO injection 3 The COMPUTING CO message is displayed and the cardiac output waveform begins to move across the screen 4 The message CO COMPLETE is displayed with the new CO value Select the BT LIMITS option to open an information window and a new menu which allow you to adjust the following m BT high and low limits Units see below See Setting Alarm Limits on page 1 16 This direct action menu option switches the units of measurement for blood temperature and injectate temperature between Celsius and Fahrenheit Selecting this option prints the real time cardiac output curve to the designated manual graph location The request for a print can be made any time during the measurement process This is a direct action menu option The message GRAPHING MANUAL is displayed when the waveform is printing If you don t see the message immediately it simply means you reques
44. 15 SEC 2 SEC 25 uV div 25 CSA 2 CH REF SEF SEF MedF SR AMP WARNING CRISIS SILENCED OFF SYS ADVISORY Ti TC Units TC Severinghaus RM WF Speed Vent WF Speed Display MAC Value Disable SAM Hal Disable SAM Enf ICG Primary Par ICG Secondary Par1 ICG Secondary Par2 ICG Secondary Par3 Touch Volume Pause Breakthru Tech ID Field Masimo Averaging Sat Seconds SpO2 Response BIS Smooth Rate Spectral Update EEG WF Scale EEG WF Speed Spectra Display EEG Montage EEG Param Display EEG Trend 1 EEG Trend 2 EEG Trend 3 EEG Trend 4 AVOA Alarm Level Remote Silence AVOA Silence NBP Clock Sync NBP M Only Alarm TP1 T1 Site Label Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A 2026265 039A Advisory Message Display Defaults T2 T1 T2 T1 T2 TELE DEFINED SYS ADVISORY NORMAL ON 8 BEATS 3 SEC TO DEFAULT Arrhythmia Alarm Levels Advisory Message Warning TP2 T2 Site Label TP6 T1 Site Label TP6 T2 Site Label TP8 T1 Site Label TP8 T2 Site Label Combo Source NBP No Det NBP Silence Alarm Auto Admit ECG Rate Averaging Beat Pause Interval Disconnect Option Crisis Asystole Y VFib VTac Y Brady Y Parameter Alarm Levels Warning Crisis Resp apnea Y HR VNT no breath RM no resp PVC ST UAC UVC SPO NBP
45. 750 HEIGHT 168 0 CALCULATED BSA 1 85 6 37 SV 98 6 SVR 88 0 SVRI 1626 PVR 69 PVRI 128 LVSWI 53 7 RVSWI 58 MAIN CHANGE WEIGHT HEIGHT MENU VALUE 6 cM 4 3 I m0 712B Change Value Popup Menu To change a value in the Cardiac Calculations window use the CHANGE VALUE option and follow the procedure described in the Selecting Options from Scroll Lists See Selecting Options from Scroll Lists on page 1 17 Selecting the SAVE CALC option saves the calculation and enters the appropriate values into Cardiac Calcs and Vital Signs This is a direct action menu option NOTE The monitor saves 20 cardiac calculations These saved calculations are not limited to a 24 hour time period Selecting the WEIGHT option switches the units of measure for Weight between kilograms and pounds This is a direct action menu option Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Cardiac Output Change Value Save Calc Weight 15 10 Cardiac Output Selecting the HEIGHT option switches the units of measure for Height between centimeters and inches This is a direct action menu option Use the Cardiac Output Now option when Auto Mode is off When Auto Mode is off the monitor does not search for a stable baseline temperature Therefore you decide when to begin the injection procedure When you are ready select CARDIAC OUTPUT NOW and inject when you see the INJECT NOW
46. If a light intensity condition occurs while the WAITING FOR BLOOD GAS message is displayed the intensity condition message for example LOW LIGHT will be displayed alternately with the blood gas message This menu option allows you to view a chronological list of calibrations performed during monitoring This list contains up to 10 events After 10 the oldest event is deleted when a new event occurs To view the SvO Cal History select SVO2 CAL HISTORY from the SvO menu A popup menu and information window are displayed SVO2 CALIBRATION HISTORY HISTORY 742A RETURN CAL EVENT SIGNAL LIGHT INT CAL RK BLOOD CAL DONE BLOOD CAL START OPBMOD CONNECT LIGHT INTENSITY CALIBRATION SVO2 LIMITS CALIBR VENOUS H PREINSERTION CALIBRATION TIME 10 JUL 12 02 10 JUL 11 43 10 JUL 11 07 10 JUL 11 05 MAIN MENU SvO Cal History Popup Menu and Information Window You can print a copy of this calibration history by pressing the Graph Go Stop button while the window is open Press the Trim Knob control or touch the RETURN option to close the popup menu and information window These are the calibration events that are stored in the SvO Calibration History information window Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A SvO2 SvO Cal History 18 8 SvO2 OP MOD CONNECT The Abbott optical module was connected to the GE SvO module
47. LIGHT INTENSITY CALIBRATION and CALIBRATE TO VENOUS BLOOD GAS Before valid data can be obtained either the blood gas calibration or the preinsertion calibration must be performed If you do the preinsertion calibration you must also do the light intensity calibration once the catheter is properly positioned in the patient You do not need to do the light intensity calibration if you perform a venous blood gas calibration It is done automatically SvO Cal History Calibration Calibration Overview Preinsertion Calibration The SvO module has been programmed for use with a standard optical reference that is packaged with the catheter To insure proper operation of the system each new catheter optical module should be calibrated to this reference before placing the catheter in the patient After the preinsertion calibration procedure described here is completed the system will be ready to use If the catheter is placed in a patient without calibrating the system a venous blood gas calibration must be performed To perform a preinsertion calibration follow this procedure 1 Connect all cables but leave the patient end of the catheter in the package 2 With the catheter still in the package select the PREINSERTION CALIBRATION option from the SvO menu A popup menu opens showing YES CATHETER IN PACKAGE and NO CATHETER IN PATIENT choices 3 Select NO CATHETER IN PATIENT if you do not want to do the preinsertion calibratio
48. Ordinary Ordinary Ordinary Ordinary Ordinary Ordinary Ordinary Ordinary Degree of protection against electrical shock No Applied Part B CF BF CF CF CF BF BF CF B BF B BF BF B No Applied Part No Applied Part No Applied Part No Applied Part No Applied Part No Applied Part Solar 8000M i Type of protection against electrical shock NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA Safety Solar 8000M i CPU Patient Data Module TRAM modules ECG BP Temp CO NBP 002 BP module Dual BP module BP dual temp module Solar SpO module Solar SpOs module with Masimo SET Dual temp module SvO module TC module Mainstream module Sidestream module ICG module BIS EEG module Tram net interface adapter Tram rac without power supply Tram rac with power supply PRN 50 and PRN 50 M Writers Keypad Remote control 3 14 Safety Underwriters Laboratories Inc Medical Equipment 51 o With respect to electric shock fire and mechanical hazards only in C US accordance with UL 60601 1 CAN CSA C22 2 NO 601 1 IEC 60601 1 IEC 60601 2 27 IEC 60601 2 30 IEC 60601 2 34 and ASAI 60601 2 49 Some symbols may not appear on all equipment ATTENTION Consult accompanying documents C
49. Sort Data Selecting the SORT DATA menu option allows you to sort the data to display the collected data for an episodic parameter The options available in the popup menu are ALL DATA NBP GAS RM CARD CALC PULM CALC POC ICG and VENT Selecting ALL DATA redisplays all collected data Page Up Page Down These direct action menu options can be used to display any additional data not displayed on the screen due to space limitations PAGE DOWN moves down to the next page of data PAGE UP moves back up Graphic Trends Graphic Trends Overview Collected patient data can be displayed through trends A trend is a graphic representation of one parameter over a specified period of time Every non episodic parameter is sampled 30 times a minute A median value is determined from those samples and that value is stored for trend display at one minute resolution Episodic parameters NBP etc are stored every time one occurs 2026265 039A Solar 8000M i 10 7 Patient Data To view graphic trends select GRAPHIC TRENDS from the Patient Data menu An information window and a new set of menu options are displayed GRAPHIC TRENDS 21 DEC 2000 14 38 150 dp e 50 13 08 13 38 14 08 hmin MAIN PRESET VIEW VIEW TIME PERIOD SELECT MENU TRENDS OLDER NEWER 90 MINS PARAMETERS PREVIOUS MENU Graphic Trends Menu and Information Window 604A The Graphic Trends for the selected parameters are
50. The SpO signal is too low No SpO data is displayed This can be due to a low patient pulse patient motion or some other interference Check the patient and the probe PULSE SEARCH One of the following conditions is indicated Defective or damaged probe Defective or damaged cable Probe is off the patient or Detection of a repeatable pulse has ceased Check the probe and cable reposition or replace as needed 14 16 Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A 15 Cardiac Output Cardiac Output Introduction Cardiac Output Overview NOTE This option is part of the Cardiopulmonary software package The cardiac output CO program measures cardiac output by use of a thermodilution catheter with information processed by an acquisition module A numeric value and during measurement a real time cardiac output washout curve are displayed on the monitor The program allows you to perform multiple measurements and to delete those not wanted Up to four measurements are retained The program will automatically average these and when saved enter the averaged values into cardiac calculations and vital signs NOTE Refer to the GE Critical Care Monitoring Clinical Reference and Troubleshooting Guide for the following information Cardiac output washout curve information Clinical techniques that can help obtain an accurate cardiac output Patient preparation bath probe setup and in line setup Cardiac calculations
51. Windows 2026265 039A The Basics Parameter Windows Parameter windows are displayed on the right side of the display and when necessary along the bottom of the display Every monitored parameter has a parameter window Each parameter window has two parts a parameter label and a digital values area Depending on your default settings limits and units of measure may be displayed under the parameter label Digital Values Parameter A 1 Limits of 1 3 0 A Measure 2s RATE 0 1 529A ART Parameter Window If many parameters are being monitored some of the parameter windows at the bottom of the display may be reduced in size Below is an example of a parameter window at its normal size and at its reduced size 36 12 LAST AVG CO63L 15 25 530A CO Parameter Window Normal Size 36 1 2 30 0 CO 6 3L C 531A CO Parameter Window Reduced Size The parameters that may be displayed at reduced size when positioned at the bottom of the display are CO CVP ICP LA RA RR Sp 8005 TP UO UVC and VNT Maximum Display of Parameter Windows and Waveforms The monitor can display up to 11 parameter windows of various sizes and up to 6 waveforms in individual display mode or 8 waveforms in full display mode See Individual Display Mode on page 5 3 See Full Display Mode on page 5 3 1 10 Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A
52. II III the lead chosen in IDENTIFY VA LEAD AVR AVL AVF Options for a 10 leadwire patient cable or a 6 leadwire patient cable set for 12RL J IT II V1 V2 V3 V4 V5 V6 AVR AVL AVF Options for a 6 leadwire patient cable not set for 12RL J 11 III the lead chosen in IDENTIFY VA LEAD the lead chosen in IDENTIFY VB LEAD AVR AVL AVF The monitor defaults are leads J and VS You are allowed three choices You must deselect one to select another NOTE When the monitor is set up for Operating Room mode the trends portion of the ST display is slightly different The third ST display choice is replaced with a summary SUM trend of all leads ECG ST Display Initiate 12 Lead on ST History This direct action menu option enables or disables initiation of an automatic 12 lead ECG analysis whenever an ST alarm is stored in alarm history See ST Limits on page 11 23 NOTE A MUSE system is required for automatic printing and storage or a local laser printer is required for automatic printing without a MUSE system NOTE If you are performing a 12RL analysis you must set IDENTIFY VA LEAD to V1 and IDENTIFY VB LEAD to V5 This manual contains more information for 12RL analysis See Using 12RL Interpolated 12 lead Analysis on page 11 31 The ADJUST ST POINT option opens a popup menu to allow you to adjust the measurement point for ST The options are J OMS J 30MS J 40MS J 50MS J 60MS J 80
53. Interfaces Interconnection 20 6 Interfaces The connectivity device can interface with up to eight different peripheral devices for one patient Each peripheral device connected to the connectivity device must use a special interface adapter that is factory programmed to allow communication between the two devices Communication setup and installation instructions are provided with each interface adapter Refer to these instructions for specific instructions regarding where the interface adapter is connected to the peripheral device as well as any special settings needed to facilitate communication with the peripheral device Interface Adapters 859A Interface Adapters Once the interface adapter is permanently connected to the peripheral device the cable can be plugged into any one of the eight serial ports on the connectivity device Serial Port Indicator Lights Each serial port on the connectivity device has an indicator light located directly above it This light is used to determine the status of the serial port Serial Port Indicator Light Green State Yellow State Status Description Off Off No connection Nothing is connected to the associated serial port or the interface connector is not operational On Communication pending Cable and interface adapter are connected but the supported device communication is not yet established Slow blinking Communications e
54. PAW PAD or LA and flow volume loops 12 LEAD PRINT LOCATION Designates to which laser printer a 12SL analysis with patient waveforms is printed Laser printers are the only valid selections for this option If a laser printer does not exist on the network a location defined in the print window location is used m SELECT ANOTHER CARE UNIT This option opens an information window in which you can select another unit on the network After selecting another unit you can print to printers in that unit When you select one of the graph location options a popup menu and information window open The information window contains a list of printers available on your network The first column in the information window indicates the unit where the printer is located Only those printers with the same unit name as the monitor or with the unit name selected from the SELECT ANOTHER CARE UNIT option are displayed The second column indicates the bed number or central station number to which the printer is connected The third column indicates the type of printer WRITER is a digital writer LASER is a laser printer connected to a central station and BED LSR is a laser printer connected directly to the Solar 8000M i monitor Select the printer you wish to designate then select RETURN to close the information window and popup menu The name of the printer you selected is displayed in the menu option NOTE Graph locations cannot be set as m
55. PREINS CAL DONE A successful preinsertion calibration was done PREINS CAL FAIL A preinsertion calibration failed LIGHT INT CAL A light intensity calibration was done BLOOD CAL START A calibration to venous blood gas was started BLOOD CAL DONE A calibration to venous blood gas was done BLOOD CAL CANCEL calibration to venous blood gas was cancelled BLOOD CAL FAIL calibration to venous blood gas failed Troubleshooting PREINSERT CAL FAIL Message Problem PREINSERT CAL FAIL message is displayed Solution W Preinsertion calibration was unsuccessful 1 Check connections between the optical module and the SvO module 2 Check connections between the optical module and the catheter 3 Verify that the tip of the catheter is in the optical reference block 4 Check optical module 5 Replace catheter See below for optical module test procedure LOW LIGHT or NO LIGHT Message Problem LOW LIGHT or NO LIGHT message is displayed Solution Catheter is out of package but not in the patient Message is normal Catheter is in package 1 Check connections between the optical module and the SvO module 2 Check connections between the optical module and the catheter 3 Verify that the tip of the catheter is in the optical reference block 4 Check optical module See below for optical module test procedure Solar 8000M i 18 9 2026265 039A 02 Catheter is in pa
56. Trigeminy RonT PVC Tachy Brady Irregular for TRAM modules and Neonatal mode Atrial Fib for Patient Data Module Parameter Alarm Levels Crisis Warning Advisory Message HR 002 No Breath RM No Resp PVC ST ART PA CVP NBP SPO FEM UAC GAS VNT RA Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Message 2026265 039A Parameter Alarm Levels Advisory Warning Crisis Parameter Default Limits High Low HR PVC ST I ST4I ST4II ST V1 Appendix D Monitor Defaults Worksheet UVC LA ICP SP SvOs TC BIS ART Rate SPO Rate BT FEM Rate UAC Rate POC 000 NICO ICG RR Resp Apnea for TRAM modules Resp No Breath for Patient Data Module TMP D 8 Solar 8000M i Appendix Monitor Defaults Worksheet Parameter Default Limits Low High ST AVL ST AVF ST AVR ST V2 ST V3 ST V4 ST V5 ST V6 NBP S NBP D NBP M ART S ART D ART M ART R FEM S FEM D FEM M FEM R UAC S UAC D UAC M UAC R PA S PA D PA M CVP RA UVC LA ICP SP CO2 Exp 2026265 039A Solar 8000M i D 9 2026265 039A Pa
57. lt 10 seconds after limit alarm condition exceeded Heart rate alarm range 0 to 300 beats minute high limit gt low limit Arrhythmia analysis 1 to 100 PVCs minute Method QRS morphology classification and timing based on single or multiple lead analysis Arrhythmia calls Full lethal only or no arrhythmia PVC alarm range limit 1 to 100 PVCs minute ST segment deviation is measured and displayed for all acquired leads Lead label ST deviation current complex superimposed over a reference complex J point indicator and 15 minute mini trends are shown for all acquired leads Measured at user selectable measurement points 0 30 40 50 60 and 80 ms following the J point 12 0mm to 12 0mm 0 1mm 16 beats 12mm high limit gt low limit for any event within a lead group inferior lateral or anterior that exceeds the alarm limit for that group 2026265 039A Appendix H Technical Specifications Output Specifications Frequency response Analog output Sampling rate Heart rate ST Segment Analysis Measurement description ST display Measurement point Measurement range Display resolution ST measurement averaging ST alarm limits Pace Detection Rejection H 4 Solar 8000M i Appendix H Technical Specifications 2mV to 700mV 0 1ms to 2ms 10us to 100us 2 mV maximum Pacemaker artifact rejection On or Off I Il RL LL 1 to 200 breaths minute
58. or touch the Alarm History option when the pointer is in front of the event you wish to view The applicable waveforms appear in the information window and a new menu appears in the menu area The example below is an arrhythmia event Refer to the next page for ST event information Solar 8000M i 10 3 Select Alarm 2026265 039A Patient Data Arrhythmia Time of Event Event V TACH 15 01 49 10 DEC 98 Date of Event Press the Graph Go Stop button Y to print the displayed alarm data 4of4 Indicates that this is the fourth of four T events in history VIEW NEWER ALARM MENU HISTORY ALARM ALARM _ Select Alarm Arrhythmia Event Information Window and Menu MAIN ALARM Ea DELETE 599A For arrhythmia events three leads of ECG are displayed If an ART line was being monitored at the time the arrhythmia occurred two leads of ECG and the ART waveform are displayed Associated numerics are also included Ten seconds of data are presented in a compressed format which prints at 25 mm sec NOTE When monitoring from telemetry events are stored in the telemetry system The last 36 events are viewable from the monitor NOTE Waveforms from a separate BP module i e other than the acquisition module cannot be stored in history The Select Alarm menu options a
59. speed and timing settings at the host monitor The waveforms graphed are the monitor defaults at the host monitor NOTE To change the graph settings at the host monitor you must stop viewing the patient Once the changes are made you can view again Access most options in the Monitor Setup menu Print CRG Plus is not available The options in this menu can be used to configure the host monitor differently However any changes made do not affect the viewed patient s monitor Access the following patient data Alarm histories you cannot delete events Graphic trends Vital signs you cannot sort data Scale size some waveforms If a waveform can be scaled or sized a scale size selection is available in the parameter menu NOTE Scaling occurs only at the host bed The scale size at the viewed bed is not affected Solar 8000M i 6 55 2026265 039A Admit View A Patient 6 36 Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A 1 Printing Solar 8000M i 2026265 039 Printing Writers and Printers Optional stand alone writers and printers can be used with the monitor The writer or printer is connected by cable to the monitor or to a central station PRN 50 and PRN 50 M Digital Writers Overview The optional PRN 50 and PRN 50 M digital writers use 2 inch paper There are two indicator lights and one control key on the front The power switch and connectors are
60. 1 INACTIVE gt ADULT 2 ACTIVE ADULT 3 INACTIVE ADULT 4 INACTIVE MAIN NAME RESTORE MENU DEFAULTS FACTORY DEFAULTS PREVIOUS MENU 557B Custom Defaults Menu and Information Window Name Defaults 1 Select NAME DEFAULTS from the CUSTOM DEFAULTS menu A popup menu is displayed NAME DEFAULTS 4 ABBOTT Name Defaults Popup Menu 558B 2 Select the default name you wish to change The selected default name appears in the NAME DEFAULTS popup menu 3 Enter the characters for the name You can enter up to 12 characters per name See Entering Alphanumeric Characters on page 1 14 4 When you have entered the characters you desire select RETURN to return to the CUSTOM DEFAULTS information window 5 16 Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Monitor Setup NOTE After you have named a custom default you must admit the patient then apply the custom default using the RECALL DEFAULT option in the MONITOR DEFAULTS menu Otherwise the custom default will not be applied and the custom default name will not appear on the monitor Restore Factory Defaults This option allows you to restore the factory default settings 1 Select the RESTORE FACTORY DEFAULTS option from the CUSTOM DEFAULTS menu and position the arrow in front of the default you wish to have overwritten by the factory default 2 Press the Trim Knob control or touch the RESTORE FACTORY DEFAULTS menu option A popup
61. 100 to 1500 Ohms at 52 6 kHz 0 4 to 10 Ohms impedance variation 1 to 200 breaths minute 3 to 30 seconds Up to 2 with Y adapter cable Probe type YSI Series 400 or 700 determined by input cable Temperature range 0 C to 45 C 32 F to 113 F Resolution 0 01 C internal Parameters displayed T1 T2 Error independent of source 0 1 C for YSI series 400 probes 0 3 C for YSI series 700 probes Alarms User selectable upper and lower limits Up to 4 with appropriate cables Arterial ART systolic diastolic mean and rate Femoral FEM systolic diastolic mean and rate Pulmonary Artery PA systolic diastolic mean Central Venous Pressure CVP mean Left Atrial LA mean Right Atrial RA mean Intracranial Pressure ICP mean Umbilical Artery UAC systolic diastolic mean and rate Umbilical Vein UVC mean Special Pressure SP mean H 5 Input voltage range Input pulse width Rise time Over under shoot Detection rejection mode Standard leads available Respiration range limit Impedance range Detection sensitivity range Respiration rate alarm range No Breath alarm range Number of channels Input specifications Output specification Respiration Temperature Invasive Pressures Number of channels Transducer sites site name and displayed values Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A 2 5V DC 0 1 50uV V cm Hg 25 mmHg to 349 mmHg 150 mm
62. 14 7 INBP lirmitss 13 11 NBP stat a 13 10 Menus od eae rS 1 5 Review NBPSs 5 ec t 13 11 Direct action menu options pp 1 9 dons 86 6 15 6 17 Main 1 5 Menu 1 6 More 1 6 PA wedge ct eater 12 14 12 20 POPUP menus ecco teet e seeds 1 7 PA insert wedge pp 12 15 Numeric popup 1 8 Pacemaker detection 11 9 Pointer popup 1 8 Pacemaker troubleshooting 11 43 Scrolling popup MENU 1 7 Patient data 10 2 Subordinate menus 1 8 Patient monitor 5 21 Monitor defaults Pausing alarms esee 8 4 Adult ICU mode esses A 2 Performance check oeii a 2 20 Neonatal ICU 2 2 19 Operating room C 2 Pressure 12 7 Monitor defaults D 2 o ete tesis 12 10 Monitor setup
63. 2026265 039A High Parameter Limits 7 0 7 0 7 0 7 0 7 0 20 90 45 5 0 60 100 Low 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 60 35 1 5 10 HE Exp ISO Insp ISO Exp AR Insp AR Exp RM No Resp TC Op TC CI TFC BIS Appendix C Operating Room Mode Defaults Parameter Priority Defaults The following parameters when monitored always appear in parameter windows on the right side of the display ECG NBP ART PA CVP Parameter 1 Parameter 2 Parameter 3 Parameter 4 Parameter 5 Parameter 6 The GAS SpO CO and TEMP parameters appear in parameter windows at the bottom of the display only when there is no room at the side BIS X ALARMS NICO ICG EEG BIS 2026265 039A LA ICP SP SvO RESP POC TC FEM UAC PA VENT RM CVP RA Solar 8000M i GAS SPO CO CCO TEMP NBP Appendix C Operating Room Mode Defaults ART UVC UO MAY BE DISPLAYED AS REDUCED SIZE determined by software 2026265 039A Solar 8000M i C 11 Appendix C Operating Room Mode Defaults C 12 Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A D Appendix D Monitor Defaults Worksheet 2026265 039A Solar 8
64. 25 SpO Menu Masimo Probes MAIN SIZE RATE RATE VOL SPO2 SAT SECONDS PERSISTENT MENU 1X ON OFF LIMITS OFF OFF RESPONSE SPEED NORMAL 25 693B 691C SpO Menu Nellcor OxiMax Probes with Patient Data Module SIZE Adjusts the size of the displayed SpO waveform RATE Turns the displayed rate value on and off RATE VOL Turns the rate volume on and off adjusts the volume when on SPO2 LIMITS Displays a new menu and an information window to adjust SpO percent and rate beats per minute alarm limits SAT SECONDS Adjusts the Sat Seconds limit when using Nellcor OxiMax modules and probes Patient Data Module only PERSISTENT Displays Probe Is Off The Patient alarm in the SpO parameter box when a sensor or cable is disconnected SENSITIVITY Adjusts the Masimo probe sensitivity AVERAGING Adjusts the SpO averaging time when using Masimo compatible modules and probes RESPONSE Adjusts the SpO response time when using Nellcor OxiMax modules and probes SPEED Changes the sweep speed for the displayed SpO waveform Detailed information on each option is found in this chapter SpO Menu Options The Size option allows you to change the size of the displayed SpO waveform When you select SIZE from the SpO menu a popup menu opens displaying the following choices 8X 4X 2X 1X The default size is 1X Use the Trim Knob control or touchscreen to select the desired si
65. BATTERY LOW message displays on the monitor and across the Unity network if a power fault prevents the Patient Data Module s battery from charging when the Patient Data Module is connected to the monitor If this occurs request service to check the system The BATTERY STATUS menu provides information on the battery charge level as well as fault status information MAIN ALARM VIEW OTHER PATIENT MONITOR ADMIT BATTERY MENU CONTROL PATIENTS DATA SETUP MENU STATUS 521B 1 Select MORE MENUS from the main menu Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Battery Status Appendix Battery 2 Select BATTERY STATUS The PDM BATTERY STATUS window is displayed PDM BATTERY STATUS PDM BATTERY SLOT STATUS FULL CHARGE LEVEL 100 TIME TO EMPTY H M n a TIME TO FULL H M FAULT STATUS DURING USE DURING CHARGE TEMPERATURE BATTERY QUALITY MAIN BATTERY MENU HELP a x J 896A 3 Select BATTERY HELP for a description of the PDM BATTERY STATUS items Battery Capacity Gauges Capacity Gauge on the Monitor Display The PDM battery capacity gauge displays on the lower right corner of the monitor display when a Patient Data Module with its battery installed is connected to the monitor The Battery capacity gauge is labeled P for Patient Data Module m The solid portion represents the current charge level of the battery as a percentage of its m
66. Blood Pressure IBP should be no less than 25 mmHg 300 mmHg The accuracy should be no less than 2 or 1 mmHg whichever is greater error caused by sensor not included Non Invasive Blood Pressure NIBP The dynamic standard deviations of Non invasive Blood Pressure NIBP should be no less than x8mmHg SpO Monitor Range 0 100 Solar 8000M i H 9 2026265 039A Accuracy 1 5 90 100 SpO2 42 1 80 89 9 SpO2 2 4 70 79 9 SpO2 Masimo patents This device is covered under one or more of the following U S A patents 5 758 644 5 823 950 6 011 986 6 157 850 6 263 222 6 501 975 and other applicable patents listed at http www masimo com patents htm The range of Blood temperature 30 C 42 C Accuracy 5 The range of injection temperature 0 C 30 C Accuracy x 0 3 C Cardiac Output 0 2 15L min Accuracy 5 Appendix H Technical Specifications Cardiac Output Non Invasive Cardiac Output Cardiac Output Range 0 to 30L min Stroke Volume Range 0 to 250 mL Systemic Vascular Resistance Range 0 to 5000dyne sec cm Single Parameter Modules Range of CO2 0 100 mmHg Accuracy 5 of reading or 2 mmHg whichever is larger O2 Range 0 to 10096 O2 Accuracy x 2 Absolute N20 Range 0 to 100 N2O Accuracy 5 Absolute Isoflurane range 07796 0 2 ABS or 5 of reading whichever is greater Enflurane range 0
67. CALC option to save the set to Vital Signs Select CHANGE VALUE from the Cardiac Calcs menu to enter or changed monitored values in the information window popup menu opens and the pointer and RETURN option are displayed at the top of the information window Rotate the Trim Knob control or use the touchscreen arrows to move the pointer in front of CO Press the Trim Knob control once or touch the CHANGE VALUE option A default value of 6 0 is displayed Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Patient Data Cardiac Calcs Cardiac Calcs Overview Change Value 10 10 Patient Data Rotate the Trim Knob control to change the value then press it to enter the value and display the calculated values Or use the touchscreen arrows to change the value then touch the RETURN option in the popup menu to enter the value and display the Note that the current date is assigned to the set of calculations when the first value is entered and calculated values are displayed WEIGHT HEIGHT KG CM 610B 6 0 70 0 KG 168 0 CM 1 77 34 CHANGE VALUE i Cardiac Output Value Entered calculated values CARDIAC CALCULATIONS 25 FEB 10 52 RETURN MONITORED gt CO HR MAP CVP PAM PAW WEIGHT HEIGHT BSA CI SV SVR SVRI PVR PVRI LVSWI RVSWI CALCULATED MAIN MENU ES NE Enter other values in the same manner as above When all desired values are entered select RETURN to close the pop
68. Conditioning is complete pass target Battery fault Conditioning is complete fail target Battery Charger LED Indicators The following is a quick guide which identifies the meaning of the charger LEDs LED Indicators RUN RUN and CONDITION READY READY and CONDITION FAIL FAIL and CONDITION Replacing the Battery WARNING PHYSICAL INJURY Do not install the Patient Data Module above a patient Make sure the battery is completely inserted and the battery door is completely closed Falling batteries could seriously or fatally injure neonatal or other vulnerable patients WARNING EXPLOSION OR FIRE Using non recommended batteries could result in injury burns to the patients or users Only use batteries recommended or manufactured by GE The warranty can be voided if non recommended batteries are used Solar 8000M i Safety 2026265 039A Appendix PDM Battery WARNING PHYSICAL INJURY Do not install the Patient Data Module above a patient The potential exists for a battery to leak a chemical on the patient if the Patient Data Module is mounted above the patient Leaks from battery cells can occur under extreme conditions The liquid is caustic to the eyes and skin If the liquid comes in contact with eyes or skin flush with clean water and seek medical attention Replace the Battery 1 Open the battery door by gently p
69. Differences may occur because electrical signals at the heart occasionally fail to produce a peripheral pulse or the patient may have poor peripheral perfusion Also if a patient s beat to beat pulse amplitude varies significantly e g because of pulsus alternans atrial fibrillation or the use of a rapid cycling artificial ventilator blood pressure and pulse rate readings can be erratic and an alternate measuring method should be used for confirmation A patient s vital signs may vary dramatically during the use of cardiovascular agents such as those that raise or lower blood pressure or those that increase or decrease heart rate Solar 8000M i 13 3 Safety 2026265 039A NOTE NBP values are based on the oscillometric method of noninvasive blood pressure measurement taken with a cuff on the arms of Adult Pediatrics and a cuff on the calf of the neonates and correspond to comparisons with intra arterial values within ANSI AAMI SP 10 Standards for accuracy a mean difference of 5 mmHg and a standard deviation of lt 8 mmHg NBP NBP Technologies The acquisition modules support two blood pressure technologies CAUTION NBP READINGS MAY TIME OUT WHEN USING IABP An IABP balloon pump creates non physiologic arterial waveforms These waveforms create an oscillometric signal that may not be interpreted by DINAMAP Classic causing NBP to time out The patient blood pressure can be moni
70. Discharging 0 0 0 cece eee eee eee eee eens 6 16 OVEIVIOW iet HARD ces Re a Md a 6 16 Discharge Patient Standard and Rover Applications 6 16 Discharge Patient Combo and Rover Combo Applications 6 17 New Gase radios acinus hoe Quen Bund iue od 6 17 Viewing Other 6 18 Rid an alee 6 18 Automatic View On Alarm 6 19 Viewed Patient Display 6 22 Monitor Setup for Viewing Other 6 23 Default Settings 6 23 View On Alarm Options Menu Settings 6 26 Solar 8000M i iii 2026265 039A View Other Patients Menu Overview View Alarm View On Alarm Options Select a Bed to View Turn the View 01 Select Another Care Unit Graph Viewed Bed Viewed Patient Data Full Patient View Printing wae eres Writers and Printers PRN 50 and PRN 50 M Digital Writers Laser Manual Graphs Alarm
71. EHE EE as 15 11 Auto MOOT posez eh m iae Seale debemos rog Fete doa 15 12 Use PAW PAD LA III 15 12 0810010 esed sos dey ee E EE 6 IM s 15 12 Injectate Temperature 15 13 n a tye ane 15 13 Injectate 15 13 Computation Constant 15 14 99 15 14 Troubleshooting 15 14 Procedural Prompts and Messages 15 14 Error Messages ee ots Oe waa UU PER ud 15 15 Respiration ec 16 1 Introd ction o oen rr eye ettet 16 2 Respiration Overview 16 2 No Breath and Apnea Events 16 2 General Information 08 2 16 3 Checklist teet Dee RAV RIEN 16 5 Respiration Monitoring 16 5 Respiration Information 16 5 Getting to the Respiration Menu 16 5 Respiration Menu Options 16 6 we 16 6 16 7 Lato tank read tnd bes cae ohare abet 16 7 Respiration Limits 2 0 0 cc cece ees 16 7 AUTO SIZE oxide ep ee ERIS Get te RI SS 16 8 Manual Size sana ovate XR adic a 16 8 Cardiac Arti
72. Full 5006 ac hc xta vae Eae QE es Clear Cursor LIMIS oet ee ta iterations Change Name ZO ens BR Fillet teet eie tcs Solar 8000M i 12 vi vil Calibrate 350008 cai Special Features anh a dto sah Ad Baka m Using the IABP Feature Smat aU ch Qu due UEM QUE ta PUES Pulse atero eta Disconnect Alarm 2 2 3 oe scade e PA 6006 ore 2 Eu OVerVIOW uec sek hs PA Wedge Menu Option PA Insert Wedge Menu Troubleshooting eese Pressure Message Appearing When Zeroing Invasive Pr ss rebinieS 6 A Delum Introduction lssesseeen RR hh mnn NBP Connectors NBP Technologies Checklist voL ERE NBP Monitoring NBP Informations x Ie deeded eee pes Getting to the NBP NBP Menu Options NBP AUO iaee a a e a O a a a a NBP Stat a ts Review oid debes ob deed ashe boas NBP bimilS 6 iu vi da ea ee
73. I Il IIl and V Perform skin preperation and reposition electrodes as DTE If signals remain low select ECG SIZE 2X Consider selecting Pace 1 in the pace menu Consider reprogramming the pacemaker if spikes are coincident with the patient s intrinsic beats VIEW ALL CLEAR ECG V1 V6 MAIN DISPLAY 2 DETECT PACE MENU LEAD II OFF gt OFF PACE 2 RELEARN PACE 1 Pacemaker Help Window for TRAM modules earlier than v12 ARRHYTHMIA FULL MULTI LEAD ECG LD MORE 855B Selecting any of the options in the popup menu closes the popup menu and the information window Select ECG LIMITS to open an information window and a new menu which allows you to adjust the following Solar 8000M i 11 13 ECG Limits ECG Limits Overview 2026265 039A m Heart rate HR high and low limits PVC per minute limit m Turn the PVC per minute limit on and off NOTE PVC Limit is a feature in the Cardiac software package only See Setting Alarm Limits on page 1 16 NOTE This option is part of the Cardiac software package An alarm occurs if the PVC count limit is violated This is a PVC per minute limit This alarm feature defaults on with full arrhythmia If full arrhythmia is on the PVC limit alarm can be independently turned off using the PVC LIMIT ON menu option This is a direct action menu option that switches between
74. If the accuracy of any measurement does not seem reasonable first check the patient s vital signs by alternate means then check the SpO module for proper functioning NOTE Refer to the GE Critical Care Monitoring Clinical Reference and Troubleshooting Guide for conditions that may cause inaccurate SpO readings The SpO modules can be used during defibrillation but the readings may be inaccurate for a short time Neonates and Infants NOTE This section is not applicable to monitoring SpO with the Masimo SET Patient Data Module Masimo SET module and probes or with TRAM x51M modules 14 6 Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A SpO2 WARNING The display of inaccurate pulse oximetry values has been linked to the presence of poor signal strength or artifact due to patient motion during signal analysis This condition is most likely to be encountered when the monitor is used on neonates or infants These same conditions in adults do not impact the SpO values to the same extent When using pulse oximetry on neonates and infants always observe the following precautions We recommend the application of the following criteria when using the pulse oximetry function on neonates and infants 1 The peripheral pulse rate PPR as determined by the SpO function must be within 10 of the heart rate and 2 the SpO signal strength indicator must have two or three asterisks displayed Proced
75. Interpolated 12 lead Analysis on page 11 31 NOTE Refer to the GE Critical Care Monitoring Clinical Reference and Troubleshooting Guide for illustrations of other electrode placements When using 12RL analysis you must label VA as V1 and VB as V5 These are set in the I2LEAD ECG ANALYSIS or MORE ECG menu See Identify VA Lead and Identify VB Lead on page 11 39 See Identify VB Lead on page 11 40 You can select any ECG lead for display when using 12RL analysis The 12RL equations reconstruct leads V2 V3 V4 and V6 for display Interpolated leads are identified on the monitor and in printouts graphs by the letter d before the lead name for example dV2 for derived Continuous ST trending of all leads occurs while using 12RL analysis Interpolated leads in ST trends are indicated on the monitor and in printouts graphs by the letter d before the lead name for example dV2 for derived Selecting V Leads Displaying Leads Trending ST Analyzing 12 lead ECG Data Using 12RL You can analyze 12 lead ECG data using 12RL analysis Simply use the 12SL analysis program See 12 Lead ECG Analysis on page 11 27 12RL equations are automatically used to complete the 12 lead analysis The 12 lead report includes the statement V2 V3 V4 and V6 are interpolated to identify that the ECG data was analyzed using interpolated leads Leads V2 V3 V4 and V6 of the 12 lead ECG are reconstructed assuming accurate electrode pl
76. Knob control or touch the CURSOR option to close the popup menu The cursor remains on the waveform NOTE In the Full and Full Grid display modes only one cursor can be displayed at a time but it can be moved throughout the entire full scale range The cursor remains on the screen until you turn it off using the Clear Cursor option change the scale size or change the display mode When the cursor is removed the pressure scale returns to the scale used before the cursor was turned on To remove the cursor from the waveform select the CLEAR CURSOR option from the pressure menu This is a direct action menu option Selecting this option opens an information window and a new menu which allow you to adjust the alarm limits for the displayed pressures systolic diastolic mean and or rate See Setting Alarm Limits on page 1 16 This option is used to change the designated name for this pressure connector The monitor has preset names for each pressure connector based on its location in the TRAM module and Tram rac housing Having the names properly reflect the sites is important for proper processing of the waveform since different algorithms are used for different pressure sites Solar 8000M i 12 9 Clear Cursor Limits Change Name 2026265 039A NOTE Pressure site names cannot be set in monitor defaults however upon discharge in the Operating Room mode pressure site names remain as last sel
77. Levels Advisory Warning Crisis Y Solar 8000M i Asystole VFib VTac V Tach VT lt 2 V Brady Couplet Bigeminy Acc Vent Pause Trigeminy RonT PVC Tachy Brady Appendix A Adult ICU Mode Defaults A 6 Appendix A Adult ICU Mode Defaults A 7 Advisory Message Y Message Arrhythmia Alarm Levels Parameter Alarm Levels Advisory Warning Warning Y Irregular for TRAM modules Atrial Fib for Patient Data Module Crisis HR No Breath RM No Resp PVC ST ART PA CVP NBP M Only SPO FEM UAC GAS VNT RA UVC LA ICP SP SVO TC BIS ART Rate SPO Rate Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A High 2026265 039A Message Y Y 150 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 200 120 Parameter Alarm Levels Warning Advisory Parameter Limits Low Crisis BT FEM Rate UAC Rate POC CCO NICO ICG RR Resp Apnea for TRAM modules Resp No Breath for Patient Data Module TMP HR PVC min ST ST II ST III ST V1 ST AVL ST AVF ST AVR ST V2 ST V3 ST V4
78. MANUAL SIZE ce E NS SENSITIVITY MAIN LEAD RELEARN MENU ll RESPIRATION CARDIAC ARTIFACT ALARM ON Respiration Menu 718A LEAD Changes the lead from which the respiration rate is derived RELEARN RESPIRATION Initiates a monitor relearn of the patient s respiration pattern SENSITIVITY Increases or decreases the sensitivity setting RESPIRATION LIMITS Displays a new menu and an information window to adjust respiration rate and apnea no breath alarm limits m AUTO SIZE Automatically sizes the respiration waveform to fit in a predetermined area on the screen MANUAL SIZE Manually increases or decreases the size of the respiration waveform m CARDIAC ARTIFACT ALARM Turns the artifact alarm off and on m SPEED Changes the sweep speed of the displayed respiration waveform Detailed information on each option is found in this chapter Respiration Menu Options Lead The choice of respiration leads depend on the acquisition device used When using the TRAM module there are two choices for the respiration lead lead I and lead II When using the Patient Data Module there are three choices for the respiration lead lead I lead II and RL LL vector This menu option allows you to switch the monitored lead for respiration The label of the lead currently being monitored I II or RL LL appears in the menu option in the lower left corner of the RR
79. MINS OFF 4HRS 15 MINS 2 5 MINS 2 HRS 10 MINS 2 MINS t 0 1HR 5 MINS gt IMIN 30 MINS 4MINS OFF NBP Auto Popup Menu 681B Use the Trim Knob control or touchscreen to select the desired time interval The measurements taken using the NBP Auto option can be timed in two different ways Regular timing where each measurement is taken at the specified interval regardless of the actual clock time Solar 8000M i 13 9 NBP Auto Overview NBP Auto Timing 2026265 039A Clock sync timing where the measurements are synchronized to specific clock times NOTE Operating Room mode If an auto mode time is set in monitor defaults pressing the NBP Go Stop button starts the auto mode feature in either timing mode Refer to the GE Critical Care Monitoring Clinical Reference and Troubleshooting Guide for more information and examples of NBP auto timing How to turn on clock sync timing The default timing for NBP Auto is regular timing To turn on clock sync timing you must change the monitor default setting Follow these steps 1 Ifa patient is admitted to the monitor discharge the patient 2 Select MORE MENUS gt MONITOR SETUP gt MONITOR DEFAULTS gt SETUP DEFAULT DISPLAY 3 Scroll to the NBP CLOCK SYNC option and select it 4 Select ON from the default settings list for the NBP Clock Sync option 5 Select RETURN to save the change and close the informati
80. Mode Popup Menu and Information Window After entering the password the Service menu is displayed MAIN DOWNLOAD REVIEW CALIBRATE HARDWARE PATIENT MONITOR TYPE MENU CODE ERRORS TEST ADULT ICU MENU MONITOR COPYUNIT BATTERY TIME AND SETUP SETTINGS DEFAULTS SERVICE DATE 565C Service Menu The service mode is used by qualified field engineers service personnel and hospital biomedical engineers to set up troubleshoot and repair the monitor Refer to the appropriate service manual for more details The following Service menu items are mentioned in other places in this manual Patient Monitor Type Your monitor is set up for monitoring in one of three modes patient monitor types with the PATIENT MONITOR TYPE option m Adult ICU ADULT m Neonatal ICU NEO Operating Room OR The mode patient monitor type appears next to the date and time at the top of the display When you change the patient monitor type any monitor defaults that have been set are lost and the factory defaults are in effect again 2026265 039A Solar 8000M i 5 21 Monitor Setup Menu Setup Other options that affect the monitor are found in the MENU SETUP option Admit Menu The admit mode determines the menu options used when admitting a patient to the monitor The admit modes are Standard Rover Combo Rover Combo Monitor Defaults Password Monitor default password pr
81. Nasal cannula moisture filter sidestream adapter tube or exhaust line is blocked Solution Check nasal cannula moisture filter sidestream adapter tube and exhaust lines for blockage and replace if necessary If the blocked line condition persists for a period of time the monitor s pump will automatically shut off The pump must then be restarted to clear the message To restart the pump select the PUMP option from the menu Repeat this process until the BLOCKED LINE message clears CABLE DISCONNECTED Cause Sensor cable is not connected to module Solution Check sensor cable connection CAL SENSOR TO ZERO CELL See Zero the Capnostat Sensor on page 19 10 Cause A new sensor was introduced into the system or there is a possible signal drift in sensor electronics Solution Zero the sensor CANNOT CALIBRATE 19 12 Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A CO2 Cause Message appears when attempting calibration in an unstable condition such as sensor still warming up or other error condition Solution Calibrate sensor when no error condition exists CHANGE AIRWAY ADAPTER Cause Sensor signal is out of tolerance Solution Check for obstructions in airway adapter or other defects CHECK ADAPTER ADAPTER CAL See Calibrate the Capnostat Adapter on page 19 11 Cause Adapter is not attached to sensor adapter is obstructed or adapter used is of a different type than the one last calibrated to the sens
82. OPTIONS DISPLAY information window appears In the SOFTWARE OPTIONS DISPLAY information window the word Enabled appears below CARDIOPULMONARY FEATURES and or HI RES GRAPHIC TRENDS if one or both options have been purchased and installed 1 2 There are several types of menus found the monitor They are described below The main display shows all monitored parameters and waveforms It also contains the MORE MENUS option in the lower left corner of the screen You can access menus not related to specific parameters by selecting the MORE MENUS option You can also access parameter menus by selecting the parameter labels Solar 8000M i 1 5 Menus Main Display 2026265 039A 25 FEB 2000 10 21 ADULT 1 ICU BED5 MARTIN 520B Main Display with Patient Data Module The monitor automatically returns to the main display when you have displayed another menu and have not used the Trim Knob control or touchscreen for 5 minutes default time This is a monitor default display setting which can be set for a longer period of time or for no timeout at all Some menus such as Vital Signs and Trends are not affected by the timeout setting You must exit them using the MAIN MENU or PREVIOUS MENU option Selecting the MORE MENUS option from the main menu opens the following menu MENU CONTROL PATIENTS DATA SETUP MENU STATUS MAIN MENU Returns to the main display with the MORE MENUS menu op
83. PLUS 1 OFF OFF FULL Lethal for Basic OFF ON V5 V1 V5 OFF OFF 1 V5 1 J 30 MS 25 ART RR OFF OFF CONTINUOUS 100 60 Patient Age Display Mode Color Format Primary ECG ECG Waveform 2 Min Arrhyth Level Arrhythmia Detect Pace Arterial Rate ECG 5 Lead V ECG 6 Lead VA ECG 6 Lead VB ST Analysis ST Templates ST Template 1 ST Template 2 ST Template 3 Adjust ST Point 12 LD on ST History ECG WF Speed Graph Waveform 2 Graph Waveform 3 Graph Waveform 4 Alarm Graph Timed Graph Arterial Scale PA Scale Solar 8000M i B 2 Appendix B Neonatal ICU Mode Defaults B 3 Display Defaults 30 30 30 160 25 50 6 25 15 100 OFF 160 mmHg with TRAM module 135 mmHg with Patient Data Module 140 mmHg with TRAM module 125 mmHg with Patient Data Module 110 mmHg with TRAM module 100 mmHg with Patient Data Module EDWARDS IN LINE 7 5 10CC ON 0 60 ON 25 25 OFF OFF OFF CRISIS DISABLE 10 CVP RA UVC Scale LA Scale ICP Scale SP Scale BP WF Speed Scale WF Speed Scale NBP Auto Adult Cuff Press Ped Cuff Pressure Neo Cuff Pressure CO Catheter CO Inj Temp CO Size CO Inj Vol CO Auto Mode Compensation RR Parameter RR Lead RR WF Speed SPO WF Speed View On Alarm VOA Bro
84. Persistent etta trea reda S cols trita cM ON nee Rd 14 12 RESPONSE E 14 12 7 14 13 Sensitivity anien aia ae ee 14 13 AVaraglrig cte d tae tu bera 14 13 9002 System Alarms 14 13 Probe Off Patient Condition 14 13 Connect SpO2 Probe Condition 14 14 Pulse Search Condition 14 14 Troubleshooting 2 212 eI he Tels 14 14 5 2 655 968 reete bet Pe ptr Ws waged seals epe d 14 14 Cardiac Output eren Rmi 15 1 Introduction nr eer eme enm tere ene 15 2 Cardiac Output Overview 15 2 Influencing Factors 15 3 Suggested Cardiac Output Procedure 15 3 Checklist ate deiner oer nee ee Gas 15 5 Cardiac Output Monitoring 15 5 Cardiac Output Information 15 5 Cardiac 15 6 Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A 14 15 vill Getting to the Cardiac Output Menu 15 7 Cardiac Output Menu Options 15 8 15 8 Gardlac Gal6S 54 oo S Een rads S ah siehe 15 9 15 11 Bi Eimits Che Gates He tee Ue 15 11 Print CO CUVE x rec Gyn atte ee adie Pale
85. Product References deed bee SN d ad RI bend 1 3 D finitions 4 i een ub iE MUR Ron a 1 3 saa das os aon Sieb 106 Text Illustrations and Names 1 3 14 Software Packages Men s vel EIL ELI Rie ci ETE atin nce oA bap es 1 5 Mairi Display ci ner t rr CRECEN Wiad ee ee 1 5 More Menus geek ek xw eb E te Sadie ed des 1 6 Popup Menus ide rto mdp ON SE s Ae eee 1 7 Subordinate Menus 1 8 Direct Action Menu 1 9 1 9 Parameter Windows 1 10 Maximum Display of Parameter Windows and Waveforms 1 10 Information Windows 1 11 Common 1 12 Using the Trim Knob Control 1 12 Using the Touchscreen 1 12 Entering Alphanumeric Characters 1 14 Setting 7 1 16 Selecting Options from Scroll Lists 1 17 Language Specific Information 1 18 Chinese and Japanese Language Information 1 18 French Language Information 1 19 Hungarian Polish and Russian Language Information
86. ST V5 ST V6 NBP S NBP D Solar 8000M i Appendix A Adult ICU Mode Defaults A 8 Appendix A Adult ICU Mode Defaults A 9 High 140 200 120 140 150 200 120 140 150 200 120 140 150 350 350 350 350 350 350 350 350 350 50 30 20 105 150 42 0 80 30 20 42 0 C 107 6 F Parameter Limits Low 40 80 20 40 50 80 20 40 50 80 20 40 50 90 50 30 0 60 30 0 C 86 0 F NBP M ART S ART D ART M ART R FEM S FEM D FEM M FEM R UAC S UAC D UAC M UAC R PA S PA D PA M CVP RA UVC LA ICP SP CO Insp CO Resp No Breath SpOse SpO2 R BT 5 RR RR Apnea TEMP 1 Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A High 42 0 C 107 6 F 102 102 80 0 80 0 85 0 85 0 7 0 7 0 12 0 12 0 7 0 7 0 7 0 7 0 7 0 7 0 7 0 7 0 7 0 7 0 20 90 45 5 0 60 100 Parameter Limits Low 30 0 C 86 0 F TEMP 2 5 N2O Insp N20 Exp N2 Insp N2 Exp SEV Insp SEV Exp DES Insp DES Exp ENF Insp ENF Exp HAL Insp HAL Exp HE Insp HE Exp ISO Insp ISO Exp AR Insp AR Exp RM No Resp TC Oo TC CI TFC BIS Appendix A Adult ICU Mode D
87. ST parameter alarm levels ECG SIZE DETECT PACE ARRHYTHMIA ST ANALYSIS LEAD ANALYSIS HR HIGH LIMIT and HR LOW LIMIT PVC LIMIT and PVC state To select the source of ECG settings follow this procedure Select MORE MENUS MONITOR SETUP MONITOR DEFAULTS lt SETUP DEFAULT DISPLAY Locate and select COMBO DEFAULT SOURCE Select one of the following TELE DEFINED Uses the telemetry ECG settings This is the factory default m USER DEFINED Uses the monitor s ECG settings if telemetry is not admitted Uses the telemetry ECG settings if telemetry is admitted 1 ECG Setting Source When Entering COMBO Mode The following tables indicate the source monitor or telemetry of ECG when entering COMBO mode Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Admit View A Patient ECG Setting Source 6 6 Admit View A Patient TELE DEFINED Telemetry Entering COMBO Mode ECG Setting Source Not admitted gt Not admitted gt Telemetry Admitted gt USER DEFINED Telemetry Entering COMBO Mode ECG Setting Source Not admitted gt Monitor Not admitted gt Admitted gt Telemetry Notice that selecting TELE DEFINED means the ECG setting source is always telemetry when entering COMBO mode while the ECG setting source for USER DEFINED depends on whether the patient is admitted to the monitor or to telemetry when entering COMBO mode NOTE It is possible but not a normal operation to admit a patient to
88. SYNC connector on the acquisition module Primary displayed ECG lead If the balloon pump triggers off the R wave of the QRS complex review the patient s ECG leads and place the one with the greatest amplitude in the top primary position on the monitor s screen First zeroed arterial pressure If the balloon pump triggers off arterial pressure the BP analog output defaults to the numerically first zeroed arterial blood pressure ART FEM or UAC If no arterial blood pressure is available the numerically first zeroed blood pressure is used NOTE BP Filter If arterial blood pressure is used to trigger the balloon pump use the 40 Hz pressure filter selected from the pressure menu Pacemaker Detection If the patient has a pacemaker be sure pacemaker detection is on selected from the ECG menu Failure to turn pacemaker detection ON may cause poor beat detection which may result in inadequate triggering of the balloon pump 1 The monitor measures arterial femoral pressure and displays both the pressure waveform and numerical pressure values The IABP feature compensates for the irregularities in the pressure waveform caused by the use of an intra aortic balloon pump Pressures Using the IABP Feature Starting the IABP Program To turn the IABP program on and off select the JABP option from the pressure menu When on the parameter label begins with an as shown in the figure below Solar 8000M i 20262
89. See Chapter 10 The SEND AUTO VIEWS menu option is a direct action menu option that can be set to on or off When on the monitor will broadcast its advisory warning and crisis alarms over the network for viewing on other monitors on the network that have selected this bed to be automatically viewed on alarm When off no alarms are broadcast This can be set as a monitor default using the VOA BROADCAST setting in the Monitor Defaults menu WARNING ALARM NOTIFICATION LIMITATION If a viewing bed is configured to automatically view AUTOVIEW a bed that has its SEND AUTO VIEWS option set to OFF the viewing bed will only receive the alarm line message not the split screen view or the accompanying audible alarm To avoid this limitation verify that all viewing beds in the watch list have SEND AUTO VIEWS set to ON The ALERT TONE menu option can be used to set the view on alarm audio notification to OFF no tone ON tone sounds once or REPEAT tone sounds at regular intervals This menu option overrides the default setting for VOA Alert Tone but reverts to the default setting when the patient is discharged from the monitor Send Auto Views Alert Tone Configure Auto View On Alarm The CONFIGURE AUTO VIEW ON ALARM menu option opens two information windows The first information window SELECT A CARE UNIT allows you to select a care unit to view All available care units on the network are listed As soon as you select a ca
90. Sum t wendy sideman ened nee 10 17 GRG Trends mouarto daa LA NEE NS 10 22 ECG cece ae cau 11 1 Introd ctlon gt bina o 0 11 2 PDM No ECG Alarm 0c a cece a III nnn 11 2 TRAM NO ECG Alarm 11 3 Checklist ot a ee a Ce ER DEDE SV 11 4 Solar 8000M i V 10 11 2026265 039A 2026265 039A ECG Monitoring Features ECG Display ECG Getting to the ECG Menu Display 7 Detect Pace ECG LIMIS as iss o eh pare ei erar View All ECG Clear V2 V6 Fail Update Lead Arrhythmia e Releam ST ST Analysis ECG 12 Lead ECG Analysis Using 12RL Interpolated 12 lead Analysis Lead Analysis ECG teach vw oh ECG Rate Averaging Troubleshooting ECG Troubleshooting Pacemaker Troubleshooting Pressure Monitoring Pressure Information Getting to the Pressure Menu Pressure Menu Options SCAICSH a 00
91. T T 2 16 Computer grade CRT displays H 13 2 2 Computer grade digital flat panel displays H Processing Remote 2 16 14 x Solar 8000i sess 2 2 Required specifications Computer grade CRT H 12 T Computer grade digital flat panel displays H Technical maintenance 4 7 Technical specifications 4 7 14 SPO2 Temperature menu pp 17 4 Neonates and infants pp 14 6 MEM ES 17 4 Probe off patient condition 14 13 14 14 Temperature 17 5 Pulse search condition 14 14 Unc 17 5 Safety snae eat dates 14 4 Temperature troubleshooting 17 5 Troubleshooting ppp 14 14 Temperature WindgoW pp 17 3 7 14 9 TouchsCreen iid 1 12 Averagirgi etui Eid 14 12 14 13 Anchor menu option ppp 1 14 tee meet 14 12 Information windows eee 1 13 14 11 Popup BUS 1 13 14 11 Return menu 1 14 Sat SsecongdS 14 12 Touchscreen arrows 1 14 4 Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Tram iriure iren e E edens 2 8 Default settings
92. The age range selection is made in the admit menu Below is some general information to remember about all printed CRG Plus data CRG Plus data always prints to the print window location The last two minutes of CRG Plus data are printed On the graph paper 1 millimeter equals 1 second Parameters are printed on individual scales HR prints on a scale of 50 250 SpO prints on a scale of 60 100 In Neonatal ICU mode MAP prints on a scale of 0 80 In Adult ICU and Operating Room modes MAP prints on a scale of 50 150 prints on a scale of 0 80 or 0 10 prints on a scale of 0 750 or 0 100 TcCO prints on a scale of 0 200 or 0 30 Grid paper is available for laser printers 999999 CRG Trends is an optional feature that your institution may not have purchased Follow this procedure to view CRG trends Select MORE MENUS PATIENT DATA Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A 1 CRG Plus Display Print CRG Plus on Alarm Other Printing Information CRG Trends CRG Trends Display 9 6 CRG Plus Display 2 Select CRG TRENDS The CRG Trends window and menu are displayed The primary ECG lead continues to be displayed as well as all of the parameter windows on the right side of the screen NOTE When the system is first connected or when admitting a new patient there can be up to a two minute delay before data is displayed Data is displayed on an even minute boundary in either two minute or si
93. Touchscreen Volume 0 0 c ec eee e 5 18 Learn the Monitor 5 18 Software REVISION dows EE D 4 5 19 Setvice MOde s voee 5 20 Admit View A 6 1 About Admitting 0 0 0 0 007 6 2 Introduction scene dex ale 6 2 Auto AGI sn fe estate edo e Bora 6 2 Monitor Applications 3 RR 6 3 4 Admit Men s gt lt 5 cc Sie Ded he Dt 6 8 Admit Menu Overview 6 8 Standard Admit Menu 6 8 Rover Admit Menu 6 9 Combo Admit to iam Ded eroe belek 6 9 Rover Combo Admit Menu 6 10 Admit Menu 6 11 Ghange Admit Nio 1 554 amens bend 6 11 Request Admit Information 6 13 ECG SOURCC os Me oce a a OS ee I at a We dte qd 6 14 der Rr Rr ERR IR EET RUE ee 6 14 Set Unit NAMES dos dicetur eie BOO dad 6 14 Set BediNumMbens Ju veo race e caca te Ros ue RS A 6 14 Units OF Measufe re EP EU PET Ure RE 6 15 Options for Admitting a 6 15 About
94. all leads monitored the current value of each and the low and high ST alarm limit values The alarm limit values are adjusted here NOTE ST is a parameter alarm that is assigned a Patient Status Alarm level crisis warning advise message To change the alarm level use the Parameter Alarm Level option in the Alarm Control menu See Parameter Alarm Level on page 8 9 Below is an example of an ST Limits information window when monitoring ST with a 5 leadwire ECG cable The factory default limits are 2 mm with the ST parameter set for an advisory alarm ST LIMITS VALUE LOW HIGH STI 01 2 0 2 0 ST ll 0 0 20 20 ST Il 0 0 2 0 20 STV1 0 0 2 0 20 ST V2 0 0 20 20 ST V3 0 0 20 20 ST V4 0 0 20 20 ST V5 0 0 20 20 ST V6 00 220 20 ST AVR 0 0 20 20 ST AVL 0 0 2 0 20 ST AVF 0 0 2 0 20 MAIN ADJUST INDIVIDUAL ADJUST ALL MENU LIMITS LIMITS PREVIOUS ADJUST INF LIMITS ADJUST LAT LIMITS ADJUST ANT LIMITS MENU Il Il AVE 1 AVL V5 V6 V1 V2 V3 V4 649B ST Limits Menu and Information Window When set to factory defaults if any monitored lead has a deviation of more than 2 mm an alarm sounds and the event is stored in alarm history The alarm level must be set for crisis warning or advisory for the event to be stored in history Solar 8000M i 11 23 ST Limits 2026265 039A NOTE Upon initial
95. and No Breath is always measured in seconds This option is used to select an appropriate scale for the displayed CO waveform The scale choices vary depending on the units of measure being used A waveform that exceeds the allowed display area on the screen will be flattened on top Adjust the scale to reduce the waveform size Selecting a large scale value reduces the size of the waveform Conversely a smaller scale value increases the size of the waveform To change the scale select the SCALE option from the CO menu A popup menu opens displaying the available options Select the desired option The popup menu closes and the menu option now indicates the scale of your choice The scale lines on the screen also reflect the new scale Select CO2 LIMITS to open an information window and a new menu which allow you to adjust the following m Expired EXP high and low limits m Inspired INSP high limit Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A CO2 Pump Units Scale Limits 19 8 CO2 m Respiration RESP high and low limits m No breath limit See Setting Alarm Limits on page 1 16 N2O Compensation NOTE This feature functions only when the monitor is in the Operating Room mode The presence of nitrous oxide causes the CO value to appear higher than the actual value Use this option to compensate for the presence of N5O This is a direct action menu option that switches between 0 40 N20 and gt 4
96. and PRN 50 M digital writers are referred to as the writers The laser printer is referred to as the printer Collectively the laser printer and the PRN 50 digital writer are referred to as printers The following terms are used in this manual to describe various monitor features and functions Button A labeled key located on the keypad or remote control Press to initiate a process open a menu or enter a number Menu Text which appears at the bottom of the display A menu is composed of a set of menu options Menu option A choice found in a menu A menu option is enclosed in a rectangle Screen text Any text that appears on the monitor display In this manual screen text is shown in bold italics for example ECG SAVING etc This manual uses the following text styles to identify various items Style Definition Bold Indicates hardware terms such as buttons labels or connectors Bold and italicized Indicates software items such as menus menu options or screen text Italics Emphasizes a word gt Indicates menu options or control settings to select consecutively Definitions Text Styles Illustrations and Names All illustrations in this manual are provided as examples only They may not necessarily reflect your monitoring setup or data displayed on your monitor In this manual all names appearing in examples and illustrations are fictitious The use of any real person s name is
97. be used as a tool in ECG tracing interpretation This computerized interpretation is only significant when used in conjunction with clinical findings All computer generated tracings should be overread by a qualified physician To ensure accuracy use only computer generated tracings and not the display for physician interpretation The intended use of this device is to record electrocardiograms and vectorcardiograms from surface ECG electrodes not for positioning floating temporary pacemaker leadwires performing pericardiocentesis or other internal applications NOTE Select the 12 LEAD ECG ANALYSIS option from the ECG menu A new menu is displayed and the screen is reconfigured to display 12 leads of ECG Solar 8000M i 11 27 2026265 039A 774C 9 NOV 2000 10 00 ADULT ADULT 0 136 72 4 RATE 70 A eie V6 MAIN 12 REVIEW 12 LEAD ECG 12 LEAD ADMIT 12 Niele ECG MENU TO TRANSMIT OR PRINT AUTO OFF MENU PREVIOUS IDENTIFY VA IDENTIFY VB MENU LEAD V1 LEAD V5 12 Lead Analysis Display All parameters continue to be monitored and values are displayed in their respective parameter windows lead analysis menu options are The 12 m 12 LEAD ECG NOW Opens an information window in which you can enter the TECHNICIAN ID OPTION FIELD and ORDER NUMBER TECHNICIAN ID Opens a popup menu to enter up to four digits for the te
98. both a telemetry bed and a hardwired bed before entering COMBO mode For example bed101 telemetry and bed101 monitor are two separate beds for the same patient When you enter COMBO mode in this situation the ECG setting source is always telemetry ECG Setting Source When Exiting COMBO Mode When discharging from telemetry but remaining admitted to the monitor exiting COMBO mode the ECG setting source monitor or telemetry depends on the COMBO DEFAULT SOURCE selection TELE DEFINED When exiting COMBO mode the ECG settings return to the monitor s ECG custom defaults m USER DEFINED When exiting COMBO mode the ECG settings for the current patient persist until the patient is discharged from the monitor For both the TELE DEFINED and USER DEFINED options when discharging from the monitor exiting COMBO mode but remaining admitted to telemetry the ECG settings for the current patient persist until the patient is discharged from telemetry Solar 8000M i 6 7 Monitor Not admitted Admitted Not admitted Monitor Not admitted Admitted Not admitted 2026265 039A Admit View A Patient Admit Menus Admit Menu Overview The options available in the Admit menu vary depending on the application and patient monitor mode for which the monitor is set To access the Admit menu select MORE MENUS from the main display then select ADMIT MENU The Admit menu and inf
99. defaults ECG 5 LEAD V If you are displaying ST trends and complexes using this option does not change the label on the ST display Use the ST display option to change the label TRAM module only Identify VA Lead and Identify VB Lead When using a 6 leadwire cable the IDENTIFY VA LEAD and IDENTIFY VB LEAD options are present 2026265 039A Solar 8000M i 11 39 Identify VA Lead Select the IDENTIFY VA LEAD option to open a popup menu Select the VA lead name of choice Press the Trim Knob control or touch the IDENTIFY VA LEAD option to confirm the change and close the popup menu NOTE Use the following guidelines when selecting the VA lead label m The VA lead label must correspond with the anatomic position of the V lead electrode When using a 6 leadwire cable to acquire a 12RL analysis you must select V1 for the VA Position NOTE Changing the VA lead affects the displayed VA waveform pacemaker detection analog output the information sent over the network Holter MARS central station the ST trend and template graphing and histories Identify VB Lead With a standard 6 leadwire patient cable this menu option labels the VB lead as placed in your electrode configuration With a 6 leadwire cable you must place the electrode in the VA and the VB position you want and then be certain the label matches the position The monitor defaults this label as V5 but you can change it here or in Monitor Defaults S
100. display mode Respiration and CO cannot be displayed simultaneously Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A 9 2 CRG Plus Display NOTE When monitoring CO CO waveform defaults on in place of impedance respiration if the unit of measure for CO is mmHg If the CO unit of measure is or kPa the impedance respiration waveform defaults on CRG Plus Individual Display Below is an example of the CRG Plus individual display mode In this mode you can select up to five parameters for display Three parameters were chosen in this example NOTE CO and respiration can be displayed simultaneously in the individual mode Because CO has its own scale it can be displayed using any of its three units of measure mmHg 96 kPa S 250 HR 50 100 STO 781A CRG Plus Individual Display Note the time scale at the bottom of each display example The 0 represents the current time Turning on the CRG Plus Display To turn on the CRG Plus display select MORE MENUS from the main display Select MONITOR SETUP then select DISPLAY to display the following popup menu DISPLAY INDV6WFS gt CRG FULL CRG FULL INDV 3 WFS CRG INDV FULL EEG SPECTRA FULL GRID BIS SPECTRA Display Mode Popup Menu 777D 2026265 039A Solar 8000M i 9 3 CRG Plus Display Select one of the CRG Plus choices To turn the CRG Plus display off select another display mode from thi
101. electrode placement information When starting respiration monitoring the monitor learns the patient s respiration pattern Eight breaths are averaged and the average amplitude of the respiration waveform is found Detection sensitivity is automatically set at 40 of the average amplitude NOTE The message LEARNING is displayed in the RR values window during this process Markers displayed on the waveform show this 40 detection range One marker is at inspiration the other at expiration The detection sensitivity can be manually adjusted by using the SENSITIVITY option from the respiration menu The waveform size is also set automatically during the learning process but may be adjusted if necessary NOTE Respiration detection is not dependent on the size of the waveform Size is for visual purposes only 16 4 Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Respiration Even though the same electrodes are used for ECG and respiration monitoring it is possible to get a lead fail message for respiration without one for ECG The impedance may be too high for respiration detection but the electrode is still good for ECG See Smart Lead Fail on page 11 7 Checklist Since respiration monitoring is so closely linked with ECG monitoring patient preparation and electrode placement are important Refer to the GE Critical Care Monitoring Clinical Reference and Troubleshooting Guide for guidelines 1 acquisition module
102. found in this chapter Cardiac Output Menu Options Delete CO Trials The monitor displays up to four cardiac output trials If a fifth trial is made the oldest trial is deleted and so on The AVG average column keeps a running average of the displayed cardiac output trials You can delete any or all of the displayed trials Follow these steps 1 Select the DELETE CO TRIALS option from the Cardiac Output menu A popup menu opens The numbers shown in the popup menu correspond to the numbers at the top of each column in the trials window 15 8 Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Cardiac Output 2 Select the trial number you wish to delete The number highlights and the popup menu remains open so you can select additional trials to delete if desired If you decide you do not want to delete a highlighted trial simply select it again to unhighlight deselect it 3 When you have selected highlighted all the trials you want to delete select RETURN to close the popup menu and delete the trials from the Cardiac Output Trials window 4 Select the CARDIAC CALCS option To enter the cardiac calculations program upon completion of cardiac output trials select the CARDIAC CALCS option from the CO menu An information window is displayed on the screen and a new set of menu options is displayed in the menu area NOTE If you have an Adult or Operating Room keypad or remote control you can also access Card
103. from the Abbott catheter m CALIBRATE TO VENOUS BLOOD GAS Calibrate the SvO value against a laboratory venous blood gas determination after catheter is in the patient m SVO2 CAL HISTORY Displays a chronological history of calibrations 02 SvO gt Menu Options Select SVO2 LIMITS to open an information window and a new menu which allow you to adjust the high and low alarm limits for SvO See Setting Alarm Limits on page 1 16 To view troubleshooting tips when SvO alarm messages are displayed select the SVO2 HELP option from the SvO menu A popup menu opens displaying the messages for which there are troubleshooting tips NOTE These are the alarm messages associated with the one asterisk and three dashes signal indicators gt RETURN svo2 DAMPED INTENSITY HELP LOW INTENSITY HIGH INTENSITY t LOW LIGHT LIGHT SvO Help Popup Menu 738A Select a message An information window is displayed providing information for corrective action When you are finished select RETURN to close the information window and popup menu SvOs Limits 5 0 Help Preinsertion Calibration See Calibration on page 18 5 Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A 18 4 SvO2 Light Intensity Calibration See Calibration on page 18 5 Calibrate to Venous Blood Gas See Calibration on page 18 5 See Calibration on page 18 5 There are three different calibration procedures PREINSERTION CALIBRATION
104. from the View Alarm popup menu is selected VOA Alert Tone Setting AVOA Alarm Level Setting NOTE The optional AutoView XM feature must be installed for this setting to be functional The AVOA ALARM LEVEL default setting determines which level s of alarm from other beds will be automatically viewed on the host monitor and appear on the host monitor ALARMS message line when the View On Alarm feature is set to Auto The choices are CRISIS WARNING default ADVISORY and OFF When an alarm level is selected automatic view on alarm is activated for that alarm level and all levels higher than it For example if the AVOA Alarm Level setting is at Warning level both warning and crisis alarms will be viewed The default setting REMOTE SILENCE determines which viewed patient alarm levels can be silenced at the host monitor The choices are CRISIS WARNING default and ADVISORY When an alarm level is selected for the Remote Silence setting alarms of that level and lower can be silenced at the host monitor or a central station For example if the Remote Silence level is set to WARNING then warning and advisory level alarms can be silenced remotely but crisis level alarms cannot be silenced remotely NOTE The optional AutoView XM feature must be installed for this setting to be functional Solar 8000M i 6 25 Remote Silence Setting AVOA Silence Setting 2026265 039A The default setting AVOA SILENCE determines w
105. insulated input ensures patient safety and protects the device during defibrillation and electrosurgery PDM No ECG Alarm NOTE For Patient Data Module only The PDM No ECG Alarm defaults to a System Warning alarm You can change it to Off or Crisis alarm in Monitor Defaults It is identified as PDM NO ECG ALARM in the Setup Display information window See Setup Default Display on page 5 14 11 2 Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A ECG The PDM No ECG Alarm allows you to temporarily disconnect the Patient Data Module from the monitor without activating the PDM NO ECG alarm This feature is useful when the patient needs to be disconnected from the monitor for a short time such as using the bathroom or transporting to a different location and then reconnected to a monitor Confirming the patient disconnect must be performed at the monitor it cannot be done at the central station It is also useful for alerting you if the Patient Data Module is unintentionally disconnected from the monitor When the PDM NO ECG ALARM default is set to Crisis or Warning an audible alarm will sound 30 seconds after the Patient Data Module has been disconnected Reconnect the Patient Data Module to stop the alarm and close the Confirm Patient Disconnect window 1 Remove the ePort cable from the Patient Data Module or remove the Patient Data Module from the PDM docking station The CONFIRM PATIENT DISCONNECT window is displayed CONFIRM PATIENT DISCONNEC
106. is properly connected to the monitor 2 Electrodes have been placed on the patient following proper skin preparation 3 Leadwires are attached to electrodes on the patient 4 Leadwires are connected to the patient cable and the patient cable is connected to the module 5 Respiration setup is adjusted if necessary Follow detailed procedures in this chapter Respiration Monitoring Features Respiration Information When respiration monitoring is on a labeled respiration waveform is displayed after the learning process is complete The label includes the ECG lead used to derive the respiration waveform for example RR II See General Information on page 16 3 Breath Indicator Respiration Rate gt 20 yu i Lead Monitored 5 imits Sil 20s 717A RR Parameter Window The parameter window displays the current respiration rate and the ECG lead used to monitor respiration A flashing breath indicator lung symbol is displayed with each breath detection Alarm limits may be displayed for respiration rate and apnea no breath Getting to the Respiration Menu To display the respiration menu select the RR parameter label 2026265 039A Solar 8000M i 16 5 Respiration NOTE If the parameter label is not displayed select the PARAMETERS ON OFF option in the Monitor Setup menu to turn respiration on Then select the RR parameter label The respiration menu is displayed at the bottom of the screen
107. it c Watch the battery charger LEDs and immediately remove the battery from the battery charger when the FAIL LED stops flashing and remains illuminated or when both the RUN and CONDITION LEDs flash d Wait for one to two seconds then reinsert the battery into the battery charger The RUN and CONDITION LEDs will flash for five to ten seconds while the charger initializes the battery If the FAIL LED illuminates remove the battery and reinsert it into the battery charger e Watch the battery charger LEDs The RUN LED should stop flashing and remain illuminated for approximately one minute later the CONDITION LED should stop flashing At this time the battery is awake and being charged Waking Up the Battery With a Patient Data Module 1 Connect the Patient Data Module with its battery installed to a patient monitor connected to an AC derived power source The patient monitor sends a trickle charge to the PDM battery until the battery has enough of a charge to wake up 2 Wait for Patient Data Module to boot up During the wake up process the PDM BATTERY STATUS window displays CHARGING in the SLOT STATUS field See Battery Status on page I 2 1 6 Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Appendix PDM Battery Flashing Initializing the battery Conditioning is required Charger fault The Cadex SMart Two Charger Illuminated Charging in progress Conditioning in progress Charging is complete
108. lists all leads currently being monitored The Waveform popup menus list all leads and parameters currently being monitored Select the parameter you wish to appear on the graph then close the popup menu The GRAPH LOCATION menu option displays a menu that allows you to choose writers for alarm and manual graphs MAIN MANUAL GRAPH LOCATION ALARM GRAPH LOCATION PRINT WINDOW LOCATION MENU ICU CS1 WRITER ICU BED5 WRITER ICU CS2 LASER PREVIOUS 12 LEAD PRINT LOCATION SELECT ANOTHER MENU ICU CS2 LASER CARE UNIT 543B Graph Location Menu MANUAL GRAPH LOCATION Designates to which printer a graph strip with patient waveforms is printed Manual graphs are started and stopped using the Graph Go Stop button on the keypad or remote control Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Graph Location 5 8 Monitor Setup ALARM GRAPH LOCATION Designates to which printer an alarm graph strip with patient waveforms is printed Alarm graphs start automatically when a crisis or warning alarm occurs Alarm graphs are stopped using the Graph Go Stop button on the keypad or remote control PRINT WINDOW LOCATION Designates to which printer the data from an information window is printed Other data always sent to this location includes CRG Plus ST All ECG Alarm histories ST history data only prints to a laser printer PA wedge Cardiac output waveforms 5 Pressure volume
109. m ii Ra Epis sews hed Ghee Single Parameter Modules Solar 8000M i Display Solar 8000M i Display Overview Purchaser s Responsibility Medical Grade Displays Non Medical Grade Required Specifications for Non Medical Grade CRT Displays Recommended Specifications for Non Medical Grade CRT Displays H Required Specifications for Non Medical Grade Digital Flat Panel Displays ecu nou Curve Meri cue eap qa Recommended Specifications for Computer Grade Digital Flat Panel Displays iu t pde equ ee Appendix PDM Battery Battery Overview Battery Status 5 51 isle Sere dee Battery Capacity Gauges Battery Maintenance How to Charge the How to Condition the How to Wake Up the Battery The Cadex SMart Two Battery Charger LED Replacing the Salely torte
110. menu opens displaying all choices 3 Select your choice and close the popup menu Upon restoration the custom default name will change to the factory default name The predefined names for the various monitor defaults are determined by the patient monitor mode They are NEO 0 through NEO 4 ADULT 0 through ADULT 4 through OR 4 An asterisk indicates that the user has changed the monitor default settings from the original factory default The asterisk is only displayed when the predefined monitor default name is used e g NEO 3 Monitor Defaults Password Monitor Defaults Password Overview Monitor defaults password protection can be used to restrict access to the Monitor Defaults menu When password protection is enabled selecting MONITOR DEFAULTS displays a MONITOR DEFAULTS menu with limited options MAIN MENU RECALL CHANGE MENU DEFAULT DEFAULTS Monitor Defaults Menu with Password Protection Enabled 560A The password protection feature can be enabled or disabled from a menu option in the Service menu See Service Mode on page 5 20 Recall Defaults This menu option allows you to recall previously named monitor defaults while monitoring an admitted patient See Recall Default on page 5 15 2026265 039A Solar 8000M i 5 17 Monitor Setup Change Defaults Select the CHANGE DEFAULTS option to display a popup menu and information window CAUTION
111. monitor default settings for view on alarm 1 Select MORE MENUS from the main display 2 Select the MONITOR SETUP option 3 Select MONITOR DEFAULTS from the Monitor Setup menu 4 Select SETUP DEFAULT DISPLAY from the Monitor Defaults menu A popup menu and information window appear There are several screens of monitor default settings in the information window The settings related to viewing other patients are described here VIEW ALARM Turns the automatic view on alarm feature on off and activates the message line m VOA BROADCAST Turns on off broadcasting alarms over the network for viewing by other monitors VOA ALERT TONE Selects the default alert tone that will sound when a viewable bed is alarming AVOA ALARM LEVEL Determines which level s of alarms from other beds will be automatically viewed on the host monitor m REMOTE SILENCE Determines which viewed patient alarm levels can be silenced at the host monitor m AVOA SILENCE Determines when the split view display of an alarming bed is removed from a host monitor If necessary some or all of these default settings can be temporarily changed using the options in the View On Alarm Options menu See View On Alarm Options Menu Settings on page 6 26 See View On Alarm Options on page 6 28 The VIEW ON ALARM default setting is used to activate the view on alarms message line and to turn on the automatic view on alarm feature The AVOA
112. not change the admit information on the hospital information system Selecting the REQUEST ADMIT INFO menu displays the information from the hospital information system Then selecting VIEW MANUAL ADMIT INFORMATION allows you to view admit information that was entered at the monitor using the CHANGE ADMIT INFO menu 2026265 039A Solar 8000M i 6 13 This menu option allows you to recall previously named monitor defaults while monitoring an admitted patient See Recall Default on page 5 15 This menu option is found in the Combo and Rover Combo admit menus It is used to tell the monitor where to get the ECG information Selecting ECG SOURCE displays a popup menu and information window The information window lists the sources from which ECG data can be obtained Select MONITOR if the patient s ECG cable is connected to an acquisition module If the ECG source is telemetry select the transmitter number that matches the one on the back of the transmitter NOTE If you choose a transmitter number you must admit the patient before the transmitter number will appear in the ECG parameter window The Graph Location option displays a menu that allows you to choose writers for alarm and manual graphs See Graph Location on page 5 8 This menu option is found in the Rover and Rover Combo admit menus Having the correct unit name is important when sending information to central stations and writers Verify th
113. of all currently monitored parameters and their alarm limits as well as the unit of measure for each Alarm limits can also be changed ARRHYTHMIA ALARM LEVEL Displays arrhythmia alarm levels Can be adjusted to other levels m PARAMETER ALARM LEVEL Displays parameter alarm levels Can be adjusted to other levels ALARM VOL Adjusts the volume of the alarm tone Solar 8000M i 8 7 Overview 2026265 039A ALARM HELP Displays on screen help describing patient status alarms and system status alarms m DISPLAY OFF ALARM PAUSE Turns the display off and pauses alarms at the central station for this monitor CLEAR ALARMS Clears the information displayed in the alarm window ALARM HISTORY Displays stored arrhythmia alarm events Cardiac software package only CRG TRENDS Displays high resolution CRG trends data and CRG trends menu High Resolution CRG Trends software package only ALARM PAUSE Starts and stops an alarm pause This option is only available when the Silence Alarm default setting is set to SILENCE ONLY See Setup Default Display on page 5 14 The All Limits menu option allows you to view the high and low alarm limits and unit of measure for each parameter currently monitored You can change the limits for any monitored parameter without having to go into each individual parameter menu To view the All Limits information window select ALL LIMITS fr
114. of the solutions work Contact service 18 10 Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A 19 2026265 039A Solar 8000M i 19 1 End tidal CO monitoring referred to as monitoring in this manual is a continuous noninvasive technique for determining the concentration of CO carbon dioxide in respiratory gas by measuring the absorption of infrared light of specific wavelengths The light generated in the analyzer bench is passed through respiratory gas samples The amount of absorption by CO in the sample is measured and digitized by the photodetector The module processes the electronic signal and displays a waveform labeled and digital values for expired CO EXP inspired CO INSP and respiratory rate RR on the monitor Depending on the module used the monitor can accommodate both intubated and non intubated patients CO monitoring is done with one of the GE CO modules Capnostat Mainstream CO module for intubated patients Capnostat Dual CO module for intubated or non intubated patients Sidestream CO module for intubated or non intubated patients CapnoFlex LF CO module for intubated or non intubated patients NOTE Refer to the GE Critical Care Monitoring Clinical Reference and Troubleshooting Guide for the following information Capnostat Mainstream setup Capnostat Sidestream setup Sidestream CO module setup Clinical level troubleshooting CAUTION
115. on and off The number of PVCs detected over the last minute is displayed in the ECG values window when full arrhythmia is on ECG artifact generates an alarm All artifact alarms begin at level and progress to level 2 when noise on the ECG lasts for 20 of the last 30 seconds Level 1 Upon detection of artifact the message ARTIFACT is displayed There is no alarm tone NOTE Full arrhythmia processing is suspended when the level 1 ARTIFACT message is displayed Lethal arrhythmia is still active but its accuracy may be hindered by the artifact Level 2 Heart rate and PVC values change to X an additional message ARRHY SUSPEND is displayed and a system warning alarm repeating foghorn tone sounds To view six leads of ECG on the display select the VIEW ALL ECG option from the ECG menu A popup menu opens and the display is reconfigured to show six ECG leads I II V AVL and AVF NOTE For all six leads to display there must be a minimum of these 5 electrodes on your patient V1 LL LA RA and RL If using more than 5 electrodes the VIEW ALL ECG option still displays six ECG leads Press the Trim Knob control or touch the VIEW ALL ECG option to close the popup menu and return to the normal display Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A ECG PVCs Per Minute Artifact Alarm View All ECG 11 14 ECG To print all ECG waveforms press the Graph Go Stop button on the keypad w
116. parameter window and with the waveform label Respiration leads can also be changed in Monitor Defaults Setup Default Display Changing leads automatically starts the relearn process 16 6 Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Respiration NOTE If you are monitoring with a fixed lead 3 lead cable respiration can only be obtained from the lead for which the cable is manufactured For example if your cable is a fixed lead II cable you will see a LD I FAIL message in the RR parameter window should you try to change the respiration lead NOTE The RL LL lead is not available with a Patient Data Module when using a 3 lead cable For example if you are using a 3 lead cable with a Patient Data Module with the RL LL lead selected or set as the default lead the lead will be changed to Lead II NOTE If you are using a Patient Data Module with the RL LL lead selected or set as the default lead and then you switch to a TRAM module the lead will change to Lead II A learning process always takes place when respiration monitoring is started If the patient s breathing pattern changes after the initial learning process has taken place it may be necessary to relearn Select RELEARN RESPIRATION from the respiration menu This is a direct action menu option The message LEARNING is displayed in the RR values window There is no respiration rate displayed during the learning process When learning is complete
117. patient s respiration Used to silence and pause alarms See Controlling Audio Alarms on page 8 4 Opens the SpOs menu Opens the Tabular Trends menu Opens the View Other Patients menu Opens the Vital Signs menu Zeros all invasive pressure lines that are open to atmosphere Keypad Remote Control Modes Adult Operating Room Neonatal Neonatal Neonatal Adult Neonatal Operating Room Adult Neonatal Operating Room Neonatal Adult Neonatal Operating Room Adult Operating Room Adult Neonatal Operating Room Adult Operating Room Adult Neonatal Operating Room Adult Operating Room Operating Room Adult Operating Room Neonatal Neonatal Adult Neonatal Operating Room Operating Room Operating Room Adult Neonatal Adult Neonatal Adult Neonatal Operating Room Equipment Overview Button Cardiac Output CRG Events CRG Print CRG Recall Defaults Display On Off Dose Calcs Graph Go Stop Graphic Trends Main Menu NBP Auto NBP Go Stop NBP Stat New Case PA Wedge QRS Volume Resp Relearn Silence Alarm SpOse Tabular Trends View Other Vital Signs Zero All Putting the Monitor Into Operation Monitor Installation and Connection WARNING Read all the safety information before using the monitor for the first time See Chapter 3 2026265 039A Solar 8000M i
118. room at the side VENT RESP 5 BIS X RM NBP SvO2 ALARMS ART CVP TC NICO FEM RA TEMP ICG UAC UVC 00 EEG PA LA CCO BIS ICP POC GAS SP UO MAY BE DISPLAYED AS REDUCED SIZE determined by software B 10 Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A C Appendix C Operating Room Mode Defaults 2026265 039A Solar 8000M i Appendix C Operating Room Mode Defaults Operating Room Mode Defaults Following are the monitor defaults for the Operating Room mode You can change these using the monitor defaults feature Monitor defaults are recalled upon discharge See Chapter 5 This table includes options available with all software packages Your institution may not have purchased all software packages 2026265 039A Display Defaults ADULT INDV 6 WFS TRANSDUCER 1 ST OFF OFF Lethal for Basic OFF ON MULTI LEAD V5 V1 V5 ON ON 1 V5 1 J 60 MS 25 ART OFF OFF OFF 20 SEC OFF Patient Age Display Mode Color Format Primary ECG ECG Waveform 2 Min Arrhyth Level Arrhythmia Detect Pace Arterial Rate Lead Analysis ECG 5 Lead V ECG 6 Lead VA ECG 6 Lead VB ST Analysis ST Templates ST Template 1 ST Template 2 ST Template 3 Adjust ST Point 12 LD on ST History ECG WF Speed Graph Waveform 2 Graph Waveform 3 Graph Waveform 4 Alarm Graph Timed Graph ART Disconnect Solar 8000M i
119. selections for additional 12 lead analysis help skin prep and lead placement IDENTIFY VA LEAD Opens a popup menu where you can select the VA lead See Identify VA Lead and Identify VB Lead on page 11 39 IDENTIFY VB LEAD Opens a popup menu where you can select the VB lead See Identify VB Lead on page 11 40 Manual Method To obtain a 12 lead analysis manually follow these steps 1 Select 12 LEAD ECG ANALYSIS from the ECG menu The waveform area of the screen displays 12 leads of ECG NOTE If you are performing a 12RL analysis you must set IDENTIFY VA LEAD to VI and IDENTIFY VB LEAD to V5 This manual contains more information for 12RL analysis See Using 12RL Interpolated 12 lead Analysis on page 11 31 2 Usethe ADMIT MENU option to enter the patient s age and identification number This information may already have been entered when the patient was admitted to the monitor 3 Select 12 LEAD ECG NOW from the 12 Lead ECG Analysis menu The message Performing Analysis Please wait is displayed on the screen In approximately 30 seconds the analysis report is displayed along with a popup menu NOTE If the TECHNICIAN ID option in the Setup Display Defaults window is set to MANDATORY a popup window with TECHNICIAN ID ORDER NUMBER and OPTION FIELD is displayed The TECHNICIAN ID is required and must be entered before a manual 12 lead analysis can be taken The factory default setting is OPTIONAL 4 Aft
120. specified interface adapters and specified peripheral devices To avoid inadvertent disconnection route all cables in a way to prevent a stumbling hazard Wrap and secure excess cabling to reduce risk of entanglement by patients and personnel Do not install in a location where the device may drop on a person WARNING SINGLE PATIENT USE All eight serial ports of the connectivity device must only be used by one patient CAUTION INSTALLATION To avoid accidental ingress of liquids always mount the connectivity device in a vertical position with the connectors at the bottom CAUTION TREATMENT Do not treat the patient based solely on the alarm messages and or numerics presented via the Unity Network ID connectivity device You must verify the accuracy of the alarm message and or numerics at the peripheral device itself before initiating treatment treatment should be based on the information presented at the peripheral device NOTE To assure proper operation we recommend that you permanently connect each interface adapter to each peripheral device that will communicate with the connectivity device The Unity Network ID connectivity device connects to the Solar 8000M i monitor via one of the M Port connectors on the front of the Solar 8000M i processing unit For complete system interconnection instructions refer to the appropriate connectivity device operator and service documentation Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A
121. stopcock can cause pressure messages This delays obtaining invasive pressure parameter information See Troubleshooting on page 12 21 NOTE This manual includes information about zeroing a single pressure transducer See Pressure Menu Options on page 12 8 Solar 8000M i 12 5 Zero Reference 2026265 039A Pressures Checklist 1 The acquisition module is properly connected to the monitor 2 Patient cable is attached to the pressure connector on the acquisition module 3 Transducers are leveled according to unit policy It is recommended you place it at the phlebostatic axis 4 All transducers are zeroed 5 Any entrapped air is removed from the system NOTE Refer to the transducer manufacturer s instructions for suggested means of removing entrapped air from the hydraulic system 6 Pressure setup is adjusted if necessary Details are provided in this chapter Pressure Monitoring Pressure Information A labeled pressure waveform is displayed when the patient cable is connected to the module After a zero reference procedure is done numerics are displayed in the pressure parameter windows on the right side of the screen Systolic Value Diastolic Value u39 T RATE 70 04 mmHg Limits and Units Pulse Rate Value Mean Value 529A ART Pressure Parameter Window Mean Value 8 gt Limits and Units mmHg 659A CVP Pressure Parameter Window 12 6 Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A
122. subordinate menus have the PREVIOUS MENU option to allow you to return to the previously displayed menu Direct Action Menu Options A direct action menu option either turns a feature on or off or starts a processing function Some direct action menu options turn a feature on or off For example selecting the SMART BP ON option from the ART parameter menu turns the Smart BP feature off In on off cases the menu option label reflects the current state selecting it switches to the other state MAIN ART SCALES ART CLEAR ART CHANGE NAME ZERO MENU 160 CURSOR CURSOR LIMITS ART ART IABP SMART EGA PULSE RATE DISCONNECT BP FILTER CALIBRATE SPEED OFF ON ALARM ON 12 Hz TRANSDUCER 25 527A 0 SMART BP ON MAIN ART SCALES ART CLEAR ART CHANGE NAME ZERO MENU 160 CURSOR CURSOR LIMITS ART ART IABP MART BP PUSE RATE DISCONNECT FILTER CALIBRATE SPEED OFF OFF ALARM ON 12Hz TRANSDUCER 528A SMART BP OFF Some direct action menu options start a process For example selecting the RELEARN option from the ECG parameter menu tells the monitor to immediately relearn the patient s ECG rhythm These processes cannot be stopped as they are short term and stop automatically Therefore the menu option label does not change as it does in on off cases There are two types of windows found on the Solar 8000 display They are described below Solar 8000M i 1 9
123. the graph Any other alarm graph runs for 20 seconds or until you manually stop the graph NOTE To convert an arrhythmia alarm graph to a manual graph you must stop the graph using the Graph Stop key on the writer then immediately restart the graph The graph on alarm default is On in Adult ICU mode but Off in Neonatal ICU and Operating Room modes The Alarm Graph menu option in the Graph Setup menu turns this feature on and off It can be saved as a monitor default The user has the option to graph invasive blood pressures only In the graph BP invasive mode the BP waveforms are the only printable parameters The waveforms are graphed on one scale using the full grid space See Chapter 5 Invasive pressures are graphed on individual mode or full mode scales depending on the display of the waveforms If the BP waveform is displayed in full mode or full grid mode it is graphed in full mode If the BP waveform is not displayed or displayed in individual mode it is graphed in individual mode Invasive pressures are graphed on individual scales as follows Displayed Scale Graph Scale 30 0 45 PA CVP LA RA ICP 40 0 45 60 0 60 100 0 90 160 0 150 200 300 0 300 Auto 0 150 ART FEM UAC SP 0 45 PA CVP UVC RA LA ICP The following messages may appear when graphing m SAVING The device to which you want to print is busy or inoperable If you are printing an alarm graph 20 seconds of data are saved until the de
124. the review window NOTE If you placed a cursor on the waveform during balloon inflation the solid line cursor represents that cursor It may or may not match the program cursor Solar 8000M i 12 17 Move Wedge Cursor 2026265 039A PA WEDGE REVIEW The solid line cursor moves and this W CURSOR value changes when the Vy cursor is repositioned on the CURSOR 15 waveform PA WEDGE 15 13 31 MAIN CARDIAC E MOVE T USE TO MENU OUTPUT URSOR POSITION CURSOR ON 1 WAVEFORM 677A Move Wedge Cursor Popup Menu from the PA Wedge Menu Option Rotate the Trim Knob control or use the touchscreen arrows to move the cursor As the cursor moves the CURSOR value displayed at the bottom of the information window changes Note that the original cursor position dashed line remains marked as a reference point Press the Trim Knob control or touch the MOVE WEDGE CURSOR option to close the popup menu The word CURSOR and its value are cleared and the PA Wedge value changes to reflect the new cursor solid line placement NOTE The PA wedge pressure value will not be displayed or entered into Cardiac Calculations or Vital Signs until you exit the program Select MAIN MENU or CARDIAC OUTPUT to exit the PA Wedge program The most recent PA wedge pressure value and the time it was obtained are displayed in the PA parameter window and entered into Ca
125. the seventh waveform position if available The PA Insert Wedge menu is also displayed 9 FEB 2000 10 00 ADULT ADULT 0 136 1255 rate 7 94 MENU WEDGE CURSOR MANUAL WEDGE 40 L GRAPH BP INVASIVE PA Insert Wedge Display Mode and Menu MAIN REVIEW PA MODE NEW js SPEED 25 851A REVIEW WEDGE Use this option after wedging in the manual mode to review patient data m PA CURSOR Places a moveable cursor on the real time waveform while the wedge is being performed Solar 8000M i 12 15 2026265 039A Pressures MODE Use this option to change modes MANUAL AUTO See Default Setting for Auto Mode and Manual Mode on page 12 14 NEW WEDGE Use this option to restart the wedge process if dissatisfied with the previous measurement FULL SCALES Use this option to change the full grid scale for the pressure waveform SPEED Changes the sweep speed of the displayed PA waveform GRAPH BP INVASIVE Use this option to select and graph invasive BP waveforms Review Wedge When you select REVIEW WEDGE the PA Wedge Review information window appears and new menu items are displayed NOTE The Review Wedge menu and information window will display automatically at the end of a PA wedge cycle when in Auto mode PA WEDGE REVIEW 35 Program Cursor PA2 Ail P d 9 ancii T Wedge Value a
126. way supersede established medical practices concerning patient care CAUTION LOSS OF DATA Should the monitor at any time temporarily lose patient data the potential exists that active monitoring is not being done Close patient observation or alternate monitoring devices should be used until monitor function is restored If the monitor does not automatically resume operation within 60 seconds power cycle the monitor using the power on off switch Once monitoring is restored you should verify correct monitoring state and alarm function CAUTION MAINTENANCE Regular preventive maintenance should be carried out annually You are responsible for any requirements specific to your country CAUTION MPSO Do not use a multiple portable socket outlet MPSO for a system because it could result in unacceptable enclosure leakage currents CAUTION NEGLIGENCE GE does not assume responsibility for damage to the equipment caused by improperly vented cabinets improper or faulty power or insufficient wall strength to support equipment mounted on such walls Solar 8000M i 3 11 2026265 039A Safety CAUTION OPERATOR Medical technical equipment such as this monitor monitoring system must only be used by persons who have received adequate training in the use of such equipment and who are capable of applying it properly CAUTION POWER RE
127. white on red visual alert No alarm tones sound for message alarms but the flashing white on red visual alert appears on the display The automatic graph on alarm feature can be set to on or off as a monitor default See Chapter 5 Remote Alarm Terminal If a remote alarm terminal nurse call system is connected to an M port it will be activated when a patient status alarm occurs The alarm level that activates the remote alarm terminal is determined by the Remote Alarm Level setting in Monitor Defaults under the Setup Default Display option Crisis default Only Crisis level alarms activate the remote alarm terminal Warning Both Crisis and Warning level alarms activate the remote alarm terminal m Advisory Either a Crisis Warning or an Advisory level alarm activates the remote alarm terminal System Status Alarms System status alarms are triggered by mechanical or electrical problems and are of lesser priority than patient status alarms The levels within the system status alarm category and how the monitor responds to each are shown in the following chart Alarm Level Monitor Response WARNING WEB Alarm Text 3 Fog horn die dj 7 tone Alar Flashi ADVISORY J Alarm Text rent i asung E E ds text Warning sounds continuously Advisory sounds only once 583A System Status Alarms Chart 2026265 039A Solar 8000M i 8 3
128. 0 N20 Your selection depends on the amount of 0 present The 0 40 N20 range does not require compensation When gt 40 N20 is chosen compensation is calculated using the following formula Displayed CO 2 Measured CO x 0 974 The correction is applied to the displayed values of end tidal CO and inspired The waveform is also adjusted NOTE N20 concentration can be obtained from the anesthesia machine O Compensation The presence of a large concentration of oxygen causes the CO value to appear lower than the actual value Use this option to compensate for the presence of This is a direct action menu option that switches between 0 60 O2 and gt 60 O2 Your selection depends on the amount of present NOTE concentration can be obtained from the anesthesia machine Averaging Select this menu option to open a popup menu to select a time interval for averaging CO SINGLE BREATH A CO value is calculated for every breath m 10 SECONDS A value is calculated using 10 seconds of data m 20 SECONDS A CO value is calculated using 20 seconds of data Cal Sensor to Zero Cell Use this menu option to zero the Capnostat sensor This is required whenever a new sensor is connected to the monitor See Zero the Capnostat Sensor on page 19 10 2026265 039A Solar 8000M i 19 9 Use this menu option to calibrate the Capnostat airway adapter See Calibrate the Capnostat Ad
129. 000M i Appendix Monitor Defaults Worksheet Monitor Defaults Worksheet You can customize alarm limits and levels as well as numerous display options Your settings can be set up as monitor defaults to be recalled with each discharge procedure See Chapter 5 This worksheet is provided as an optional reference tool Fill it out and keep it in a prominent place to refer to your setup Before filling it out you may want to make additional copies of the worksheet for future use Unit Customer Authorization Signature Date Monitor Type and Default Number circle one 0 1 Adult ICU Neonatal ICU Operating Room Changing the patient monitor type after setup erases your monitor defaults and reinstates the factory defaults 2026265 039A Display Defaults Patient Age Display Mode Color Format Primary ECG ECG Waveform 2 Min Arrhyth Level Arrhythmia Detect Pace Arterial Rate Lead Analysis ECG 5 Lead V ECG 6 Lead VA ECG 6 Lead VB ST Analysis ST Templates ST V Lead Solar 8000M i D 2 Appendix Monitor Defaults Worksheet D 3 Display Defaults TRAM module Patient Data Module TRAM module Patient Data Module TRAM module Patient Data Module ST Template 1 ST Template 2 ST Template 3 Adjust ST Point 12 LD on ST History ECG WF Speed Graph Waveform 2 Graph Waveform 3 Graph Waveform 4 Ala
130. 00M i 2026265 039A Admit View A Patient DISCHARGE gt Immun PATIENT DISCHARGE ERU Popup Menu to Discharge 568A Select DISCHARGE The message DISCHARGED appears at the top of the display and all data is cleared from the system Discharge Patient Combo and Rover Combo Applications This menu option is found in Combo and Rover Combo admit menus Disconnect all patient cables Select the DISCHARGE PATIENT option from the Admit menu A popup menu opens MONITOR TELEMETRY DISCHARGE BOTH PATIENT Popup Menu to Discharge 569A Select one of the four options from the popup menu RETURN if you do not want to discharge the patient MONITOR to discharge the patient from the monitor only If ECG was from telemetry it remains admitted but is monitored only by the central station TELEMETRY to discharge the patient from telemetry only ECG automatically switches to the acquisition module m BOTH to discharge the patient from telemetry and the monitor If ECG was from the acquisition module BOTH affects only the monitor This menu option is displayed when the monitor is set for Operating Room mode It is found in Standard and Rover admit menus This menu option clears patient information from the monitor The monitor is then ready for the next patient with no additional steps Disconnect all patient cables Select NEW CASE SETUP to display the Admit menu Select VEW CASE
131. 0M i 2026265 039A ECG PACEMAKER HELP Ensure pacemaker detection is turned on Patients should be observed closely at all times FIRST STEPS Detected pacemaker spikes should be upright and uniform If this is not occurring consider changing the V Lead electrode site NEXT STEPS False low heart rates or asystole can occur False high heart rates can also occur Select View all ECG Ensure that the amplitude is at least 0 5 mV in Il V Perform skin preperation and reposition electrodes as necessary If signals remain low select ECG SIZE 2X Consider reprogramming the pacemaker if spikes are coincident with the patient s intrinsic beats UPDATE LEAD SET VIEW ALL ECG MAIN DISPLAY gt DETECT PACE MENU LEAD OFF gt OFF ON ST HELP 856B Pacemaker Help Window for Patient Data Module and TRAM module v12 and Later LD ANALYSIS MULTI LEAD ARRHYTHMIA FULL MORE ECG RELEARN PACEMAKER HELP Ensure pacemaker detection is turned on Patients should be observed closely at all times FIRST STEPS Detected pacemaker Spikes should be upright and uniform If this is not occurring Select another lead for the top dis splayed trace Consider changing the V Lead electrode site NEXT STEPS False low heart rates or asystole can occur False high heart rates can also occur Select View all ECG Ensure that the amplitude is at least 0 5 mV in
132. 1 9 1 2 SO esses petente Interface device connectivity chart 20 2 Monitoring pacemaker patients 11 10 Interface device displayed data 20 8 use eene 11 12 Interface devices Devige penine Intention Parameter windows and menus 20 9 Alaris Medical Systems 7130 and 7230 20 15 oleh S Anesthesia machines 20 12 Linde Microgas 7650 20 16 BIS monitor 20 13 Siemens Servo 900C D E 20 15 Continuous cardiac output 20 11 Siemens Servo i 20 15 0 20 10 Discharging a 6 16 10 17 IV PUMPS ite inis 20 12 este nee NICO monitor 20 13 E POC blood gas monitor 20 13 ECG Pulse 20 9 Artifact alarm 11 14 Transcutaneous monitors 20 9 custom defaults Urometers aa 20 12 rate 11 41 Ventilators 20 10 Display mee pter bett e 11 4 Software compatibility 20 14 Smart lead fail sess 11 7 K Troubleshooting pp 11 41 11 5 Keypad utet eee eee tte tiunt 2 16 Butlons
133. 13 characters It is important to enter this information if you have a MUSE system If the patient ID is not entered the monitor uses nine 9 s 999999999 for MUSE storage SEX Select male or female BIRTH DATE Enter the patient s birth date Age is then automatically calculated m AGE Age is automatically calculated when the birth date is entered It is calculated in years for adults For neonatal and pediatric patients age is calculated in days if age is less than 14 days weeks if age is greater than 14 days but less than two years and years if age is greater than two years If you enter an age birth date is calculated with the current day and month and the appropriate birth year HEIGHT WEIGHT Enter the patient s height and weight RACE Scroll through the selections in the popup window to select the patient s race SECONDARY ID If you need to enter a secondary ID use this popup menu to enter up to 13 characters m REF PHYSICIAN Enter up to 16 characters for the referring physician s name and or number Admit information is stored in the acquisition module The information stored includes the patient s name ID sex date of birth height and weight This information remains in the acquisition module until the patient discharge If the acquisition module is used for transport the admit information automatically transfers with the module to the new bedside as long as the patient ID has been
134. 15 Touchscreen Arrows Touchscreen arrows can be touched to move up down left or right Touching an arrow once will move it to the next option Touching and holding your touch on an arrow will scroll through the options until you release your touch Popup menus may have both the up down arrows and the left right arrows or only one set may appear The currently active set of arrows is highlighted Touch the other set to activate it when needed For example in the illustration above touching the down arrow option once would move the cursor in the information window in front of ASYSTOLE Anchor Menu Option Once a popup menu is open the menu option is referred to as the anchor menu option For example in the illustration above the ARRHYTHMIA ALARM LEVEL option is the anchor menu option The anchor menu option can be touched as an equivalent to pressing the Trim Knob control This is the second step of the selecting process For example in the illustration above after moving the cursor in front of V BRADY with the down arrow option you would touch the ARRHYTHMIA ALARM LEVEL anchor menu option The V Brady alarm level CRISIS would then be highlighted so the alarm level could be adjusted RETURN Menu Option Touch the RETURN menu option in any popup menu to close the popup menu When an information window is displayed touch the RETURN menu option in the popup menu at any time to c
135. 39A when applicable Solar 8000M i NBP Status Message PUMP TIMEOUT inflation failure pressure leak TOTAL TIMEOUT Measurement gt 3 minutes 13 14 2026265 039A Solar 8000M i 14 1 SpO2 Introduction SpO pulse oximetry can be monitored with a Patient Data Module a TRAM module that has the SpO feature and a single parameter SpO module Patient Data Module Compatibility The Patient Data Module is available with either Masimo or Nellcor technology m The Nellcor Patient Data Module is compatible with Nellcor OxiMax probes It uses Nellcor OxiMax CaRe cables only Other Nellcor cables are not compatible with the Patient Data Module NOTE If a non compatible cable is used the message WRONG CABLE USE Nellcor OxiMax is displayed in the SpO parameter window m The Masimo SET Patient Data Module is compatible with Masimo LNOP and LNCS probes It uses Masimo CaRe cables and legacy series 7000 cables NOTE If a non compatible cable is used the message WRONG CABLE USE Masimo SET is displayed in the SpO parameter window TRAM Module Compatibility For TRAM module compatibility refer to the GE Critical Care Monitoring Clinical Reference and Troubleshooting Guide There are two types of single parameter SpO modules the Solar SpO module and the Solar SpO module with Masimo SET referred to as the Masimo SET module It is possible to monitor two SpO sites when
136. 50 mmHg Neonatal 0 to 150 mmHg 2 or 3 mmHg whichever is greater 5 mmHg average error 8 mmHg standard deviation 0 to 24 hours Zero pressure reference prior to each cuff inflation Variable Cycle time exceeding 3 minutes 85 seconds neonatal power off or cuff pressure exceeds 290 mmHg 6 mmHg for adult 250 mmHg 5 mmHg for pediatric 150 mmHg 3 mmHg for neonatal Large adult adult small adult pediatric child and neonatal Adult thigh large adult adult small adult small adult child child and infant User selectable upper and lower limits for systolic diastolic and mean pressures Arterial oxygen saturation SpO2 and pulse rate Masimo reusable single use Nellcor reusable single use SpO2 1 to 100 Pulse Rate 25 to 240 beats per minute SpO2 1 to 100 PPR 20 to 250 beats per minute 70 to 100 SpO2 2 6996 SpO2 unspecified Pulse Rate 3 beats per minute without motion 5 beats per minute with motion H 7 Cuff pressure range Pressure accuracy Static Clinical Automatic cycle times Auto zero Tubing length Automatic cuff deflation Cuff sizes Disposable Reusable Alarms Parameters monitored Probe types Masimo range Nellcor range Masimo accuracy Refer to Probe Manufacturer s specifications for probe accuracy statement Solar 8000M i Pulse Oximetry 2026265 039A 70 to 100 SpO2 Adult 2 Neonatal 3 lt 69
137. 601 1 Medical Standards to provide protection against electric shock particularly regarding allowable leakage current Fuse Equipotential Stud A ground wire from another device can be tied here to ensure the devices share a common reference Solar 8000M i 3 15 Equipment Symbols gt gt gt The rating of protection against electric shock indicated by symbol for CF or BF is achieved only when used with patient applied parts recommended by GE 2026265 039A Alternating current AC Power ON O OFF This symbol indicates that the waste of electrical and electronic equipment must not be disposed as unsorted municipal waste and must be collected separately Please contact an authorized representative of the manufacturer for information concerning the decommissioning of your equipment This symbol indicates the date of manufacture of this device The first four digits identify the year and the last two digits identify the month Non ionizing electromagnetic radiation To indicate elevated potentially dangerous levels of non ionizing radiation Note In case of application in a warning sign the rules according to ISO 3864 1 shall be adhered to IEC 60878 note See safety sign ISO 7010 W005 Warning non ionizing radiation NOTE The following symbols required by China law only are representative of what you may see on your equipment The number in the symbol indic
138. 65 039A 12 12 Pressures 136 72 ate 70 4 ART Parameter Label with IABP On Parameter Label 669A Smart BP is a feature found in ART and FEM pressure menus NOTE The Smart BP feature is not available when the monitor is set for Neonatal ICU mode Smart BP is an arterial femoral artifact rejection program that substantially reduces the occurrences of needless alarms by eliminating most of the alarms associated with zeroing the transducer fast flushing the system and drawing blood To turn Smart BP on or off select the SMART BP option from the pressure menu This feature can be set in monitor defaults The Pulse Rate feature is found in the ART FEM and UAC neonatal mode only pressure sites When turned on a rate value is displayed in the appropriate parameter values window Pulse Rate On 136 72 9 80418 70 529A Pulse Rate Displayed in ART Parameter Window To turn the pulse rate value on and off select PULSE RATE in the applicable pressure menu This is a direct action menu option This feature can be set in monitor defaults The Disconnect Alarm feature is found in the ART and FEM pressure menus NOTE This feature is not available when the monitor is set for Neonatal ICU mode If the mean pressure falls below 25 mmHg and the disconnect alarm feature is on a warning alarm sounds and the message DISCONNECTED is displayed in the values window The parameter name also appears in th
139. 796 Accuracy 0 2 ABS or 5 of reading whichever is greater Sevoflurane range 0 7 Accuracy 0 2 96 ABS or 5 of reading whichever is greater Desflurane Range 0 to 20 Accuracy 0 2 Absolute or 5 of reading whichever is greater Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Gas Measure EEG BIS Appendix H Technical Specifications Range of BIS value 0 100 Double lead or four lead EEG waveform BIS EEG spectrum display figure includes compressed spectrum array CSA and density spectrum array DSA Solar 8000M i Display Solar 8000M i Display Overview The Solar 8000M i patient monitor is currently available with the following GE displays 15 inch medical grade digital flat panel display with touchscreen 15 inch medical grade analog digital flat panel display with or without touchscreen m 19 inch medical grade analog digital flat panel display with or without touchscreen Off the shelf non medical grade displays are also compatible see the required and recommended specifications in this appendix WARNING Do not connect a monochrome display to the Solar 8000 monitor Visual alarm messages may not appear properly WARNING Use of non GE displays with the Solar 8000 monitor may result in loss of visual alarms and patient monitoring Display functionality must be verified for proper operation with the Solar 8000M i patient monitor in the clinical environment prior to placing into serv
140. 8000M i 3 5 2026265 039A WARNING EXPLOSION HAZARD Do not incinerate the battery or store at high temperatures Serious injury or death could result WARNING EXPLOSION OR FIRE Using non recommended batteries could result in injury burns to the patients or users Only use batteries recommended or manufactured by GE The warranty can be voided if non recommended batteries are used WARNING INTERFACING OTHER EQUIPMENT Devices may only be interconnected with each other or to parts of the system when it has been determined by qualified biomedical engineering personnel that there is no danger to the patient the operator or the environment as a result In those instances where there is any element of doubt concerning the safety of connected devices the user must contact the manufacturers concerned or other informed experts for proper use In all cases safe and proper operation should be verified with the applicable manufacturer s instructions for use and system standards IEC 60601 1 1 EN 60601 1 1 must be complied with WARNING INTRACARDIAC APPLICATION When applying devices intracardially electrically conductive contact with parts connected to the heart pressure transducers metal tube connections and stopcocks guide wires etc must be avoided in all cases To prevent electrical contact we recommend the following always wear isolati
141. 80C Remove the old paper spool and install a new roll The paper contains a special coating on one side and must be installed correctly Install the paper so it unrolls from the bottom Coating is on the inside 450A Close the door and make sure the paper protrudes through the opening Test the writer by starting a graph strip Solar 8000M i 7 3 2 3 4 2026265 039A Lift door to close 451C NOTE If the graph strip is blank the paper is probably installed upside down Turn the spool over so the paper unwinds from the top An optional laser printer can be connected directly to the Solar 8000M i monitor or connected to the Clinical Information Center central station When choosing a graph location a laser printer connected directly to the Solar 8000M is identified on the monitor as BED LSR A laser printer connected to the Clinical Information Center is identified on the monitor as LASER NOTE When connecting directly to the monitor the laser printer must be connected to one of the M ports on the front of the monitor processing unit The laser printer must have a serial port and an interface adapter is required for the cable between the laser printer and the monitor Refer to the Solar 8000M i Patient Monitori Service Manual for more details If more than one laser printer is connected to an M port the message many devices of the same kind attached appears
142. 949 415 883 2551 Humidity Bandwidth Contrast Ratio Brightness Protective Filter Mounts Solar 8000M i H 15 2026265 039A Appendix 4 Technical Specifications H 16 Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Appendix PDM Battery 2026265 039A Solar 8000M i Appendix PDM Battery Battery Overview The Patient Data Module PDM uses one rechargeable lithium ion battery that supplies power to the Transport Pro patient monitor battery management system during transport The PDM battery is charged whenever the Patient Data Module with its battery installed is connected to a patient monitor connected to an AC derived power source WARNING EXPLOSION OR FIRE Using non recommended batteries could result in injury burns to the patients or users Only use batteries recommended or manufactured by GE The warranty can be voided if non recommended batteries are used CAUTION PDM BATTERY POWER The PDM battery does not provide power to the Solar monitor It provides power to the Transport Pro patient monitor along with two transport monitor batteries through the transport monitor s battery management system NOTE When used in a transport scenario it is important that the Patient Data Module s battery remain in the Patient Data Module and charged when connected to a Solar patient monitor so it is ready to provide power to the Transport Pro patient monitor during transport NOTE A
143. AGING 3 Select one of the following m 8 BEATS Averages the eight most recent heart beat intervals This is the default setting m 4 BEATS Averages the four most recent heart beat intervals to get a faster response to the changes in a patient s heart rate Troubleshooting ECG Troubleshooting Inaccurate Heart Rate and or False Asystole Problem Inaccurate heart rate and or false asystole Solution Check ECG signal from patient 1l Check adjust lead placement 2 Check perform skin preparation 3 Check replace electrodes Check amplitude of ECG waveform 1 Select ECG parameter label 2 Select DISPLAY LEAD Solar 8000M i 11 41 2026265 039A 3 Scroll through all ECG leads and check for 0 5 mV amplitude at normal 1X size At least 0 5 mV amplitude is required for QRS detection For borderline signals validate on a graph 4 If amplitudes are low electrodes may need to be repositioned or replaced Relearn arrhythmia 1 Select ECG parameter label 2 Select RELEARN IF PROBLEM CONTINUES AND ECG AMPLITUDE IS LOW 1 Select ECG parameter label 2 Select ECG SIZE 3 Select 2X or higher 4 Closethe popup menu 5 Select RELEARN IF PROBLEM CONTINUES Change to single lead ECG detection and processing 1 Select ECG parameter label 2 Select LD ANALYSIS 3 Select SINGLE LEAD 4 Select DISPLAY LEAD 5 Assess all the ECG leads and change top ECG waveform to display l
144. AUTION To reduce the risk of electric shock do not remove cover Refer servicing to qualified service personnel TYPE CF APPLIED PART Isolated floating applied part suitable for intentional external and internal application to the patient including direct cardiac application Paddles outside the box indicate the applied part is defibrillator proof Medical Standard Definition F type applied part floating isolated complying with the specified requirements of IEC 60601 1 UL 60601 1 CAN CSA C22 2 NO 601 1 Medical Standards to provide a higher degree of protection against electric shock than that provided by type BF applied parts TYPE BF APPLIED PART Isolated floating applied part suitable for intentional external and internal application to the patient excluding direct cardiac application Paddles outside the box indicate the applied part is defibrillator proof Medical Standard Definition F type applied part floating isolated complying with the specified requirements of IEC 60601 1 UL 60601 1 CAN CSA C22 2 NO 601 1 Medical Standards to provide a higher degree of protection against electric shock than that provided by type B applied parts TYPE B APPLIED PART Non isolated applied part suitable for intentional external and internal application to the patient excluding direct cardiac application Medical Standard Definition Applied part complying with the specified requirements of IEC 60601 1 UL 60601 1 CAN CSA C22 2 NO
145. C 2 Appendix C Operating Room Mode Defaults C 3 Display Defaults ON 160 60 30 30 30 160 25 50 6 25 15 100 OFF 160 mmHg with TRAM module 135 mmHg with Patient Data Module 140 mmHg with TRAM module 125 mmHg with Patient Data Module 110 mmHg with TRAM module 100 mmHg with Patient Data Module EDWARDS IN LINE 7 5 10CC OFF 0 40 0 0 60 OFF 25 25 OFF Smart BP Arterial Scale PA Scale CVP RA UVC Scale LA Scale ICP Scale SP Scale BP WF Speed Scale WF Speed Scale NBP Auto Adult Cuff Press Ped Cuff Pressure Neo Cuff Pressure CO Catheter CO Inj Temp CO Size CO Inj Vol CO Auto Mode N2O Compensation Compensation RR Parameter RR Lead RR WF Speed SPO WF Speed View On Alarm Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A 2026265 039A Display Defaults OFF OFF CRISIS ENABLE 10 20 NORMAL OFF 20 SYS ADVISORY SYS WARNING SYS ADVISORY OFF ISOFLURANE OFF OFF cM KG C DEG MMHG 26 26 SYSTOLIC SYSTOLIC DIASTOLIC 5 MINS MODERATE 12Hz OFF SYS WARNING NORMAL AUTO TVm MVm VOA Broadcast VOA Alert Tone Remote Alarm Level Alarm Volume Off Min Alarm V
146. C module support X Tabular trends 24 hr X Graphic trending 24 hr X 2026265 039A Solar 8000M i G 3 High Resolution CRG Trends 2026265 039A Cardio pulmonary Package Cardiac Package Software Packages Basic Software Package Kx X XIXI X X X XxX lt XxX gt lt gt Solar 8000M i Appendix G Software Packages Capability or Feature Pulmonary calculations w fick CO calculation Dose calculations adult neonate High low alarms all parameters Alarm window Multi level user programmable graded alarms package Laser printer support via CIC PRN 50 support View other patient float View on alarm Auto view on alarm requires Prism information server LAN combo telemetry hardwire monitoring Dual Tram racs Interfaces via Unity Network ID G 4 H Appendix H Technical Specifications Appendix 4 Technical Specifications Solar 8000M i Patient Monitor Specifications are based on a complete system including a 15 inch monitor display Motorola MPC860P PowerPC 66MHz 32 bit Inte B69030 Graphics Accelerator with Silicon Image Transmitter providing images on VGA and DFP displays Within Motorola MPC860P PowerPC 66 MHz 32 bit Within Motorol
147. CG Trends and Complexes 11 20 ECG The reference complex is in back of the current complex 2 Data is outside the displayed scale See note below 20 es 3 7 0 4 0 2 658A 658A 2 0 M ST Trends and Complexes Display NOTE When data falls outside the upper or lower scale boundaries the trend appears as a straight line at the end of the scale Adjust the scale so the data is within the scale to see the true trend The reference complex is gray and the real time complex is amber or green depending on your color setup Turn ST On and Off To turn ST analysis on select the ST ANALYSIS option from the ECG menu Your software package determines what action occurs With the Basic software package selecting ST ANALYSIS is a direct action option that turns the program on and off When on ST values are displayed under each ECG lead label The lead with the greatest deviation and its value are displayed in the ECG parameter window If your monitor defaults are configured with ST as parameter 2 values for all leads are displayed in the ECG parameter window With the Cardiac software package selecting the ST ANALYSIS option turns on the program and displays the ST menu See the ST Analysis Menu section below for more details ST Analysis Menu ST Analysis Menu Overview NOTE This option is part of the Cardiac software package In the Cardiac software packag
148. D is displayed in the SvO parameter window for 10 seconds Then the message WAITING FOR BLOOD GAS is displayed Also at this time the SvO module stores the preceding 5 seconds of oxygen saturation data and automatically performs the light intensity calibration If you wish to cancel the blood gas calibration select the CANCEL CALIBRATION option Monitoring continues using the previously stored saturation value Once the laboratory analysis is complete the results can be compared to the stored saturation value as displayed on the SAVE option If the laboratory value is within four saturation units of the stored value select SAVE If the laboratory value differs from the stored value by more than four saturation units select the Solar 8000M i 18 7 1 2026265 039A CHANGE VALUE option and enter the laboratory value Then select the SAVE option When the WAITING FOR BLOOD GAS message is displayed it is possible to leave the menu by selecting MAIN MENU or PREVIOUS MENU The WAITING FOR BLOOD GAS message continues to be displayed To enter the saturation value once the laboratory analysis is complete or to cancel the blood gas calibration simply select the CALIBRATE TO VENOUS BLOOD GAS option in the SvO menu again The calibration process does not restart because it is already in that mode from the previous menu entry At this point continue the calibration procedure beginning at step 2 NOTE
149. DVISORY or SYSTEM WARNING This monitor default controls both no determination and pump timeout Extended NBP Alarm Silence To extend the alarm silence follow this procedure 1 Discharge the patient Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A 13 12 NBP 2 Select MORE MENUS gt MONITOR SETUP gt MONITOR DEFAULTS gt SETUP DEFAULT DISPLAY 3 From the SETUP DISPLAY information window locate the NBP SILENCE ALARM option and select gt 1 MINUTE 4 Press the Silence Alarm key The NBP alarm is silenced until you change the NBP SILENCE ALARM setting to NORMAL discharge the patient NOTE All arrhythmia and ST patient status alarms set to Crisis Warning or Advisory that occur while alarms are silenced are stored in ALARM HISTORY as a patient status message Parameter alarms are not stored in ALARM HISTORY NOTE The NBP extended alarm silence remains silent until the patient is discharged and alarm defaults are reset or until anew NBP measurement is taken Troubleshooting NBP Status Messages A status message is displayed in the NBP values window if a measurement cannot be completed Following is a list of the status messages along with the monitor s response and corrective actions to take Status Message Monitor Response Solution CUFF INFLATION TIME EXCEEDED6 System status alarm Check cuff if no air is in cuff try another measurement If problem persists contact service Auto mode will shut off afte
150. Display off alarm 8 11 On screen help pp 8 4 Parameter alarm 8 9 Patient status 8 2 Pausing 8 4 Remote silencing 8 6 Setting alarm limits 1 16 Silencing alarms pp 8 4 8 2 System status alarms 8 3 Alphanumeric characters Entering iecore te uide 1 14 Analog output E 2 from Tram rac housing E 3 8 Arrhythmia alarm 8 9 11 17 11 17 MINIMUM Aiea en ein veel 11 17 Arrhythmia conditions pp 11 17 Automatic view on 6 19 6 30 Configuring 6 31 2026265 039A Cal sensor to zero 19 9 EGG reete ree 11 26 Calibrate 19 10 decr EET 11 8 CO2 averaging sese 19 9 Lead analysis eana e r Saai 11 36 C O2 scale s at rette ees 19 8 Ern Mp 11 13 19 8 More iiic i e regi 11 37 N2O 19 9 QRS volume pp 11 38 O2 compen
151. E TO BT SENSOR FAIL A cable may be loose or there is a hardware failure NO CO DUE TO IT SENSOR FAIL A cable may be loose or there is a hardware failure UNSTABLE BT DETECTED The monitor cannot detect a stable baseline temperature The message clears after 12 seconds only if a stable baseline temperature is found If message does not clear check your patient and setup If message persists call service or contact your sales service representative The following messages replace the IT or BT values in the CO waveform area In addition the BT messages are displayed in the CO parameter window BT TOO LOW or BT TOO HIGH Blood temperature is too low or too high or there is a sensor hardware failure IT TOO LOW or IT TOO HIGH Injectate temperature is too low or too high or there is a sensor hardware failure 2026265 039A Solar 8000M i 15 15 Cardiac Output 15 16 Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A 16 Respiration Respiration Introduction Respiration Overview Respiration monitoring can be done with a Patient Data Module or a TRAM module and an ECG cable This chapter gives guidelines for adjusting respiration setup and troubleshooting NOTE Refer to the GE Critical Care Monitoring Clinical Reference and Troubleshooting Guide for the following information m ECG skin preparation m Respiration electrode placement Clinical level troubleshooting The illustrations below show the locations of t
152. EARN ST ECG FILTER 12 LEAD ECG LD ANALYSIS MORE FULL ANALYSIS MONITORING ANALYSIS MULTI LEAD ECG 522A ECG Menu for Patient Data Module DISPLAY LEAD Changes the top displayed primary ECG lead ECG SIZE Changes the size of all ECG waveforms displayed and graphed DETECT PACE Turns pacemaker detection on and off accesses pace help ECG LIMITS Displays a new menu and an information window to adjust heart rate alarm limits VIEW ALL ECG Displays six leads of ECG CLEAR V2 V6 FAIL Clears the V2 V6 FAIL message displayed on the screen after removing the 5 V leads of a 10 leadwire cable TRAM module only UPDATE LEAD SET Clears the V2 V6 FAIL message displayed on the screen after removing the 5 V leads of a 10 leadwire cable Patient Data Module only ARRHYTHMIA Turns arrhythmia processing on and off Full and Lethal choices are available in the Cardiac software package RELEARN Relearns the patient s QRS pattern ST ANALYSIS Turns on the ST analysis program ECG FILTER Selects one of four filters for the ECG signal 12 LEAD ECG ANALYSIS Displays 12 leads of ECG with special menu options for analyzing and printing LD ANALYSIS Selects single lead or multi lead ECG and arrhythmia processing MORE ECG Displays a new menu with options for QRS settings setting V leads adjusting the speed and setting the beat pause interval De
153. EDGE COMPLETE A PA Wedge Review information window and menu are displayed on the screen The information window contains 20 seconds of compressed waveform data beginning with INFLATE BALLOON message for ECG respiration if waveform is displayed and PA See Review Wedge on page 12 16 NOTE If you do not deflate the balloon the WEDGE COMPLETE message and review window are automatically displayed after 20 seconds If this occurs be sure to deflate the balloon before proceeding A program cursor horizontal dashed line is placed on the compressed PA waveform at end expiration and a wedge value relative to the cursor is displayed The time of the measurement is also displayed The scale displayed is automatically determined from the patient s PA data The Manual mode always defaults on when the PA Insert Wedge menu option is selected See Default Setting for Auto Mode and Manual Mode on page 12 14 Under certain patient conditions valvular disease or respiratory variation in PA reading the program is unable to detect the wedge The waveform indicates wedging but the program will not progress beyond the Inflate Balloon prompt or the program indicates WEDGE PROCESSING but the balloon has not been inflated In these cases the Manual mode should be used Follow this procedure 1 Select the PA INSERT WEDGE option from the PA menu The Manual mode defaults on Or select the PA WEDGE option from the PA menu then select the MODE AUT
154. EST RECALL ADMIT MENU ADMIT INFO ADMIT INFO DEFAULT PATIENT PREVIOUS UNITS OF ECG SOURCE MENU MEASURE MONITOR J 549A Operating Room Admit Menu Combo Application All menu options are described in the Admit Menu Options section in this chapter Rover Combo Admit Menu In the Rover Combo application the monitor can be moved from room to room and patient data can be obtained from a module or from telemetry NOTE A room must have a network connection to use telemetry Below are the Rover Combo admit menus with options based on the patient monitor mode NOTE It is unlikely that this application would be used when the monitor is set for Operating Room mode However the Operating Room admit menu is shown below for your reference MENU ADMIT INFO ADMIT INFO DEFAULT HELP PATIENT PREVIOUS UNITS OF SET UNIT SET BED GRAPH ECG SOURCE MENU MEASURE NAME NUMBER LOCATION MONITOR 552A Adult ICU and Neonatal ICU Admit Menu Rover Combo Application MAIN suo REQUEST RECALL ADMIT ADMIT CHANGE MAIN REQUEST RECALL ADMIT MENU ADMIT INFO ADMIT INFO DEFAULT PATIENT PREVIOUS UNIT OF SET UNIT SET BED GRAPH ECG SOURCE MENU MEASURE NAME NUMBER LOCATION MONITOR 554A Operating Room Admit Menu Rover Combo Application All menu options are described in the Admit Menu Options section in this chapter 6 10 Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A
155. ET ARRHYTHMIA RELEARN T 1 12 LEAD ECG LD ANALYSIS MORE FULL ANALYSIS MULTI LEAD ECG 523B ECG SIZE Popup Menu with Dimmed Menu Options as it appears on the monitor s display 887A 887A Scrolling Popup Menu In a scrolling popup menu all available selections appear with the current selection highlighted The Trim Knob control can be rotated or the touchscreen arrows can be touched to change the selection This is called scrolling The new selection is highlighted and the change appears on the display immediately allowing the user to see if the selection is appropriate Pressing the Trim Knob control or touching the anchor menu option selects the highlighted option and closes the popup menu Solar 8000M i 1 7 Popup Menus Overview Scrolling Popup Menu 2026265 039A DETECT PACE gt DFF Pointer Popup Menu 524B In a pointer popup menu all available selections and a pointer gt appear The Trim Knob control can be rotated or the touchscreen arrows can be touched to move the pointer to another selection Pressing the Trim Knob control or touching the anchor menu option implements the change and closes the popup menu Detect Pace menu for Patient Data Module and TRAM module v12 or later LIMIT Numeric Popup Menu 150 525A Because there are many selections available only the current selection is displayed in a numeric popup
156. FF or use the AUTOMATIC VIEW ON ALARM feature The AVOA feature will only be functional if you have the AutoView XM feature enabled or the separate Unity Network Information Server SEND AUTO VIEWS toggles ON and OFF the option to trigger automatic viewing of the local bed in alarm throughout the care unit ALERT TONE toggles ON and OFF the AUTOMATIC VIEW ON ALARM audio signal m CONFIGURE AUTO VIEW ON ALARM opens information windows that allow you to select a care unit and bed s to view automatically on alarm CURRENT CONFIGURATION opens an information window that displays the current view on alarm information for each bed in the care unit currently selected to view NOTE The optional Autoview XM must be installed for the CONFIGURE AUTO VIEW ON ALARM and CURRENT CONFIGURATION settings to be available Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Overview 6 28 Admit View A Patient View Other Beds on Alarm ON When AutoView XM is enabled the alarm level displayed in the alarm message window is dependent on the selection made for the AVOA Alarm Level setting in Monitor Defaults Setup Default Display When AutoView XM is not enabled only warning system warning and crisis alarms in the care unit are displayed in the alarm message window When the feature is on an alarm message line is displayed immediately below the menu area of the display This alarm message line while on is displayed be
157. G option opens a menu with additional ECG options MAIN QRS VOLUME QRS IDENTIFY VA IDENTIFY VB MENU OFF WIDTH LEAD V1 LEAD V5 PREVIOUS BEAT PAUSE SPEED MENU INTERVAL 3 SECS 25 846B More ECG Menu with Patient Data Module Solar 8000M i 11 37 Multi Lead Analysis Single Lead Analysis Changing Lead Analysis More ECG 2026265 039A Adjust QRS Volume The QRS Volume option adjusts the tone that sounds each time a QRS complex is detected NOTE QRS Volume is not available when monitoring ECG from a telemetry transmitter 1 Select QRS VOLUME from the ECG menu A popup menu opens displaying the volume choices 2 Rotate the Trim Knob control or use the touchscreen arrows to change the volume You will hear a tone at each volume 3 When you are satisfied with the volume level press the Trim Knob control or touch the QRS VOLUME option to close the popup menu NOTE Turning QRS Volume on automatically turns SpO Rate Volume off See Chapter 14 When in Neonatal ICU or Operating Room mode the 10 and 20 volume tones are slightly quieter than they are in the Adult ICU mode QRS Tone with Brady Alarm This feature is only found in the Neonatal ICU mode With this feature the QRS tone automatically starts when the monitor alarms for bradycardia The QRS tone will stop when the bradycardia alarm stops NOTE The QRS tone for this feature is 20 louder than the set ala
158. GE Healthcare Solar 8000M i Patient Monitor Operator s Manual Software Version 5 0 Solar 8000M i English 2026266 003 CD 2026264 024A paper 2007 General Electric Company All rights reserved NOTE The information in this manual only applies to Solar 8000M i Patient Monitor software version 5 0 Due to continuing product innovation specifications in this manual are subject to change without notice NOTE For technical documentation purposes the abbreviation GE is used for the legal entity name GE Medical Systems Information Technologies NOTE The Patient Data Module is described in promotional materials as CARESCAPE Patient Data Module Listed below are GE trademarks used in this document All other trademarks contained herein are the property of their respective owners MUSE QS SOLAR ST GUARD TRAM TRIM KNOB and UNITY NETWORK are trademarks of GE Medical Systems Information Technologies registered in the United States Patent and Trademark Office 12SL 12RL ApexPro AWARE CARESCAPE and EK Pro are trademarks of GE Medical Systems Information Technologies T2 Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A 6 April 2007 Contents Th B 5slCS soon AC was e eva del About This 1 2 Manual Purpose eme ken tete tech itecto 1 2 Intended 2 Revision History 0 0 1 2 2 1 2 AREY Ree E el 1 2
159. Hg DC to 40Hz 0 150 mmHg 1 mmHg 2 or 1 mmHg whichever is greater exclusive of transducer 0 to 12 Hz or 0 to 40 Hz 3dB user selectable 0 30 0 40 0 60 0 100 0 160 0 200 0 300 mmHg 1V 100 mmHg User selectable upper and lower limits for systolic diastolic and mean pressures 99 to 350 mmHg Oscillometric Systolic diastolic and mean pressures pulse rate time of last measurement Manual Auto Stat 30 to 240 beats min 20 to 40 seconds typical Dependent on heart rate and motion artifact Adult 30 to 290 mmHg Pediatric 30 to 240 mmHg Neonatal 30 to 140 mmHg Adult 10 to 220 mmHg Pediatric 10 to 200 mmHg Neonatal 10 to 110 mmHg Adult 20 to 260 mmHg Pediatric 20 to 215 mmHg Neonatal 20 to 125 mmHg 2026265 039A Appendix H Technical Specifications Transducer requirements Excitation voltage Transducer output Input specifications Range Offset Output specifications Frequency response Zero balance range Zero balance accuracy Accuracy Displayed frequency response Display scale selections Analog output Alarms Alarm range Non Invasive Blood Pressure Measurement technique Displayed parameters Modes Heart rate detection Adult Pediatric amp Neonate Total cycle time Systolic pressure range Diastolic pressure range Mean pressure range Solar 8000M i Appendix H Technical Specifications Adult 0 to 290 mmHg Pediatric 0 to 2
160. ICU mode In the Neonatal ICU mode Asystole VFib VTac and Brady are the lethal arrhythmias See Arrhythmia Conditions on page 11 17 Use the ARRHYTHMIA option in the ECG menu to turn lethal arrhythmia on and off See Turning Arrhythmia On and Off on page 11 16 NOTE This option is part of the Cardiac software package Full arrhythmia expands the number of arrhythmias that the program detects Use the ARRHYTHMIA option in the ECG menu to turn full arrhythmia on and off See Turning Arrhythmia On and Off on page 11 16 Full arrhythmia analysis includes a PVC per minute limit alarm The number of PVCs detected over the last minute is displayed in the ECG values window Refer to the GE Critical Care Monitoring Clinical Reference and Troubleshooting Guide for a list of the arrhythmia messages which are displayed when arrhythmia is on and the condition occurs Definitions of each condition are included The monitor s response to each condition is determined by the alarm level to which the arrhythmia has been assigned See Arrhythmia Alarm Level on page 8 9 Solar 8000M i 11 17 Minimum Arrhythmia Lethal Arrhythmia Full Arrhythmia Arrhythmia Conditions 2026265 039A AFIB Identification is available when using a Patient Data Module only Atrial fibrillation AFIB is characterized by random chaotic low amplitude deflections of the supraventricular component of the ECG waveform resulting in irregular timing of
161. INTAINS THE MONITOR S DEFAULTS HAS FAILED SERVICE MAY BE REQUIRED The monitor cannot be used until the lithium battery is replaced Contact service if this message appears refer to the How to Reach Us page Technical Maintenance Specifications and other relevant technical information can be found in the service manuals supplied with this equipment Comply with the policies of your institution s biomedical department or the recommendations made within the Maintenance chapter of the product s service manual Technical Specifications Technical specifications are included in this manual as well as a comprehensive list in the service manual See Appendix H Solar 8000M i 4 7 2026265 039A 2026265 039A Solar 8000M i Maintenance 4 8 5 Monitor Setup Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Monitor Setup Monitor Setup Menu Monitor Setup Menu Overview The Monitor Setup menu lets you customize the monitor to best suit your unit s and patients needs In some cases these changes can be saved as monitor defaults which are recalled each time you admit a patient To access the monitor setup menu select MORE MENUS from the main display then select MONITOR SETUP MAIN WAVEFORMS DISPLAY COLOR PARAMETERS GRAPH MONITOR MENU ON OFF INDV 6 WFS TRANSDUCER ON OFF SETUP DEFAULTS PREVIOUS PRINT TOUCH VOL LEARN THE REVISION SERVICE MENU CRG PLUS 10 MONITOR AND ID MODE
162. In this state there are no data or alarms to alert you to the patient s condition Use alternate means of monitoring 1 The acquisition module is properly connected to the monitor 2 Electrodes have been placed on the patient following proper skin preparation NOTE When using snap leadwires attach the leadwires to the electrodes first then apply the electrodes to the patient This prevents the gel from spreading and becoming ineffective as you attach the snaps to the electrodes 3 Leadwires are attached to electrodes on the patient 4 Leadwires are connected to patient cable and patient cable is connected to the module 5 Verify that the V lead label is correct if using a 5 leadwire patient cable See Identify VA Lead and Identify VB Lead on page 11 39 6 ECG setup is adjusted if necessary Follow the detailed procedures in this chapter ECG Checklist ECG Monitoring Features An ECG waveform is always displayed at the top of the monitor s screen Depending on the default settings more may be displayed An ECG parameter window is also displayed The size of the ECG parameter window varies depending on the default parameter priority setting and the monitor display mode setting in monitor defaults Your software package and parameter settings determine the information displayed in the window Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A ECG Display 11 4 ECG 7 Indicator Poi Rate Pace Detection Indi
163. Input 2 Insingle lead mode if the specified lead is not available a buzz will be output E 2 Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Appendix E Analog Output BP Analog Output NOTE A buzz will be sent to the analog out if the BP is not zeroed The pressure labeled ART BP 1 4 is sent to the analog out If two or more pressures are labeled ART for example BP 3 and BP 4 the first BP 3 will be sent to the analog out m If all the BPs are labeled ART then BP 1 will be sent to the analog out If there is no pressure labeled ART then BP 1 will be sent to the analog out All BP outputs are 10 mV mmHg when zeroed Digital Synchronization Output A digital sync output is available with a return marker on those modules with the defib sync feature Refer to the module s service manual for specifications Tram rac Housing The analog output from the Tram rac housing provides the following signals when using the analog output cable Refer to the service manual for the specific pin configuration ECG Analog Output NOTE There are different locations for the analog output connectors on the various housings See Tram rac Housing on page 2 11 Top displayed lead including augmented leads In the event of a LEAD FAIL refer to the following Lead Failed ECG Analog Out RA Ill LA LL V RL Buzz 1 RL lead fail causes an all LEADS FAIL on the screen and a buzz is output ECG lead II Buz
164. Intended Use Intended Use of 12RL Interpolated 12 lead The GE 12RL program generates a 12 lead ECG report from a subset of the electrodes used to acquire a standard 12 lead ECG Four of the precordial channels of the 12 lead ECG V2 V3 V4 V6 are not acquired from the patient rather they are reconstructed from information that is directly recorded in the other channels of the 12 lead ECG The four signals generated by the GE 12RL program are similar but not identical to the standard 12 lead ECG All ECG data generated via 12RL is clearly identified as to which channels have been synthesized The GE 12RL program is intended for use in a monitoring environment Computerized measurements are generated from the data however a computerized interpretation is not generated from this data The product is intended for use in the general adult population ranging from healthy subjects to patients with cardiac and or non cardiac abnormalities Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A 3 2 Safety The product is to be used in conjunction with the patient s clinical history symptoms and other diagnostic tests for final clinical judgment The terms danger warning and caution are used throughout this manual to point out hazards and to designate a degree or level of seriousness Familiarize yourself with their definitions and significance Hazard is defined as a source of potential injury to a person DANGER indicates an imminent hazard w
165. Knob Control First highlight your desired menu option or move the pointer in front of it as described above Once you have highlighted the option press the Trim Knob control once to select it NOTE This manual refers to the Trim Knob operation of highlighting a menu option and then selecting it as select You can also use this procedure to select the parameter labels found in the parameter windows Rotate the Trim Knob control until the parameter label e g ECG is highlighted then press the Trim Knob control to select it The corresponding parameter menu will appear at the bottom of the display Using the Touchscreen Display NOTE The touchscreen display is an optional feature A touchscreen display or touchscreen is a screen that has areas that are sensitive to touch These areas are Anywhere inside a parameter window Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Touchscreen Overview 1 12 The Basics Any menu or menu option The touchscreen feature does not function properly if tape or paper is stuck to the screen s surface Pencils pens and other sharp pointed objects should not be used to activate the touchscreen When you have selected a touchscreen item an audible tone sounds The volume of this tone can be adjusted in the Setup Default Display menu using the Touch Volume option Touching any parameter label opens the parameter menu Touching MORE MENUS on the main display opens a set of me
166. Limits and Units a vO2 3 3 Arterial Venous Oxygen Content Difference 734A SvO Parameter Window The parameter window displays the SvO value and a signal strength indicator 5 limits and units of measure may also be displayed An arterial venous oxygen content difference a vO2 is displayed if is also being monitored and a hemoglobin value has been entered in pulmonary calculations The parameter window has an area defined for two lines of message information however this message area is the same area as the a vO value area Therefore whenever a message is displayed the a vO value is not displayed The parameter menu is used for calibration and setting limits There is also on screen troubleshooting information for light intensity problems Getting to the SvO Menu To display the SvO menu select the SvO parameter label The SvO menu is displayed at the bottom of the screen MAIN Svo2 SVO2 MENU LIMITS HELP PREINSERTION LIGHT INTENSITY CALIBRATE TO SVO2 CAL CALIBRATION CALIBRATION VENOUS BLOOD GAS HISTORY 735A SvO Menu 2026265 039A Solar 8000M i 18 5 m SVO2 LIMITS Displays a new menu and an information window to adjust SvO alarm limits SVO2 HELP Displays on screen troubleshooting tips PREINSERTION CALIBRATION Calibrate before the Abbott catheter is placed in the patient LIGHT INTENSITY CALIBRATION Calibrate for the relative intensity of light
167. MENU EFAULT SETUP DEFAULT SETUP DEFAULT ARRHYTHMIA ALARM LEVELS LARM LEVELS LIMITS 1 4 RETURN EFAULT RECALL CUSTOM PRIORITY DEFAULT 551B DEFAULTS Setup Default Arrhythmia Alarm Levels Popup Menu and Information Window PREVIOUS MENU du Some default alarm levels can be changed See Selecting Options from Scroll Lists on page 1 17 NOTE In the Basic software package only ASYSTOLE VFIB VTAC and V TACH appear Only V TACH can be moved to another level All other arrhythmia calls appear and are adjustable in the Cardiac software package NOTE ASYSTOLE and VFIB VTAC can only be moved to another level when in Operating Room mode Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A 5 12 Monitor Setup Setup Default Parameter Alarm Levels You can set default alarm levels for most parameters supported by the monitor The POC alarm level cannot be changed from the message level Use the SETUP DEFAULT PARAMETER ALARM LEVELS menu option to view and adjust default alarm levels for parameters All parameters that can be monitored are listed in the information window Some default alarm levels can be changed See Selecting Options from Scroll Lists on page 1 17 Setup Default Limits You can set default limits for all parameters 1 Select SETUP DEFAULT LIMITS from the Monitor Defaults menu A popup menu and information window are displayed SETUP DEFAULT LIMTS gt RETURN UNITS LOW HIGH
168. MP TP TTX TV TVm TVs TV in 2026265 039A umbilical artery umbilical artery catheter Underwriters Laboratories Inc uninary output umbilical venous umbilical venous catheter V precordial lead volt volts AC alternating current ventricular bradycardia ventricular bradycardia ventilator volume of electrically participating tissue ventricular fibrillation velocity index video ventilator ventricular tachycardia ventricular tachycardia ventricular tachycardia volume work of breathing work of breathing mechanical weight X multiplier when used with a number 2X denotes invalid data when used in place of a value on the display 12 lead ECG analysis and degree s 2026265 039A UA UAC UL UO UV UVC V V VAC VBRADY VBRD VENT VEPT V Fib V FIB VI VID VNT VT VTAC V Tach V TACH VOL WOB WOBm WT 1251 Solar 8000M i Appendix J Abbreviations and Symbols Symbols Appendix J Abbreviations and Symbols J 13 greater than less than minus number percent plus or minus inches micro Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Appendix J Abbreviations and Symbols J 14 Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A 8 Basic software package 1 4 Batlery uec teet ote tt 4 7 Conditioning sss l 7 Biocompatibility 4 2 Capnostat ada
169. MS Select the desired measurement point and close the popup menu The selected measurement point will be displayed in the parameter window Select ECG FILTER to open a popup menu with choices for filtering the ECG waveform data on the display and graph strip NOTE Filters affect the ECG waveform only ST analysis and arrhythmia analysis are not affected by filter choices Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Adjust ST Point ECG Filter 11 26 ECG The ECG filter mode cannot be changed when using a 10 lead cable DIAGNOSTIC Provides the least amount of filtering MONITORING Recommended for typical monitoring applications MODERATE Used to reduce high frequency interference e g ESU Moderate ECG filtering is not recommended for pacemaker patients MAXIMUM Provides maximum filtering used to stabilize the ECG baseline Maximum ECG filtering is not recommended for pacemaker patients HELP Provides additional ECG filter information WARNING The MAXIMUM filter alters the displayed ECG morphology Do not rely on ECG morphology for diagnostic purposes when this filter is selected When selected 5 Hz is displayed under the ECG parameter label NOTE 12 Lead ECG Analysis 12 Lead ECG Analysis Overview This feature is only available when using a Patient Data Module a TRAM x51 series module or a TRAM SL module WARNING This device uses a computerized 12 lead ECG analysis program which can
170. MS ON OFF from the MONITOR SETUP menu Your display mode Individual Full CRG Plus determines the menu options available See Display on page 5 4 If you are using the individual display mode the Waveforms On Off menu looks like this MAIN ECG1 WAVEFORM 2 WAVEFORM 3 WAVEFORM 4 WAVEFORM 5 WAVEFORM 6 MENU LEAD II V5 AR 1 PA2 OFF OFF PREVIOUS ALIGN MENU WAVEFORMS 534A Waveforms On Off Menu Individual Mode To change a displayed waveform selecta WAVEFORM menu option to display a popup menu In the popup menu move the pointer to the waveform you want to display then select it Choose OFF if you do not want a waveform displayed in that position Align Waveforms When monitoring in the individual display mode waveforms automatically align with their respective parameter windows You can override alignment with the waveforms on off menu Use the ALIGN WAVEFORMS option in this menu to automatically realign waveforms with their parameter windows If you are using the full display mode the Waveforms On Off menu looks like this MAIN ECG1 WAVEFORM 2 FULL BP WAVEFORM 7 WAVEFORM 8 MENU LEAD II V5 WAVEFORMS OFF OFF PREVIOUS MENU 536A Waveforms On Off Menu Full Mode The FULL BP WAVEFORMS menu option allows you to select the pressure waveforms you want to display on the full scale FULL BP gt RETURN WAVEFORMS AR 1 Tow 537A Full BP Wave
171. No Yes Split Screen View Which Viewable Beds are Watched All beds in the unit are All beds in the unit that have watched SEND AUTO VIEWS set to ON are watched Which Alarm Broadcast Message Follows the AVOA Alarm level fixed Levels are Watched rules e g if Autoview m XM software optionis Crisis enabled then the Warning System Warning Autoview XM rules are used 6 20 Solar 8000M i Admit View A Patient AutoView XM The viewed bed will be selected from the oldest highest priority alarm from the watched bed list both in unit and out of unit Takes down the viewed bed Reverts to the default settings All beds in the watch list that are not in the monitor s same care unit are removed All beds in the watch list that are in the monitor s same care unit return to the default View On Alarm alarm levels 6 21 AVOA The viewed bed will be selected from the most recent highest priority alarm from within the unit The viewed bed is the same for all beds within a unit VOA The viewed bed must be selected by the user from one of four alarming beds within the unit W Takes down the viewed bed Reverts to the default settings Solar 8000M i Which Beds are Viewed on Alarm What Changes Occur on Discharge 2026265 039A VOA AVOA AutoView XM Must be manually Remove by one of the followi
172. None None None None Manufacturer and Model Nellcor Puritan Bennett N1000 Nellcor Puritan Bennett N2500 Novametrix 840 PtcO PtcCO TCO M Radiometer TINA Linde MicroGas 7650 Not for sale in the United States Aspect BIS Monitor Model A 2000 Abbott i Stat Blood Analyzer System Bard CritiCore Allied Healthcare Bear 1000 Bird 6400ST 8400ST Bird VIP Drager Babylog 8000 8000SC Drager Evita Drager Evita XL Drager Evita 2 Evita 2 Dura Evita 4 Drager Fabius GS Drager Savina Hamilton Amadeus Veolar Hamilton Galileo Nellcor Puritan Bennett Adult Star Adult Star 1500 2000 Nellcor Puritan Bennett Infant Star Infant Star 500 950 Nellcor Puritan Bennett 7200 SPE AE E A Puritan Bennett 840 Siemens SV 900C 900D 900E Solar 8000M i Device Type Pulse oximeter Pulse oximeter Transcutaneous monitor Transcutaneous monitor Transcutaneous monitor BIS monitor POC monitor Urometer Ventilator Ventilator Ventilator neonatal Ventilator neonatal Ventilator Ventilator Ventilator Ventilator Ventilator Ventilator Ventilator Ventilator Ventilator neonatal Ventilator Ventilator Ventilator Interfaces Unity Network ID Device Connectivity Chart Device Type Manufacturer and Model Waveforms Alarms Ventilator adult Siemens SV 300 None No neonatal
173. O option to switch to the Manual mode The message MANUAL WEDGE appears in the PA parameter window Solar 8000M i 12 19 Manual Mode 2026265 039A cs Ca bite 231 5 MANUAL WEDGE Message 678A 2 Inflate the balloon Watch the PA waveform for wedging If you wish you can place a cursor on the wedged waveform at this point and move it as desired 3 Deflate the balloon when you feel wedging is adequate 3 4 respiratory cycles but no more than 20 seconds 4 The Manual mode does not automatically display the review data You must select REVIEW WEDGE The program continues to collect data until REVIEW WEDGE is selected If you wait too long you will lose the wedge data The last 20 seconds of data is displayed 5 Select MOVE WEDGE CURSOR if you don t agree with the PA wedge pressure value See Move Wedge Cursor on page 12 17 The FULL SCALE option lets you to change the scale of the full BP from its default scale of 40 mmHg Select this option to open a popup menu with the choices 300 L 200 L 160 L 100 L 60 L or 40 L mmHg NOTE This option is only found in the PA Insert Wedge menu Use this menu option to open a popup menu to select a sweep speed for the displayed pressure waveform You can change the waveform sweep speed of the second full and seventh pressure waveforms Choices are 6 25 12 5 25 default and 50 millimeters per second This menu option opens a popup menu that allows you to select th
174. ON in the SETUP DEFAULT DISPLAY menu If the DISCONNECT OPTION is set to TO DEFAULT the limits will return to the default settings If the DISCONNECT OPTION is set to SAVE AS SET the limits will return to the limits previously set in the SPO2 LIMITS menu When the patient is discharged the Persistent SpO limits return to the system default NOTE This menu option only appears when using a Nellcor Patient Data Module or TRAM x51N module The Response menu option allows you to select VORMAL or FAST averaging depending on SpO saturation The default setting is FAST Use the FAST setting to detect sudden desaturations Use the NORMAL setting for general patient monitoring purposes Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A SpO2 Sat Seconds Persistent Response 14 12 SpO2 Use this menu option to open a popup menu to select a sweep speed for the displayed SpO waveform Choices are 6 25 12 5 25 default and 50 millimeters per second NOTE This menu option only appears when using a Masimo Patient Data Module or TRAM x51M module and a Masimo probe The Sensitivity menu option allows you to select NORMAL or MAXIMUM sensitivity The default setting is NORMAL m Use the Normal sensitivity setting for normal patient monitoring purposes Use the Maximum sensitivity setting for improved low perfusion performance and for faster tracking of rapid saturation changes CAUTION Using the Maximum sensitivi
175. P WF Speed Scale WF Speed Scale NBP Auto Adult Cuff Press Ped Cuff Pressure Neo Cuff Pressure CO Catheter CO Inj Temp CO Size CO Inj Vol CO Auto Mode N2O Compensation Compensation RR Parameter RR Lead RR WF Speed SPO WF Speed View On Alarm Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A 2026265 039A Display Defaults OFF OFF CRISIS ENABLE 10 70 NORMAL OFF OFF SYS WARNING SYS WARNING SYS ADVISORY OFF ISOFLURANE ON OFF cM KG C DEG MMHG 26 SYSTOLIC SYSTOLIC DIASTOLIC 5 MINUTES MONITORING 12 Hz OFF SYS WARNING NORMAL AUTO TVm MVm VOA Broadcast VOA Alert Tone Remote Alarm Level Alarm Volume Off Min Alarm Volume Alarm Volume Silence Alarm QRS Volume Rate Volume ECG Leads Fail SPO Probe Off SPO Pulse Search Persistent SP02 Monitor ISO DES Display Limits Display Units Units For Height Units For Weight Temperature Units Units Units Gas Units NBP Limits Type Arterial Limits Type PA Limits Type Menu Timeout ECG Filter BP Filter TRAM No ECG Alarm PDM No ECG Alarm QRS Width Display Mode RM Display Par 1 RM Display Par 2 Solar 8000M i Appendix A Adult ICU Mode Defaults A 4
176. PA INSERT WEDGE menu the mode always defaults to Manual The default mode in the PA WEDGE menu is also changed to Manual and remains the default until it is changed in the PA WEDGE menu PA Wedge Menu Option Select PA WEDGE from the PA menu to start the PA Wedge program A single beep sounds and the message INFLATE BALLOON is displayed in the PA parameter window The program is waiting for the balloon to be inflated INFLATE BALLOON paz 34 15 60 D 2 355 PA Parameter Windows with Prompt 674A A PA Wedge menu is also displayed Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A 12 14 Pressures MAIN REVIEW PA MODE NEW WEDGE CURSOR AUTO WEDGE PA Wedge Menu 675A REVIEW WEDGE Use this option after wedging in the manual mode to review patient data PA CURSOR Places a moveable cursor on the real time waveform while the wedge is being performed MODE Use this option to change modes MANUAL AUTO See Default Setting for Auto Mode and Manual Mode on page 12 14 NEW WEDGE Use this option to restart the wedge process if dissatisfied with the previous measurement GRAPH BP INVASIVE Use this option to graph invasive BP waveforms PA Insert Wedge Menu Option PA Insert Wedge Menu Overview When PA INSERT WEDGE is selected the display changes to the full grid mode All BP waveforms except the PA waveform are removed from the full grid region Resp ART or FEM is displayed in
177. Press the Trim Knob control or touch the CHANGE VALUE option The first name in the drug library is displayed 4 Scroll through the names When the drug name you want is displayed press the Trim Knob control or touch CHANGE VALUE to select it NOTE If you are using a drug that is not in the list choose DRUG A DRUG B DRUG C or DRUG D as its label Make a note of the drug name you assign to A B Cor D Follow the above procedure to enter other values The order in which values are entered is dependent on the type of patient being monitored adult or neonatal and how the order for the drug was given Below you will find additional information on each element of the dose calculations information window WEIGHT Enter the patient s weight SOL VOLUME solution volume A default value is displayed This value varies with the patient monitor type and drug name chosen DRUG QTY If the drug quantity is entered in milligrams MG the dose kg min is in micrograms The drug quantity will be calculated if the user enters a solution volume a dose and a rate NOTE Be sure to select the proper drug units MCG MG or UNITS for the medication when using the A B C or D labels m DOSE MIN DOSE HR DOSE KG MIN DOSE KG HR Any of these may be entered manually If the volume quantity and rate are entered these are Solar 8000M i 10 19 2026265 039A calculated for yo
178. Printing 7 8 Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A 8 Alarm Control Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Alarm processing for each parameter is not activated until the monitor has detected valid physiologic data from the patient This allows you to admit a patient and proceed with necessary patient connections without bothersome alarm tones When a new parameter is added during monitoring the alarm processing for that parameter is not activated until valid physiologic data has been detected NOTE To properly use the Smart Alarm feature remove all patient cables connected to the acquisition device and perform a patient discharge before admitting a new patient This assures that no data remains on the monitor after the discharge See About Discharging on page 6 16 NOTE When the Auto Admit feature is enabled in Monitor Defaults the monitor will automatically admit the patient after 30 seconds of continuous ECG or SpO gt physiologic data has been detected No parameter alarms will be activated until the monitor automatically admits the patient The capability to manually admit the patient is still available at any time See Auto Admit on page 6 2 WARNING After an interruption of the electric power supply e g for an emergency power test you must check whether alarm processing is active again and whether an arrhythmia has occurred while the power supply was interrupted The monitor s alarm structure is divided into two classi
179. QRS complexes and an absence of uniform P waves preceding the QRS complex The AFIB algorithm feature identifies atrial fibrillation arrhythmias when using the Patient Data Module When the AFIB arrhythmia detection feature is enabled it replaces the IRREGULAR arrhythmia alarm text with the ATRIAL FIB alarm text AFIB can be enabled disabled in the Boot Code Service Menu gt Set Configuration gt AFIB Identification Ask your biomed or service personnel to change the setting in the Boot Code NOTE AFIB identification is not available for neonatal mode If AFIB identification is enabled in the boot code and the monitor is set to neonatal mode the AFIB identification remains disabled and Irregular will be used NOTE When transferring a patient from a Solar patient monitor to a Transport Pro patient monitor with AFIB enabled in boot code you have to select ADMIT NEW PATIENT on the transport monitor admit window to continue using AFIB detection Alarms A patient status alarm is triggered when an AFIB arrhythmia is detected The message ATRIAL FIB is displayed in the message area of the display NOTE There is approximately a 90 second delay while the AFIB algorithm verifies the AFIB arrhythmia condition The AFIB alarm defaults to a message alarm level but can be changed in Monitor Defaults During ECG monitoring you may need to use the RELEARN option when a dramatic change in the patient s ECG pattern has occurred A change in
180. QUIREMENTS Before connecting the device to the power line check that the voltage and frequency ratings of the power line are the same as those indicated on the unit s label If this is not the case do not connect the system to the power line until you adjust the unit to match the power source In U S A if the installation of this equipment will use 240V rather than 120V the source must be a center tapped 240V single phase circuit This equipment is suitable for connection to public mains as defined in CISPR 11 CAUTION RESTRICTED SALE U S federal law restricts this device to sale by or on the order of a physician CAUTION SINGLE PATIENT USE This equipment is designed for use on one patient at a time Using this equipment to monitor different parameters on different patients at the same time compromises the accuracy of data acquired CAUTION SUPERVISED USE This equipment is intended for use under the direct supervision of a licensed health care practitioner 3 12 Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Safety CAUTION UNINTENTIONAL RADIO FREQUENCY RF INTERFERENCE Unintentional RF interference could degrade the reliability and performance of the wireless data link The facility must maintain an RF environment free from unintentional interference Refer to the service manual for more information CAUTION VENTILATION REQUIREMENTS Set up t
181. RAM module However do not connect more than one NBP patient cable Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A 13 2 NBP WARNING The NBP parameter will not measure blood pressure effectively on patients who are experiencing seizures or tremors Arrhythmias will increase the time required by the NBP parameter to determine a blood pressure and may extend the time beyond the capabilities of the parameter Devices that exert pressure on tissue have been associated with purpura skin avulsion compartmental syndrome ischemia and or neuropathy To minimize these potential problems especially when monitoring at frequent intervals or over extended periods of time make sure the cuff is applied appropriately and examine the cuff site and the limb distal to the cuff regularly for signs of impeded blood flow Do not apply external pressure against the cuff while monitoring Doing so may cause inaccurate blood pressure values Use care when placing the cuff on an extremity used to monitor other patient parameters CAUTION Accuracy of NBP measurement depends on using a cuff of the proper size It is essential to measure the circumference of the limb and choose the proper size cuff The pulse rate derived from an NBP determination measurement may differ from the heart rate derived from an ECG waveform because the NBP parameter measures actual peripheral pulses not electrical signals or contraction from the heart
182. RANSDUCER option from the pressure menu A new menu is displayed with two options Select one of the two menu options Adjusting one option automatically adjusts the other Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Pressures Zero BP Filter Calibrate Transducer 12 10 Pressures m CAL 100 Opens a popup menu to enter the percentage of error Use this option when the calibration error is already known NOTE Always make sure that the CAL is at 100 when making a new adjustment For example if it is known that the transducer measures 2 high enter 102 When you close the popup menu the monitor compensates for the error Or if you apply a known pressure such as 100 and the monitor displays 102 for that pressure site adjust the CAL to the number displayed NOTE You must close the popup menu before a change is displayed in the values window ADJUST TO MMHG Opens a popup menu to change the millimeters of mercury error Speed Use this menu option to open a popup menu to select a sweep speed for all displayed pressure waveforms Choices are 6 25 12 5 25 and 50 millimeters per second The default is 25 mm sec Special Features The features described in this section are not common to all pressures Some of these features are only available with certain software packages as noted IABP NOTE This option is part of the Cardiopulmonary software package NOTE The IABP feature is not available whe
183. S ALARM LEVEL ALARM LEVEL 70 HELP ALARM PAUSE PREVIOUS CLEAR ALARM CRG MENU ALARMS HISTORY TRENDS 590A Alarm Help Information Window Use the Trim Knob control or touchscreen option to navigate through the information window To hear the tone associated with an alarm type press the Trim Knob control when that alarm type is highlighted or touch the alarm type Display Off Alarm Pause When you need to temporarily disconnect a patient from the monitor you can use the Display Off Alarm Pause option to turn off the display and pause alarms at the monitor and or clinical information center This avoids having to discharge the patient and lose collected patient data and prevents alarms associated with disconnecting the patient from sounding at the monitor and or clinical information center NOTE Pressing the Display On Off button on the keypad or remote control does not affect alarms for this monitor at the central station they continue to be active Select the DISPLAY OF F ALARM PAUSE option from the Alarm Control menu A popup menu with three choices opens RETURN Closes the popup menu without making any changes MONITOR CENTRAL PAUSE Turns off the display and pauses alarms for this monitor Alarms for this monitor are also paused at the clinical information center MONITOR PAUSE Turns off the display and pauses alarms for this monitor All alarm and parameter data is still sent to the clinical information cente
184. Size section in this chapter Select the AUTO SIZE option to automatically resize the waveform to fit the predetermined area This is a direct action menu option You can manually change the size of the respiration waveform Select the MANUAL SIZE option from the respiration menu A popup menu opens displaying the size options 10X 5X MANUAL SIZE 9x 4X ex 8X 3X 7X 2X 1X Manual Size Popup Menu 722A Highlight another size The waveform changes size immediately so you can judge the suitable size When you are satisfied with the size press the Trim Knob control or touch the MANUAL SIZE option to close the popup menu NOTE The Manual Size you select will be cancelled if you change the lead from which respiration is derived When you change leads the learning process is started and the waveform is automatically sized Respiration Auto Size Manual Size Cardiac Artifact Alarm The Cardiac Artifact Alarm alerts you to the fact that the respiration rate is within 5 of the heart rate over 30 consecutive breaths If this happens the respiration program may be counting heartbeat artifact as respiration The Cardiac Artifact Alarm is an advisory alarm The message ARTIFACT is displayed in the respiration values window and a one beep tone sounds There is no adjustable limit for this alarm but you can turn it off and on Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A 16 8 Respiration WARNING If the Cardiac A
185. SpO2 unspecified Pulse Rate 3 beats per minute Analog output Selectable saturation 0 to 100 equivalent 0 to 1V Alarm limit range SpO2 0 to 100 PPR 0 to 350 beats per minute No Sensor Defective Sensor Sensor Off Unrecognized Sensor Low Perfusion Pulse Search Interference Detected Ambient Light Low Signal IQ Probe off patient low quality pulse search This device is covered under one or more of the following U S A patents 5 758 644 5 823 950 6 011 986 6 157 850 6 263 222 6 501 975 and other applicable patents listed at http www masimo com patents htm Thermodilution 0 2 to 15 liters per minute 17 C to 42 C 62 F to 107 F 0 5 C 17 C 30 C 090 to 30 C 32 F to 86 F t 0 3 C Cardiac output blood temperature injectate temperature real time cardiac output washout curve last average CO accept reject individual measurements and store average 5 6 7 7 5 or 8 French 3 5 or 10 2026265 039A Nellcor accuracy Refer to Probe Manufacturer s specifications for probe accuracy statement Messages Nellcor Masimo patents Method Cardiac output range Blood temperature range Blood temperature accuracy Injectate temperature range Injectate temperature accuracy Output parameters Cardiac output review Catheter sizes Injectate volume selections Appendix H Technical Specifications Cardiac Output TRAM Module ECG Display Display
186. T WARNING The NO ECG alarm will be turned OFF Refer to the Operator s manual CONFIRM OR RECONNECT PATIENT 501A 2 Select CONFIRM by pressing the Trim Knob control or touching CONFIRM Gf the touchscreen is enabled to confirm the temporary disconnection of the Patient Data Module and prevent an audible PDM No ECG Alarm The audible alarm will sound after 30 seconds if CONFIRM has not been selected and the PDM No ECG Alarm default is set to System Warning or Crisis NOTE The CONFIRM PATIENT DISCONNECT window remains on the display until the CONFIRM menu option is selected or until the Patient Data Module is reconnected TRAM NO ECG Alarm NOTE For TRAM modules only A programmable system alarm alerts you to intermittent or complete loss of communication with the acquisition module The factory default for this alarm is off but you can set it to be a system warning or a patient crisis alarm in monitor defaults It is identified as TRAM NO ECG ALARM in the Setup Display information window See Setup Default Display on page 5 14 2026265 039A Solar 8000M i 11 3 When the alarm is set as SYS WARNING or CRISIS and the monitor loses communication a tone sounds and the message NO ECG is displayed on the monitor The alarm is also generated on the network for connected devices such as the clinical information center WARNING When communication is lost the patient is not being monitored
187. TC Site Time TC Site Temp TC Units TC Severinghaus RM WF Speed Vent WF Speed Display MAC Value Disable SAM Hal Disable SAM Enf ICG Primary Par ICG Secondary Par1 ICG Secondary Par2 ICG Secondary Par3 Touch Volume Pause Breakthru Tech ID Field Masimo Averaging Sat Seconds SpO Response BIS Smooth Rate Spectral Update EEG WF Scale EEG WF Speed Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Message 2026265 039A Advisory Display Defaults Arrhythmia Alarm Levels Warning Appendix D Monitor Defaults Worksheet Spectra Display EEG Montage EEG Param Display EEG Trend 1 EEG Trend 2 EEG Trend 3 EEG Trend 4 AVOA Alarm Level Remote Silence AVOA Silence NBP Clock Sync NBP M Only Alarm TP1 T1 Site Label TP2 T2 Site Label TP6 T1 Site Label TP6 T2 Site Label TP8 T1 Site Label TP8 T2 Site Label Combo Source NBP No Det NBP Silence Alarm Auto Admit ECG Rate Averaging Beat Pause Interval Disconnect Option Crisis Asystole VFib VTac V Tach VT lt 2 V Brady D 6 Solar 8000M i Appendix Monitor Defaults Worksheet D 7 Arrhythmia Alarm Levels Crisis Warning Advisory Message Couplet Bigeminy Acc Vent Pause
188. TE Wring excess disinfectant from wipe before using NOTE Any contact of disinfectant solutions with metal parts may cause corrosion 5 Do not immerse either end of a cable or leadwire connector Immersing or soaking the connector ends may corrode metal contact ends and affect signal quality 6 Wipe off cleaning solutions with a clean lightly moistened cloth 7 Dry thoroughly with a dry lint free cloth and let air dry for at least 30 minutes NOTE Drying times may vary based on the environmental conditions 8 Take care not to let fluid pool around connection pins If this should happen blot dry with a soft lint free cloth 9 Do not use excessive drying techniques such as oven forced heat or sun drying NOTE EtO sterilization is not recommended but may be required for cables and leadwires Frequent sterilization will reduce the useful life of cables and leadwires Sterilize with ethylene oxide gas EtO at a maximum temperature of 50 C 122 F After EtO sterilization follow the recommendations from the sterilizer manufacturer for required aeration Never immerse the handheld device cables or leadwires in any liquid Do not pour or spray any liquid directly on cables or leadwires or permit fluid to seep into connections or openings m Never use conductive solutions solutions that contain chlorides wax or wax compounds to clean handheld devices cables or leadwires m Never use solutions or products that contai
189. TY ALERT The United States FDA Center for Devices and Radiological Health issued a safety bulletin October 14 1998 This bulletin states that minute ventilation rate adaptive implantable pacemakers can occasionally interact with certain cardiac monitoring and diagnostic equipment causing the pacemakers to pace at their maximum programmed rate The FDA further recommends precautions to take into consideration for patients with these types of pacemakers These precautions include disabling the rate responsive mode and enabling an alternate pace mode For more information contact Office of Surveillance and Biometrics CDRH FDA 1350 Piccard Drive Mail Stop HFZ 510 Rockville MD 20850 U S A ECG monitoring with patients on non invasive transcutaneous pacemakers may not be possible due to large amounts of energy produced by these devices Monitoring ECG with an external device e g a defibrillator and a second set of electrodes may be needed Remember that there are no ECG alarms at the monitor if you are monitoring with an external device The monitor displays colored pacemaker spikes when the monitor is set for Standard and Rover mode and when it is set for Rover Combo and is being used in a Rover mode The pacemaker spikes are not colored when the monitor is set for Combo or when it is set for Rover Combo and is being used in the Combo mode The DETECT PACE menu option enables disables the pacemaker detection program It mu
190. The CRG Plus display does not have to appear on the display for the automatic print to occur This option and the PRINT CRG PLUS ON ALARM option cannot be on at the same time The software prevents this by automatically turning one off when the other is turned on Solar 8000M i 9 5 2026265 039A Select the PRINT CRG PLUS ON ALARM menu option from the CRG Plus options menu to automatically print a two minute CRG Plus graph when an alarm occurs The CRG Plus display does not have to appear on the display for CRG data to print on alarm This option and the PRINT CRG PLUS EVERY 2 MINUTES option cannot be on at the same time The software prevents this by automatically turning one off when the other is turned on An alarm graph does not print if alarms are paused or the display is turned off An alarm graph is triggered by a brady tachy resp apnea MAP or 5 limit violation when set at a crisis or warning alarm level The graph is generated one minute after the violation is detected The second line of the graph header indicates all parameters that were violated in the 30 second period following the alarm trigger The lowest or highest value for violated parameters is printed e g the lowest heart rate value is printed for a Brady event The values printed represent any time within the last two minutes An apnea duration time is printed only when the patient age range is set to 0 2 years
191. U CURSOR MAIN LOCATE PREVIOUS SELECT DELETE PRINT MENU EVENT EVENT EVENTS Document CRG Events Popup Menu and Information Window Edit Events in Document CRG Events Information Window To edit events in the Document CRG Events information window follow this procedure 1 Move the pointer gt in front of the DATE TIME selection 2 Highlight the date time selection see figure by pressing the Trim Knob control or touching the DOCUMENT CRG EVENTS option 3 Scroll to a specific time Press the Trim Knob control or touch the DOCUMENT CRG EVENTS option when the specific time you want to edit appears 4 Move the pointer to an event then press the Trim Knob control or touch the DOCUMENT CRG EVENTS option to document that event Your selection will then appear in the CRG Trends directory 9 10 Solar 8000M i CRG Plus Display 5 Select RETURN when all changes are completed The popup menu and information window close Troubleshooting Problem Impedance respiration waveform is too small or too large for the CRG Plus display Solution In the Respiration menu use either the RELEARN RESPIRATION option or the AUTO SIZE option 2026265 039A Solar 8000M i 9 11 CRG Plus Display 9 12 Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A 10 Patient Data Patient Data Patient Data Menu Patient Data Menu Overview Select PATIENT DATA from the main menu to display the Patient Data me
192. UAL LIMITS option allows you to adjust each lead and limit individually 1 Select the lead label you wish to change 2 Highlight the high or low limit 3 Change the limit value 4 Press the Trim Knob control to complete the change The new limit takes effect immediately 5 Rotate the Trim Knob control to highlight the lead label then press it to unhighlight You can now move to another lead if you want NOTE Steps 4 and 5 are not needed when using the optional touchscreen Simply use the touchscreen arrows to move around the information window 6 When you are finished making changes select RETURN to close the information window Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A ECG 11 24 ECG The other adjust options ADJUST ALL LIMITS ADJUST INF LIMITS ADJUST LAT LIMITS and ADJUST ANT LIMITS adjust all leads or specific groups of leads When you select one of these options a popup menu opens The popup menu displays a deviation range for example 2mm You can change this value When you exit the popup menu the monitor adjusts the low and high limits around the current value of the lead s For example if lead II has a value of 0 3mm and the popup menu shows a deviation range of 2mm the monitor adjusts the low limit to 2 3mm and the high limit to 1 7mm The Adjust popup menus serve two purposes Selecting causes an automatic adjustment of the limits on a group of leads based on the deviation range
193. UN CERO OE RE eg De D 3 13 Underwriters Laboratories INC 3 15 Equipment Symbols 999 3 15 Maint nanCe a a aaa E 4 1 4 2 4 2 4 2 Cleaning the Touchscreen 4 3 Cleaning the Patient Data Module or TRAM Module 4 4 Cleaning Applied lt 4 4 Cleaning Disinfecting and Storing GE ECG Cables and Leadwires 4 4 Cables and Leadwires other than GE 4 6 eo fuc E d hs Wid ide RR rat ede ae on 4 7 Internal Lithium Battery 4 7 Technical Maintenance 4 7 Monitor Setup 5 1 Monitor Setup Menu 5 2 Monitor Setup Menu Overview 5 2 Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Waveforms OnOff etu shears wird a eia dete 5 2 Display gt vec pinta Xx Rech N ende EREIN ERIN Bia oad 5 4 are Pardes ta Gack Es ES 5 5 Parameters 00 01 5 7 Graph Setups 23552 cams d eei ad wad hb 5 7 Monitor Defaulls ka carcere REB GU SPUR ee hea es 5 11 Monitor Defaults Password 5 17 Print CRG PIUS ere ettari sacks 5 18
194. Units Temperature Limits Select Default Temperature Site Labels You can select default temperature site labels for temperature sites TP1 TP6 and 8 1 Select MENUS gt MONITOR SETUP gt MONITOR DEFAULTS gt SETUP DEFAULT DISPLAY 2 Locate the default temperature options TPI TI Site Label TPI T2 Site Label TP6 T1 Site Label TP6 T2 Site Label TP8 TI Site Label m TP6 T2Site Label 3 Select the default site for each site label T7 T2 REC BLA ESO AXI NAS SKN OTH If you experience problems with temperature monitoring one of the following messages may be displayed in the temperature parameter window CAL CHECK Solar 8000M i 17 5 Troubleshooting Messages 2026265 039A Temperature There is a 0 1 C deviation between the temperature value and the internal calibration No temperature value is displayed Service on the module is required TRAM modules only CAL FAIL There is a 1 C deviation between the temperature value sensed and the internal calibration No temperature value is displayed Service on the module is required SENSOR No sensor is detected Either no sensor is present or a sensor has failed If no sensor is present turn the temperature site off to clear the message 17 6 Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A 1 5 OVO 2026265 039A Solar 8000M i 18 1 02 Introduction Mixed venous oxygen saturation SvO monitoring is done with the GE Mixed Ve
195. VE RECALL TITRATION MENU VALUE CALC SAVED CALC TABLE RETURN PREVIOUS WEIGHT DRUG UNITS DRUG QTY 1 MENU KG MCG MG RANGE 619A Titration Table Popup Menu and Information Window To close the titration table and popup menu press the Trim Knob control or touch RETURN The drug calculation set is redisplayed in the information window Selecting this option switches units for the patient s weight between kilograms and pounds Changing this does not affect any calculations as drug dosage is always calculated per kilogram of weight If the patient s weight is entered in pounds the program converts to kilograms before calculating not seen by the user Selecting this option switches the drug units between grams MCG MG and UNITS This option is used when labeling a drug A B C or D since the normal measurement of the drug you labeled is unknown Selecting this menu option opens a popup menu from which you can determine the default used when entering a value for drug quantity This option is used when labeling a drug A B C or D m Select 0 01 100 to enter 1 0 MG or units for the drug quantity Solar 8000M i 10 21 Titration Table Weight Drug Units Drug Quantity Range 2026265 039A m Select 100 1000 to enter 10 0 MG or units for the drug quantity m Select 1000 10 000 to enter 100 0 MG or units for the drug quantity m Select gt 10 000 to enter 1000 0 MG o
196. VGIVIOW e NIV E E hes nude 9 2 CRG Plus Full 9 2 CRG Plus Individual Display 9 3 Turning on the CRG Plus Display 9 3 Selecting Parameters for the CRG Plus Display 9 4 Printing CRG Plus 9 4 Print CRGiPIUS 6 emm rte meae wacky Rama fr Rte 9 4 CRG Plus Printing Options isses 9 4 CRG Trends oes Bienes a nies eae ee nae nee 9 6 9 6 CRG Trends Event 9 7 CRG Trends Menu Options 9 8 Document CRG Events 9 10 Troubleshooting 9 11 Patient Data raw it 10 1 Patient Data Menu 0 0 cece aa mmn 10 2 Patient Data Menu 10 2 Alarm uv hebr Dele eek eaten hoe 10 2 Vital xe quem Spies eRe 10 5 Graphic Acs tye ERE ee ee tnt ut io 10 7 Gardiac Galcs ce ei t Wanna teen E Rees 10 10 Pulmonary Cal S yo i ERES E Rb ESAE PDAS SENS 10 12 Dose Gal S
197. Ventilator Siemens Servo i Pressure Yes Ventilator Respironics Espirt None Yes Ventilator Stephan Christina None Yes Ventilator GE Datex Ohmeda Pressure Flow Yes Ventilator Ohmeda 7800 7810 None Yes Ventilator Ohmeda 7900 None Yes Ventilator Ohmeda Aestiva 3000 None Status messages only Safety WARNING ACCURACY Patient information transferred by a connectivity device to a clinical information system must be qualified by medical personnel before permanent storage in a database WARNING ALARMS The peripheral device s alarms must not be turned off or the volume reduced in any way to diminish the importance of the peripheral device as the primary alarm source for parameters monitored by the peripheral device WARNING CORRECT ADAPTER Use of the wrong interface adapter may cause improper operation of the supported peripheral device Verify that the correct interface adapter on the peripheral device is operational before the device is used on a patient 2026265 039A Solar 8000M i 20 5 WARNING INSTALLATION Qualified technical personnel must connect the interface adapter to the peripheral device and make any necessary adjustments to the peripheral device baud rate parity etc as described in the specific installation instructions for the interface adapter Insert cabling from the connectivity device only into
198. You can enter the bed number manually Selecting the UNITS OF MEASURE option opens an information window that allows you to change the units of measure used for the patient s height and weight Options for HEIGHT are centimeters or inches Options for WEIGHT are kilograms or pounds The default settings are the metric units Select either HEIGHT or WEIGHT and to select the desired unit of measure Select RETURN when you are finished In Neonatal ICU mode an additional option AGE also appears The options are DAYS WEEKS and YEARS The default setting is WEEKS Units of Measure Options for Admitting a Patient This menu option is found in all admit menus when the monitor mode is either Adult ICU or Neonatal ICU It indicates that no patient is admitted When this menu option is displayed the monitor is in a discharged state and there are no alarms Select ADMIT PATIENT to admit a patient This is a direct action menu option This menu option appears only when the monitor is set for Operating Room mode It is a direct action menu option When selected both a discharge and an immediate admit are performed All patient data from the previous patient is erased the screen blanks for a few seconds and the monitor is then ready to monitor the next patient Solar 8000M i 6 15 Admit Patient New Case 2026265 039A Admit View A Patient Admit Help Selecting the ADMIT HELP option opens an information window that p
199. a MPC860P PowerPC 66 MHz 32 bit 230 40 VAC 50 60 Hz single phase 90 VAC 190 VAC Natural convection 100 watts 341 Btu hr 0 C to 40 C 32 F to 104 F 1596 to 9596 non condensing 40 C to 70 C 40 F to 158 15 to 95 non condensing The display is ordered separately from the Solar 8000M i Processing Unit 15 19 typical 1024 x 768 Analog and digital flat panel CRT displays 25mm sec typical User has ability to vary speeds of individual traces Utilizes ELO graphics and surface acoustic wave technology Limited by input response of data acquisition device 2026265 039A Performance Specifications Processing Main processor Graphics processor Tram net communication processor LAN communication processor Environmental Specifications Power requirements 110 20 VAC 50 60 Hz single phase Low voltage shutdown Cooling Power consumption Heat dissipation Operating conditions Temperature Relative humidity Storage conditions Temperature Relative humidity Display characteristics Display Display size Display resolution Display types Sweep speed Touch screen Frequency response H 2 Solar 8000M i Appendix H Technical Specifications 1108 Prioritized by parameter Full individual or CRG Options Displays non real time information without obstructing the display of real time patient information 6 5 secs typical Can differ if user varies spee
200. a Tram rac and when a sensor is first powered on Solution Message will clear when warmed up If it persists beyond 4 minutes call GE service or contact your sales service representative Sidestream Modules These modules use a different technology and are not compatible with the Capnostat sensor and adapter NOTE Delivery of bronchodilators or mucolytics via aerosol and meter dose inhalers causes premature blockage of the Aqua Knot water trap Discontinue gas analysis prior to treatment by switching the pump off and removing the airway adapter from the ventilator circuit or disconnecting the sample line from the Aqua Knot water trap Pump Control To turn the pump on and off standby mode press and release the pump switch located on the front of the module The green light just above the switch is illuminated when the pump is on NOTE With module software version 3 and subsequent the pump will automatically turn off after 20 minutes of no CO detection 19 14 Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A CO2 CapnoFlex LF CO Module The CapnoFlex LF CO module provides CO monitoring for intubated and non intubated patients The module operates at a low flow rate to allow monitoring of adult and neonatal patients The adapter cable is plugged into the Capnostat plug of the Solar Mainstream CO module or Dual module CapnoFlex LF Adapter CapnoFlex LF Module Solar aa Mainstream c or Dual CO
201. able the auto admit feature or OFF to disable the auto admit feature Monitor Applications Monitor Applications Overview The monitor can be used in four ways STANDARD This application uses a monitor mounted in a room It does not accommodate telemetry A network connection is not required unless you have a central station ROVER This application allows you to move rove the monitor to the patient rather than moving the patient to a monitored room It does not accommodate telemetry A network connection is not required unless you have a central station COMBO With this application ECG data can be acquired from either an acquisition module or a telemetry receiver system A network connection is required ROVER COMBO This application combines the mobility feature of Rover monitoring with the telemetry compatibility of Combo monitoring A network connection is required Solar 8000M i 6 3 2026265 039A Admit View A Patient NOTE The monitor s application is determined at installation It is set using a menu option in the Service menu Refer to the service manual for more information Verify the Monitor Application Setting 1 Select MORE MENUS gt MONITOR SETUP gt REVISION AND ID A popup menu and information window are displayed SOFTWARE REVISION DISPLAY MONITOR MAIN PROCESSOR 30021341016 VER 5 0 22DECDG r This line shows the application RAC 1 COMM for which you
202. ables creates the potential for making an electrical connection to ground or to a high voltage power source which can cause serious injury or death to the patient 322C WARNING RATE METERS Keep pacemaker patients under close observation Rate meters may continue to count the pacemaker rate during cardiac arrest and some arrhythmias Therefore do not rely entirely on rate meter alarms WARNING SITE REQUIREMENTS For safety reasons all connectors for patient cables and sensor leads are designed to prevent inadvertent disconnection should someone pull on them Do not route cables in a way that they may present a stumbling hazard For devices installed above the patient adequate precautions must be taken to prevent them from dropping on the patient Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Safety 3 8 Safety CAUTION ACCESSORIES SUPPLIES To ensure patient safety use only parts and accessories manufactured or recommended by GE Parts and accessories used must meet the requirements of the applicable IEC 60601 series safety standards and essential performance standards and or the system configuration must meet the requirements of the IEC 60601 1 1 medical electrical systems standard CAUTION ACCESSORIES EQUIPMENT The use of accessory equipment not complying with the equivalent safety requirements of this equipment may lead to a reduced level of safety of the resu
203. acement and typical anatomy Good clinical practice should ensure accurate electrode placement The table below describes the extent of agreement seen between the standard 10 electrode ECG and the 12RL ECG obtained from six electrodes Solar 8000M i 11 33 12RL Accuracy 2026265 039A From four hospitals 2266 randomly selected predominantly adult ECGs were used for the development and testing of 12RL The characteristics of these ECGs were as follows Sex 46 9 female 53 1 male Age 5th to 95th percentile 28 85 years Height 5th to 95th percentile 59 to 73 in 150 to 185 cm Weight 5th to 95th percentile 107 260 lb 49 to 118 kg Height to weight ratio 5th to 95th percentile 0 26 to 0 57 in Ib 1 46 to 3 19 cm kg The ECGs were randomized into a training database N 1112 and a test database N 1154 The training database was used to develop the 12RL lead reconstruction equations Performance was optimized on this database The test database was used to assess performance prospectively The agreement seen in the test database is the best predictor for the performance of the 12RL equations in general use The similarity of performance on the training set and the test set is a good indication that the equations are not highly sensitive to particulars of the data set used for training In other words the 12RL equations are robust If the subjects patients match the parameters for the databases shown you can e
204. acquire a standard 12 lead ECG Four of the precordial channels of the 12 lead ECG V2 V3 V4 V6 are not acquired from the patient rather they are reconstructed from information that is directly recorded in the other channels of the 12 lead ECG NOTE Interpolated leads cannot be selected for pacemaker detection or impedance respiration monitoring NOTE Interpretive statements are not available when a 12 lead analysis is generated using the 12RL reduced lead set For 12RL monitoring prepare the patient s skin as usual except do not prepare or connect electrodes to sites V2 V3 V4 and V6 For more information about skin preparation refer to the GE Critical Care Monitoring Clinical Reference and Troubleshooting Guide ECG Preparing the Patient 6 Leadwire Electrode Configuration for 12RL Monitoring A 6 leadwire electrode configuration is used for 12RL interpolated 12 lead analysis Shown using AHA labels Shown using IEC labels 100A amp 101A The six electrodes should be placed as indicated below V1 Fourth intercostal space at the right sternal margin V5 Left anterior axillary line at V4 level RA Intraclavicular fossa medial to the right deltoid border Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A 11 32 ECG LA Intraclavicular fossa medial to the left deltoid border RL Right iliac fossa LL Left iliac fossa This manual contains more information on the 12RL analysis program See Using 12RL
205. adcast VOA Alert Tone Remote Alarm Level Alarm Volume Off Min Alarm Volume Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A 2026265 039A Display Defaults 70 NORMAL OFF OFF SYS WARNING SYS WARNING SYS ADVISORY OFF ISOFLURANE ON OFF cM KG C DEG MMHG 26 26 SYSTOLIC SYSTOLIC DIASTOLIC 5 MINUTES MONITORING 12Hz OFF SYS WARNING NARROW AUTO TVm MVm PIP PEEP OFF 4 00 43 0 C Alarm Volume Silence Alarm QRS Volume Rate Volume ECG Leads Fail SPO Probe Off SPO Pulse Search Persistent SP02 Monitor ISO DES Display Limits Display Units Units For Height Units For Weight Temperature Units Units Units Gas Units NBP Limits Type Arterial Limits Type PA Limits Type Menu Timeout ECG Filter BP Filter TRAM No ECG Alarm PDM No ECG Alarm QRS Width Display Mode RM Display Par 1 RM Display Par 2 RM Display Par 3 RM Display Par 4 Discharge Alert TC Site Time TC Site Temp Solar 8000M i Appendix B Neonatal ICU Mode Defaults B 4 Appendix B Neonatal ICU Mode Defaults B 5 Display Defaults MMHG OFF 6 25 6 25 OFF OFF OFF CI co SVR TFC 10 CRISIS OFF 8 SECS OFF FAST
206. age of remaining charge B Remaining Charge LEDs Measures the approximate percentage of remaining charge in 25 increments The number of LEDs that illuminate designates the remaining percentage of charge 4LEDs illuminated 75 100 of full charge capacity remaining 3 LEDs illuminated 50 74 9 of full charge capacity remaining 2 LEDs illuminated 25 49 9 of full charge capacity remaining 1 LED illuminated 10 24 9 of full charge capacity remaining 1 LED flashing lt 10 of full charge capacity remaining Battery Maintenance How to Charge the Battery Charging the Battery With a Cadex SMart Two Charger 1 Insert the battery into the battery charger The RUN LED illuminates 2 Leave the battery in the battery charger until the READY LED illuminates NOTE If the FAIL LED illuminates remove the battery from the battery charger and reinsert it This will correct any battery charger time out errors Charging the Battery Inside the Patient Data Module The PDM battery is charged whenever the Patient Data Module with its battery installed is connected to a patient monitor connected to an AC derived power source The battery capacity gauge indicates the battery s charge level See Capacity Gauge on the Monitor Display on page I 3 How to Condition the Battery Conditioning the Battery With a Cadex SMart Two Charger A conditioning cycle using the battery charger requires approximately nin
207. airway pressure maximum megabyte micrograms modified chest lead median frequency methemoglobin milligrams megahertz measured inspiratory time Solar 8000M i J 7 K kg KG kPa LA LA LAN LAT LBS LCD LCWI LD LED LL LIS LVET LVSWI MAP MAWP MAX MB MCG MCL MedF MetHb MG mg MHz M INSP 2026265 039A minute milliliter millimeters millimeters per second millimeters of mercury measured positive end expiratory pressure magnetic resonance image motor material data safety specifications milliunits millivolt minute volume mechanical minute volume spontaneous minute volume N nitrogen nitrous oxide sodium noninvasive blood pressure non capture neonatal network non invasive cardiac output non sense oxygen oxygen consumption index oxygen delivery index oxygen extraction ratio oxygen saturation oxygen setting original equipment manufacturer operating room ounce 2026265 039A Solar 8000M i MIN min mL MM mm MM S mm s MMHG mmHg M PEEP MRI MTR MSDS MUNITS mV MV MVm MVs N2 N20 Na NBP NC NEO Neo NET NICO NS OsCI ODI OR Ooset OEM OR 2 Appendix J Abbreviations and Symbols J 8 Appendix J Abbreviations and Symbols pulmonary artery partial pressure of carbon dioxide in arterial blood pulmonary artery diastolic oxygenation ratio pulmonary artery mean pressur
208. alcs menu The recalled calculation remains in the information window If necessary this calculation set can be changed and resaved The displayed calculations can be printed by pressing the Graph Go Stop button Select this menu option to delete one or more sets of calculations A popup menu opens listing the saved calculations Highlight a calculation You can highlight as many as you wish to delete When you have highlighted all the calculations you wish to delete select RETURN to delete them and close the popup menu NOTE If the calculation is displayed in the information window at the time of deletion it will remain on the display However if you modify the information window or exit the dose calcs program the deleted calculation will no longer be available Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Patient Data Save Calc Recall Saved Calc Delete Calc 10 20 Patient Data To view a titration table for a drug first complete a drug dose calculation set It is advisable to save the set With the calculation displayed on the screen select TITRATION TABLE from the Dose Calcs menu A popup menu and the titration table appear TITRATION TABLE DOPAMINE MCG KG M MG M CC HR DROPS M 0 53 0 0 1 5 2 0 67 0 1 1 9 2 0 80 0 1 2 3 2 0 93 0 1 2 6 3 1 07 0 1 3 0 3 1 20 0 1 34 3 1 33 0 1 3 8 4 1 47 0 1 4 1 4 1 60 0 1 4 5 5 1 73 0 1 4 9 5 1 86 0 1 5 3 5 2 00 0 2 5 6 6 2 13 0 2 6 0 6 MAIN CHANGE SA
209. ameter window on the right side of the display However there is no waveform displayed Diastolic Value 1 11 1 Ane Limits and ADULT 87 Unt Time of Last Measurement and Cuff Size Mean Value Systolic Value 679A NBP Parameter Label and Windows The current systolic diastolic and mean values are displayed Limits and the units of measure may also be displayed The limits displayed are labeled S systolic D diastolic M mean The cuff size and time of the last measurement are also displayed Time is displayed on a 24 hour clock During a measurement the cuff inflation pressure updated every second is shown in place of the mean value If auto mode is on a countdown timer is displayed in the lower left corner when the time interval set or the time interval remaining is 60 minutes or less The timer counts down in minutes the last minute is counted down in seconds 13 6 Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A NBP The NBP values change to Xs if no NBP monitoring has taken place for two hours in Adult ICU mode 15 minutes in Operating Room mode or 12 hours in Neonatal ICU mode NOTE When using a Patient Data Module the NBP parameter window will not display until a patient cable is connected Once a patient cable is connected the NBP parameter window is displayed until the monitor is discharged NOTE When using a TRAM module the NBP parameter window is displayed even if a patient cable is no
210. an water and seek medical attention WARNING PHYSICAL INJURY Do not hang equipment or accessories on the IV pole that are not related to the Patient Data Module s use Excessive equipment or accessories may cause the IV pole to become unbalanced and tip over A falling IV pole could seriously hurt or fatally injure neonatal or other vulnerable patients WARNING PHYSICAL INJURY Do not mount the Patient Data Module more than 147 cm 58 in from the floor when mounting on an IV pole with a base not less than 58 cm 23 in in diameter Doing so may cause the IV pole to become unbalanced and tip over A falling IV pole could seriously hurt or fatally injure neonatal or other vulnerable patients 2026265 039A Solar 8000M i 3 7 WARNING POWER SUPPLY The device must be connected to a properly installed power outlet with protective earth contacts only If the installation does not provide for a protective earth conductor disconnect the monitor from the power line and operate it on battery power if possible All devices of a system must be connected to the same power supply circuit Devices which are not connected to the same circuit must be electrically isolated when operated electrically isolated RS232 interface WARNING PROTECTED LEADWIRES Only use protected leadwires and patient cables with this monitor The use of unprotected leadwires and patient c
211. apter on page 19 11 Use this menu option to open a popup menu to select a sweep speed for the displayed CO waveform Choices are 6 25 default 12 5 25 and 50 millimeters per second CO2 Calibrate Adapter Speed Zero the Capnostat Sensor A sensor must be zeroed calibrated whenever it 18 connected to a Capnostat module and whenever CAL SENSOR TO ZERO CELL or NOT CALIBRATED is displayed The sensor cable has two cells as shown in the figure below One is marked 0 zero and the other is marked REF reference Capnostat Sensor This end must be connected to the module b 1 9 i REF amp 0 Cell Cell 791A Zeroing the Sensor To zero the sensor 1 Remove the adapter from the sensor but be certain that the sensor cable is still connected to the module 2 Ensure that the cell windows are clean and dry See Capnostat Sensor and Adapter Cleaning on page 19 11 3 Place the sensor on the cell marked 0 See the figure above 4 Select the CAL SENSOR TO ZERO CELL option from the CO menu A popup menu opens with the options READY and ABORT 5 Select READY The message CALIBRATING is displayed in the CO parameter window When calibration is complete the popup menu clears and an EXP value of 0 is displayed in place of the message 6 Remove the sensor from the 0 cell and place it on the REF cell An EXP value of 38 mmHg 2 mmHg is displayed If the value is
212. arm levels select ARRHYTHMIA ALARM LEVEL from the Alarm Control menu An information window is displayed showing a list of the arrhythmia calls on the left with their corresponding alarm levels on the right A popup menu also opens The software package and the monitor default settings determine what arrhythmias are listed Most arrhythmia alarms can be moved to other levels See Selecting Options from Scroll Lists on page 1 17 Any changes made with the Arrhythmia Alarm Level menu option are temporary and revert to the default settings upon patient discharge NOTE In the Basic software package only Asystole VFIB VTAC and V Tach appear Only V Tach can be moved to another level All other arrhythmia calls appear and are adjustable in the Cardiac software package NOTE Asystole and ventricular fibrillation V FIB V TAC cannot be moved in the Adult ICU or Neonatal ICU mode Parameter Alarm Level Parameter alarms are assigned to one of four patient status alarm categories The Parameter Alarm Level option allows you to view and reassign parameter alarms to other levels To move a parameter alarm to another level use the PARAMETER ALARM LEVEL option and follow the procedure described in the Selecting Options from Scroll Lists See Selecting Options from Scroll Lists on page 1 17 Any changes made with this menu option are temporary and revert to the default settings upon patient discharge NOTE No waveforms are stored i
213. ased on the patient monitor mode MAIN CHANGE REQUEST RECALL ADMIT ADMIT MENU ADMIT INFO ADMIT INFO DEFAULT HELP PATIENT PREVIOUS UNITS OF SET UNIT SET BED GRAPH MENU MEASURE NAME NUMBER LOCATION 544A Adult ICU and Neonatal ICU Admit Menu Rover Application MAIN CHANGE REQUEST RECALL NEW MENU ADMIT INFO ADMIT INFO DEFAULT CASE PREVIOUS UNITS OF SET UNIT SET BED GRAPH MENU MEASURE NAME NUMBER LOCATION c i s 2 546A Operating Room Admit Menu Rover Application All menu options are described in the Admit Menu Options section in this chapter Combo Admit Menu In the Combo application the monitor is permanently assigned to a room and patient data can be obtained from a module or from telemetry NOTE The room must have a network connection to use telemetry Below are the Combo admit menus with options based on the patient monitor mode NOTE It is unlikely that this application would be used when the monitor is set for Operating Room mode However the Operating Room admit menu is shown below for your reference 2026265 039A Solar 8000M i 6 9 Admit View A Patient ADMIT PATIENT ADMIT HELP MAIN CHANGE REQUEST RECALL MENU ADMIT INFO ADMIT INFO DEFAULT PREVIOUS UNITS OF ECG SOURCE MENU MEASURE MONITOR 547 Adult ICU and Neonatal ICU Admit Menu Combo Application MAIN CHANGE REQU
214. at the unit name which appears at the top right of the display CCU ICU etc is correct If it is not correct select the SET UNIT NAME option An information window is displayed indicating the available unit names Select the correct unit name and verify that it appears at the top of the display NOTE If a unit name has not been entered X s appear at the top of the display where the unit name normally appears NOTE If the monitor is not on the network a text entry popup menu opens You can enter the unit name manually This menu option is found in the Rover and Rover Combo admit menus Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Admit View A Patient Recall Default ECG Source Graph Location Set Unit Name Set Bed Number 6 14 Admit View A Patient Having the correct bed number is important in identifying the monitor on the network Verify that the bed number which appears at the top right of the display is correct If it is not correct select the SET BED NUMBER option An information window is displayed indicating the available bed numbers Select the correct bed number If the bed number you need is not listed select CREATE NEW BED A text entry popup menu opens in which you can enter the bed number manually NOTE If a bed number has not been entered X s appear at the top of the display where the bed number normally appears NOTE If the monitor is not on the network a text entry popup menu opens
215. ates the EFUP period in years as explained below Check the symbol on your equipment for its EFUP period This symbol indicates the product contains hazardous materials in excess of the limits established by the Chinese standard SJ T11363 2006 Requirements for Concentration Limits for Certain Hazardous Substances in Electronic Information Products The number in the symbol is the Environment friendly User Period EFUP which indicates the period during which the toxic or hazardous substances or elements contained in electronic information products will not leak or mutate under normal operating conditions so that the use of such electronic information products will not result in any severe environmental pollution any bodily injury or damage to any assets The unit of the period is Year In order to maintain the declared EFUP the product shall be operated normally according to the instructions and environmental conditions as defined in the product manual and periodic maintenance schedules specified in Product Maintenance Procedures shall be followed strictly Consumables or certain parts may have their own label with an EFUP value less than the product Periodic replacement of those consumables or parts to maintain the declared EFUP shall be done in accordance with the Product Maintenance Procedures This product must not be disposed of as unsorted municipal waste and must be collected separately and handled properly after decommissioning Thi
216. aximum charge level solid outlined portion represents the maximum charge level for the battery As the battery wears this level becomes a smaller percentage of the full rated capacity shown by the dashed line m The dashed outlined portion represents the full rated capacity of an older battery that has lost some of its capacity due to aging NOTE A battery not present icon is displayed when a Patient Data Module without the battery is connected to the monitor This is shown as a battery capacity gauge with an X drawn over it 2026265 039A Solar 8000M i l 3 Appendix PDM Battery New battery fully charged New battery approximately 60 charged Old battery fully charged with approximately 40 of its capacity lost due to age Old battery charged to approximately 75 of its current capacity less than half of its new capacity Battery status in question Refer to the BATTERY STATUS information window for specifics Battery not present icon Indicates the battery is not installed in the Patient Data Module 635C Capacity Gauge on the Battery Press the TEST button on the PDM battery to check the percentage of charge capacity remaining see table below 848A PDM Battery l 4 Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Appendix Battery Name Description A Battery Charge Test Button Press this button to illuminate the charge LEDs and check the approximate percent
217. ayed If monitoring CO on the host monitor be sure that CO waveform is positioned in the sixth seventh or eighth waveform position on the host monitor Due to the slower CO waveform sweep speed waveforms adjacent to or beneath the CO waveform on the viewed patient display will not appear If monitoring Vent and or RM on the viewed monitor the waveforms are not sent to the host monitor for viewing The parameter windows however are sent to the host monitor for display ST trends and complexes are not sent to the host monitor If the CRG Plus display is currently on at the viewed monitor two waveforms and six parameter windows are sent to the host monitor The CRG Plus display is not sent Monitor Setup for Viewing Other Patients The Solar 8000M i monitor must be set up to view other patients on alarm This section describes how to set up the monitor to view other patients Certain aspects of viewing other patients can be set as monitor defaults on the host monitor These settings are applied to all viewed patients and are recalled when a patient is discharged from the host monitor Solar 8000M i 6 23 Default Settings Overview 2026265 039A All beds in a host bed s care unit are set to the same default settings as the host bed The default for all View On Alarm settings is Off for any bed outside a host bed s care unit Follow these steps to access the
218. b to SELECT parameter labels and menu options Related menu options will appear A message line describing the highlighted menu option is displayed ew Select to return to main menu PREVIOUS menu Select to display previous menu Selecting HELP from a popup menu will display aninformation window NEXT CLOSE WINDOW WINDOW Learn the Monitor Information Window The six Mentor information windows are Skin Prep and Electrode Placement Silencing Alarms and Graphing NBP Procedure and Zero Reference Procedure Operating the Monitor Patient Status Alarms System Status Alarms When the Mentor information window is open Trim Knob control and or touchscreen operation is in the information window NEXT WINDOW and PREVIOUS WINDOW enable movement forward and backward through the six windows CLOSE WINDOW closes the Mentor information window Mentor information windows cannot be printed To find out what software revisions versions are installed in your system select the 5 19 Solar 8000M i REVISION AND ID option from the MONITOR SETUP menu Software Revision 2026265 039A Monitor Setup SOFTWARE REVISION DISPLAY STANDARD MONITOR epp Find the Solar 8000M i software 2002131 016 VER 5 0 22bECO6 d c RAC 1 COMM version here This line indicates 404669 007 VER 60 06SEPyu software version 5 0 RAC 1 DAS 404671 008 VER 6C 31JUL96 RAC 2 COMM Find the Patient Data Module or TRAM mod
219. be silenced in other modes depending on the alarm level set for the REMOTE SILENCE default setting in Monitor Defaults LAST EVENT retrieves the last arrhythmia event from the alarming bed The event is then displayed in a standard history display with an OK popup menu Solar 8000M i 6 27 View Alarm 2026265 039A When selected the popup menu clears the history display and returns to the view other beds on alarm menu VITAL SIGNS displays the vital signs for the alarming bed in the standard vital signs menu and information window There is no Main Menu option Use the Previous Menu option to return to the View Other Beds on Alarm menu GRAPHIC TRENDS displays the graphic trends information for the alarming bed in the standard graphic trends menu and information window There is no Main Menu option Use the Previous Menu option to return to the View Other Beds on Alarm menu NOTE This manual contains more information about the Vital Signs and Graphic Trends menus See Chapter 10 Admit View A Patient View On Alarm Options Select VIEW ON ALARM OPTIONS to display a new menu with options for viewing other beds on alarm MAIN VIEW OTHER BEDS SEND AUTO ALERT MENU ON ALARM OFF VIEWS OFF TONE OFF PREVIOUS CONFIGURE MENU AUTO VIEW ON ALARM CONFIGURATION 586A The choices in the menu are VIEW OTHER BEDS ON ALARM opens a popup menu that allows you to turn this feature ON and O
220. c e de at is Initial Inflation Pressure Custom Defaults 0 Auto NBP Cancellation Notification Extended NBP Alarm Silence Troubleshooting NBP Status Solar 8000M i 13 2026265 039A SPO 14 1 Introduction a NEETA EREEREER A 14 2 Safety olco E 14 Safety Messages 14 4 Measurements ii aene tette tee ee RR e RR ne es es 14 6 Neonates and 14 6 6606151 od Coal ee be 14 7 Masimo SET 14 7 No Implied License 14 7 Masimo SET Module PWR Indicator Light 14 7 SpO2 Monitoring Features 14 8 SpO2 Information 14 8 Getting to the SpO2 14 9 SpO2 Menu Options 14 10 SZ ita e LA a Se eua ed 14 10 Hale dirette m ota llb celo abc ous Ces tite Rubeus Et d 14 11 Rate ene es c RR E qe 14 11 SPO Limits ibo eM ib Rus ig 14 11 Sat Seconds eee 14 12
221. c view on alarm situation The monitor on which you are viewing is called the host The patient data for the host monitor is always shown on the right The viewed patient s data is always shown on the left The message VIEWED PATIENT appears at the bottom of the viewed patient portion of the display The unit and bed numbers are shown for both the host and viewed patient portions The first six parameter windows and up to four waveforms are displayed for the viewed patient NOTE The touchscreen option does not function on the viewed patient portion of the display All functions are operational for the host monitor Two seconds of waveform data are displayed If you access a function with an information window e g limits the viewed patient data is temporarily overwritten by the information window Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Admit View A Patient 9 MAY 2002 10 00 SICU BED2 SICU BED5 MARTIN 60 68 1327 70 31 d 20 XZ xX PN PN IT 20 0 367 392111 30 0 wae 72 MAIN VIEW ON ALARM MENU OPTIONS PREVIOUS SELECT A BED SELECT ANOTHER GRAPH VIEWED MENU TO VIEW CARE UNIT VIEWED BED PATIENT DATA 570B Viewed Patient Display Here are some guidelines to remember when viewing another patient m Make sure the monitor to be viewed is admitted If the monitor is discharged waveforms are not displayed Parameter windows and the message DISCHARGED are displ
222. cable or interconnect cable processor unit to display 15 pin 3 row Dsub male connector standard VGA pinout Connector s 15 pin 3 row Dsub female connector standard VGA pinout or 5 BNC connectors Emissions CISPR 22 Agency Approvals IEC 60950 1 UL 60950 1 CAN CSA C22 2 No 60950 00 CE See Non Medical Grade Displays on page H 12 Recommended Specifications for Non Medical Grade CRT Displays The following are recommended specifications Monitor Display 12 inch to 19 inches typical Size Input Voltage Range 90 254 VAC 50 60 Hz Controls On Off Brightness Contrast Environmental Operating Temperature 10 to 40 degrees C Humidity 10 to 95 non condensing Bandwidth 60 MHz minimum Dot Pitch 0 28 mm maximum Misconvergence 0 3 mm maximum Non linearity Geometric Distortion 2 maximum Luminance lt 40 foot lamberts at screen center with 20 white screen CRT Anti glare coating and transmissiveness of approximately 5796 Mounts If the monitor display will be mounted it must accommodate GCX or equivalent mounting GCX Corporation 32 Pamaron Way Novato CA 94949 415 883 2551 2026265 039A Solar 8000M i H 13 Appendix 4 Technical Specifications Required Specifications for Non Medical Grade Digital Flat Panel Displays The following are required specifications Electrical Horizontal Sync Rate 48 4 KHz see note Sync Input TTL negative Vertical Refresh Rate 60 Hz see n
223. cation As a result GE will only install non medical grade displays with appropriate isolation transformers See the following information Isolation Transformers Powervar has designed an isolation transformer specifically for this application Powervar headquarters listed below will process orders and drop ship to any destination requested When calling Powervar identify yourself as a GE representative customer to receive the GE partnership discount Powervar 28457 North Ballard Drive Suite C Lake Forest Illinois 60045 Phone 847 816 8585 Fax 847 816 8988 Contact your local sales service representative for part numbers and unit information Required Specifications for Non Medical Grade CRT Displays The following are required specifications Electrical Horizontal Sync Rate 48 4 KHz see note Sync Input TTL negative Vertical Refresh Rate 60 Hz see note Sync Input TTL negative Video Non composite 0 7Vp p analog RGB Polarity Black negative Resolution 1024 x 768 Input Impedance 75 ohms H 12 Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Appendix H Technical Specifications NOTE Multiscan displays indicate the sync rate and the refresh rate as ranges e g 20 KHz to 80 KHz rather than a single value To meet the required specifications ensure that the ranges indicated on your display include a 48 4 KHz horizontal sync rate and a 60 Hz vertical refresh rate Monitor Display Connections Captive
224. cators 6 70 a Heart Rate Alarm 150 Limits PVC Count Full J 60ms Arrhythmia Only Il 0 2 nm I 0 0 0 2 ST Measurement lli 0 0 AVL 0 0 Point AVF 00 V5 0 1 50 ST Analysis Data 754A ECG Parameter Window Large Pk 70 ECG PVC 0 J 60ms 02mm 882A ECG Parameter Window Small The parameter window displays the current heart rate pacemaker indicators PVC count full arrhythmia only and the ECG lead with the greatest ST deviation when ST analysis is on NOTE The anterior ANT inferior INF and lateral LAT ST data as shown above is only displayed when ST is selected as the parameter 2 default in the Default Parameter Priority window See Setup Default Parameter Priority on page 5 14 The monitor displays alarm limits but you can choose to turn them off in monitor defaults A QRS indicator flashing heart and a flashing asterisk for each detected pacemaker spike when pacemaker detection is on are also displayed Use the ECG parameter menu to make changes during monitoring ECG Menu Getting to the ECG Menu To display the ECG menu select the ECG parameter window The ECG menu is then displayed at the bottom of the screen 2026265 039A Solar 8000M i 11 5 MAIN DISPLAY ECG SIZE DETECT PACE ECG VIEW ALL UPDATE MENU LEAD II 1X OFF LIMITS ECG LEAD SET ARRHYTHMIA REL
225. causes the monitor to automatically guide you through the Inject Temp Size and Inject Vol options to assure that your setup is the one you want You do not need to enter a computation constant because the software calculates one based on the manufacturer selected and the temperature size and volume settings The computation constant appears in the Cardiac Output window after the first CO injection is complete NOTE It is recommended that a catheter change be made before an injection is begun If you make a change after one or more cardiac output trials have been done the trials will be deleted This does not affect any calculations already saved Select CATHETER from the CO menu A popup menu opens Choices are EDWARDS ABBOTT BD Becton Dickinson ARROW and OTHER Select the manufacturer of choice The monitor automatically opens the Inject Temp Size and Volume popup menus Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Cardiac Output Auto Mode Use PAW PAD LA Catheter 15 12 Cardiac Output NOTE Selecting OTHER opens the Computation Constant popup menu You must manually enter the computation constant found in the literature for the catheter you are using Injectate Temperature The temperature of the injectate is determined by the type of sensor used either in line or bath probe It is important to have the monitor set for the type of sensor being used to assure a valid CO reading Changing this option causes the mo
226. ccess the CO menu with the Cardiac Output button MAIN DELETE CARDIAC CARDIAC BT PRINT AUTO MODE MENU CO TRIALS CALCS OUTPUT NOW LIMITS CO CURVE ON USE CATHETER INJECT TEMP SIZE INJECT VOL COMPUTATION CARDIAC PAW EDWARDS IN LINE 15 10CC CONSTANT OUTPUT HELP 7028 Cardiac Output Menu DELETE CO TRIALS Deletes those trials that are not acceptable CARDIAC CALCS Enters the cardiac calculations program CARDIAC OUTPUT NOW Performs one measurement each time this option is selected Use this option when the auto mode is off m BT LIMITS A new menu is displayed with an information window to adjust blood temperature limits There is also a menu option to change units between Celsius and Fahrenheit PRINT CO CURVE Prints a copy of the cardiac output washout curve AUTO MODE Turns Auto Mode off and on USE PAW Select PAW PAD or LA to be factored in the cardiac calculations CATHETER Selects the catheter type INJECT TEMP Selects the injectate temperature probe in line or bath SIZE Changes the catheter French size INJECT VOL Adjusts the injectate volume COMPUTATION CONSTANT Used to enter a different computation constant m CARDIAC OUTPUT HELP Displays an information window with troubleshooting information Changing these after one or more trials have been performed will erase the trials Detailed information on each option in
227. change after one or more cardiac output trials have been done the trials will be deleted This does not affect any calculations already saved 2026265 039A Solar 8000M i 15 13 Cardiac Output Computation Constant This option is used for brands of catheters other than those listed in the catheter option Consult the catheter manufacturer s package insert to find the recommended computation constant Select COMPUTATION CONSTANT from the CO menu A popup menu opens Use the number buttons on the keypad or remote control rotate the Trim Knob control or use the touchscreen arrows to change the number displayed in the popup menu Press the Trim Knob control or touch the COMPUTATION CONSTANT option to confirm the change and close the popup menu The CC value displayed on the left in the waveform area does not reflect the change until the first cardiac output trial is complete The catheter menu option reads CATHETER OTHER NOTE If you select this option and make a change after one or more cardiac output trials have been done the trials will be deleted This does not affect any calculations already saved The computation constant reads 0 000 when the cable is first connected and prior to the first injection If you manually set this option to 0 000 you will not be able to complete a cardiac output trial When you manually enter a computation constant the other menu options Inject Vol Inject Temp and Size are not neede
228. chnician s ID number NOTE This option can be set to MANDATORY OPTIONAL or OFF in the Setup Display Defaults window If it is set to MANDATORY a manual 12 lead analysis cannot be taken until an ID number is entered If it is set to OFF 12SL goes directly into analysis The factory default setting is OPTIONAL OPTION FIELD Opens a popup menu in which you can enter a two digit option number ORDER NUMBER Opens a popup menu in which you can enter up to nine digits for the order number RETURN Selecting RETURN initiates one 12 lead ECG analysis m REVIEW 12 LEAD ECG TO TRANSMIT OR PRINT Opens a popup menu to transmit print or delete the analysis The last analysis is available to print until another 12 lead analysis is generated Transmission of a 12 lead report is only allowed once LEAD AUTO Opens a popup menu to program the monitor to m 2 automatically do 12 lead ECG analysis at specified time intervals A MUSE system is required for automatic printing and storage or a local laser printer is required for automatic printing without a MUSE system ADMIT MENU Opens an information window to enter or change patient information name age ID etc Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A ECG 11 28 ECG 12 LEAD ECG HELP Displays an information window with a summary of the process for 12 lead ECG analysis along with a popup menu containing
229. cludes options available with all software packages Your institution may not have purchased all software packages 2026265 039A Display Defaults ADULT INDV 6 WFS TRANSDUCER 1 V1 OFF FULL Lethal for Basic OFF ON MULTI LEAD V5 V1 V5 OFF OFF 1 V5 1 J 60 MS 25 ART OFF OFF OFF CONTINUOUS ON Appendix A Adult ICU Mode Defaults Adult ICU Mode Defaults Patient Age Display Mode Color Format Primary ECG ECG Waveform 2 Min Arrhyth Level Arrhythmia Detect Pace Arterial Rate Lead Analysis ECG 5 Lead V ECG 6 Lead VA ECG 6 Lead VB ST Analysis ST Templates ST Template 1 ST Template 2 ST Template 3 Adjust ST Point 12 LD on ST History ECG WF Speed Graph Waveform 2 Graph Waveform 3 Graph Waveform 4 Alarm Graph Timed Graph ART Disconnect Solar 8000M i A 2 Appendix A Adult ICU Mode Defaults A 3 Display Defaults ON 160 60 30 30 30 160 25 50 6 25 15 100 OFF 160 mmHg with TRAM module 135 mmHg with Patient Data Module 140 mmHg with TRAM module 125 mmHg with Patient Data Module 110 mmHg with TRAM module 100 mmHg with Patient Data Module EDWARDS IN LINE 7 5 10CC ON 0 40 N20 0 60 OFF 25 25 OFF Smart BP Arterial Scale PA Scale CVP RA UVC Scale LA Scale ICP Scale SP Scale B
230. control or touch the ECG SIZE option to close the popup menu ECG Size ECG mV div on Graph Printout The ECG size set on the display prints these ECG mV div per graticule on the graph printout m 4X 0 125mV div m 2X 0 25mV div 1X 0 5 mV div Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A 11 8 ECG m 0 5X 1 0mV div Detect Pace Safety Considerations Be aware of the following when monitoring a patient with a pacemaker WARNING FALSE CALLS False low heart rate indicators or false asystole calls may result with certain pacemakers because of electrical overshoots WARNING MONITORING PACEMAKER PATIENTS Monitoring of pacemaker patients can only occur with the pace program activated WARNING PACEMAKER SPIKE An artificial pacemaker spike is displayed in place of the actual pacemaker spike All pacemaker spikes appear upright and uniform Do not diagnostically interpret pacemaker spike size and shape WARNING PATIENT HAZARD A pacemaker pulse can be counted as a QRS during asystole in either pace mode Keep pacemaker patients under close observation WARNING RATE METERS Keep pacemaker patients under close observation Rate meters may continue to count the pacemaker rate during cardiac arrest and some arrhythmias Therefore do not rely entirely on rate meter alarms 2026265 039A Solar 8000M i 11 9 CAUTION FDA POSTMARKET SAFE
231. cs Menu and Information Window If a set of calculations was previously saved many of the values will be displayed without a date and time This is intended to speed entry of another set of calculations since only some of the parameters are usually affected A date and time are displayed when the first change is made If a date and time are displayed with the values it means that the last set of calculations was never saved Use the SAVE CALC option to save the set to vital signs Exit the program using the Main Menu option then reenter This must be done to clear the date and time from the calculation Change Value Select CHANGE VALUE from the Pulmonary Calcs menu to enter or changed monitored values in the information window A popup menu opens and the pointer and RETURN option are displayed at the top of the information window Move the pointer to the parameter you want to enter or change Press the Trim Knob control once or touch the CHANGE VALUE option If no previous value is displayed a default value is displayed Rotate the Trim Knob control or use the touchscreen arrows to change the value Press the Trim Knob control or touch the CHANGE VALUE option to enter the value Calculated values are displayed as the data used to obtain them is entered Select RETURN when all desired values are entered The popup menu closes and the Return option clears from the information window 2026265 039A Solar 8000M i 10 15
232. ct a scale for the ventilator flow waveform liters per minute Gas analyzers provide two parameter windows one with CO information and the other with gas information Each parameter window may have a parameter menu The data in the parameter windows may be organized differently depending on the peripheral device connected NOTE Only one CO parameter can be displayed at one time on the monitor The monitor recognizes the first CO source and ignores any subsequent ones Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Interfaces Ventilators Gas Analyzers 20 10 Interfaces 02 CO2 RR 2 N20 HAL GAS 45 01 8 40 22 E 41 39 c 38 18 CO Parameter Window Gas Parameter Window MAIN SCALE 602 UNITS 02 UNITS SPEED MENU 50 MMHG 6 25 LJ 865 866 amp 867 SCALE Opens a popup menu to change the scale of the CO waveform on the monitor UNITS Opens a popup menu to change the units of measure for the applicable parameter SPEED Opens a popup menu to change the sweep speed of the CO waveform on the display MAIN UNITS REVIEW GAS MENU DATA LJ eee o Gas Parameter Menu 868A UNITS Opens a popup menu to change the units of measure for all the gas parameters REVIEW GAS DATA Enter the tabular trends vital signs program to view stored gas data Continuous Cardiac Output A parameter wi
233. d The leads are classified in groups anterior lateral and inferior ECG This is the ST data from a 150 5 leadwire cable 50 If a 10 leadwire cable and an SL module are used all the precordial leads V1 V6 are included 754A A fO Il 0 2 mm INF LAT 0 0 0 2 Il 0 0 AVL 0 0 AVF 0 0 V5 0 1 px PVC 0 J 60ms ANT Large ECG Parameter Window with ST Analysis On The leads associated with each group are Anterior ANT V1 V2 V3 V4 Inferior INF II AVF Lateral LAT I AVL V5 V6 There is also an individual ST value displayed under each ECG lead label for each ECG waveform displayed on the screen 11 19 Solar 8000M i ST Analysis Numerics 2026265 039A ST numerics change to X if the monitor does not observe a rhythm that sufficiently matches the learned rhythm during the most recent 30 seconds of monitoring If this rhythm is not an arrhythmia the monitor will resume display of ST values in about 30 seconds Numerics are updated approximately every two seconds Negative deviations are always preceded by a minus sign NOTE This option is part of the Cardiac software package Additionally there is an ST display comprised of three 30 minute ST trends and three ECG complexes See the figure below The leads for this display are selectable and can be set in monitor defaults This display is treated as a wav
234. d You may change them to reflect your setup but they have no effect on the software Cardiac Output Help Selecting this option opens a popup menu and an information window The information window contains technique tips as well as some possible reasons for an unstable baseline message Press the Trim Knob control or use the touchscreen to close the popup menu and the information window Troubleshooting Procedural Prompts and Messages During the injection procedure you may see some of the following prompts and messages displayed on the screen They are listed alphabetically CO COMPLETE The numeric value of the CO has been calculated and is displayed on the screen COMPUTING CO CO waveform has been displayed and now the monitor is preparing the numeric results 15 14 Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Cardiac Output INJECT NOW The stat CARDIAC OUTPUT NOW option has been selected Make your injection immediately INJECT WHEN READY The Auto Mode is on and the monitor has detected a stable baseline temperature Make your injection when ready PLEASE WAIT The monitor is searching for a stable baseline temperature PUSH CO NOW OR TURN AUTO ON Auto Mode is off You can use the CARDIAC OUTPUT NOW menu option or turn Auto Mode on with the AUTO MODE menu option Error Messages CO IS TOO LOW TO DISPLAY or CO IS TOO HIGH TO DISPLAY The cardiac output range that the monitor is able to calculate is 0 2L to 20L NO CO DU
235. d UO is displayed for urometer devices There is no parameter menu UO 36 C 320ml TOTAL VOL 872A Urometer Parameter Window NOTE Temperature is displayed and trended as an indicator of core temperature Anesthesia Machines Up to three parameter windows and menus may appear on the monitor when interfacing with an anesthesia machine CO GAS and VNT 20 12 Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Interfaces This manual contains examples of these parameter windows and associated parameter menus See Ventilators on page 20 10 See Gas Analyzers on page 20 10 A parameter window labeled BIS is displayed for the BIS monitor There is no parameter menu BIS BIS sam 2 43 5 E EMG BIS BIS Parameter Window Normal Active BIS Message Window 591A 592A Up to four parameter windows can be displayed when interfacing with a NICO non invasive cardiac output monitor RM respiratory mechanics SpO and NICO NOTE Refer to the individual chapters in this manual for information on and SpO parameters SpO from NICO includes a waveform and associated Size and Speed menu options For information on the RM parameter refer to the Respiratory Mechanics Module Operator s Manual RM from NICO does not include PEEPi or WOBm CI 34 co NICO SV 82 PCBF 5 3 6 2 NICO Parameter Window a NICO Parameter Menu 593A 594A m CARDIAC CALCS Enter th
236. d temp modules can be placed in the bottom two slots slot 3 and slot 4 of a Tram rac housing See Features of the Housing on page 2 13 Housing Connectors All housings have a Tram net connector Except for the Tram rac 2 housing all housings also have an analog output connector The analog output connector provides data from the monitor to other user supplied equipment Depending on the type of Tram rac housing the connectors may be located on the front the back or both See Tram rac Housing on page E 3 The Tram net connectors are on the back panel 2 12 Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Equipment Overview Analog Output Connector Two Tram net Connectors X 508A Back Panel of Tram rac 4A Housing The Tram rac 2 housing does not have an analog output connector The Tram net connector is on the back TRAM RAC2 JE Tram net Connector 510A Front and Back Panels of Tram rac 2 Housing The housing has slots that are used to hold modules Modules occupy either one or two slots All TRAM modules occupy two slots and must be placed in the top two slots of the housing There are numbers on each side of each slot on the housing These numbers have significance when duplicate parameters are being monitored The number displayed with the parameter label on the monitor 1 6 ART1 PA2 indicates that the module is in the same numbered slot For example if yo
237. displayed Heart rate is the default if none were previously selected The trend data automatically updates while it is being displayed The frequency of the update depends on the time period selected See Time Period on page 10 9 Press the Graph Go Stop button to print the displayed trends Select Parameters To select parameters for graphic trends choose the SELECT PARAMETERS option from the Graphic Trends menu A popup menu and the Vital Signs information window are displayed VITAL SIGNS 21 DEC 2000 13 10 21 DEC 21 DEC 21 DEC 21 DEC 6 gt RETURN 12 00 12 15 12 30 12 45 13 00 68 68 68 68 70 o 0 0 0 0 1 5 132 132 132 132 2 AR1D 70 70 70 70 71 AR1M 92 92 92 92 91 AR R 68 68 68 68 0 PAZS 31 31 31 30 PA2 D 13 3 13 3 PAZM 20 20 20 20 19 RR SPO2 SPO2 R TP1 1 TP1 2 ALARMS OFF 0 TMP MAIN PRESET VIEW VIEW MENU TRENDS OLDER NEWER PREVIOUS MENU 607B Select Parameters Popup Menu and Information Window 10 8 Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Patient Data To mark a parameter for displaying or plotting select it with the Trim Knob control or touchscreen In the above example HR is highlighted because it is the default Up to three parameters can be selected Selecting a fourth will un
238. displayed in popup menu and the current ST value for each lead in the group m The deviation range can be changed to tighten or loosen the limits The TREND SCALE option opens a popup menu with alternative scale choices for real time ST trends The popup menu options are 8 MM 6 MM 4 MM and 2 MM Use the Trim Knob control or touchscreen to make your selection and close the popup menu NOTE Trends displayed on a 2 or 4 mm scale print on a 3 mm scale Trends displayed on a 6 or 8 mm scale print on a 6 mm scale Opens a popup menu where you can select the VA lead See Identify VA Lead and Identify VB Lead on page 11 39 NOTE If you are performing a 12RL analysis you must set IDENTIFY VA LEAD to V1 and IDENTIFY VB LEAD to VS This manual contains more information for 12RL analysis See Using 12RL Interpolated 12 lead Analysis on page 11 31 Opens a popup menu where you can select the VB lead See Identify VB Lead on page 11 40 NOTE If you are performing a 12RL analysis you must set IDENTIFY VA LEAD to V1 and IDENTIFY VB LEAD to V5 This manual contains more information for 12RL analysis See Using 12141 Interpolated 12 lead Analysis on page 11 31 Solar 8000M i 11 25 Trend Scale Identify VA Lead Identify VB Lead 2026265 039A The ST DISPLAY option opens a popup menu in which you can choose up to three leads for the ST trends and complexes display Options for a 5 leadwire patient cable are I
239. ds of individual traces Sweep speed2 34 mm s 43 mm s Number of traces Display organization Waveform display Information window Number of seconds trace Display gain and sweep speeds Gain1 13 mm mV 17 5 mm mV 1ECG size at 1X 2 ECG waveform speed at 25 mm s 3 2 in 8 1 cm 13 9 in 35 4 cm 13 2 in 33 4 cm 12 3 Ibs 5 6 kg I Il Ill V1 to V6 aVR aVL and aVF Twelve 1 Il Ill V1 to V6 aVR aVL and aVF Identifies failed electrodes and switches to those intact Active electrodes 30 nA each referenced electrode 270 nA 0 5mV to 5 mV 40ms to 120ms Q to S 30 to 300 beats per minute 90 dB minimum at 60Hz 5 diagnostic mode 5 lt 30 uV referred to input H 3 Display size 15 in 19 in Physical specifications CPU Height Width Depth Weight Standard leads available Leads analyzed simultaneous Lead fail Lead fail sensing current Patient Data Module ECG Input Specification QRS detection range Signal width Heart rate range Common mode rejection Gain accuracy Linearity deviation Noise Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Monitoring mode 0 05 to 100Hz 0 05 to 40Hz 0 05 to 25Hz Diagnostic mode 0 05 to 150Hz Selectable at 1V mV Monitoring mode 240 samples second Diagnostic mode 500 samples second Heart rate averaging 8 4 beats Display update interval 2 seconds Response time lt 6 seconds Limit alarm delay
240. e The patient display automatically shifts to the individual display mode The fifth and sixth waveform displays are cleared and this space is dedicated to the cardiac output waveform An information window is displayed where the cardiac output trial information can be viewed Upon exiting the program the display returns to the previous configuration For each cardiac output trial the information window displays a review CO curve the derived CO value the patient s heart rate and other vital signs at the time of the cardiac output Any cardiac rhythm disturbances row labeled RHY are also noted Additionally if the patient s height and weight have been entered in cardiac calcs 15 6 Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Cardiac Output other calculated parameters for example are displayed To view all calculated parameters you need to enter cardiac calculations NOTE The last average CO value and time are cleared from the parameter window after the first new CO trial is completed Detailed information about the area of the screen where the waveform is displayed appears below Program messages and the washout The last CO trial value will be displayed here curve appear here until the next message is displayed INJ ECT WHEN READY CC 0 574 poe This is th line Look here following an injection to see what computation SIE baseline
241. e partial pressure of oxygen in arterial blood alveolar pressure pause pulmonary artery wedge pressure barometric pressure personal computer pulmonary capillary blood flow partial pressure of arterial carbon dioxide Patient Data Module end inspiratory pressure pediatric positive end expiratory pressure intrinsic positive end expiratory pressure peak expiratory flow pre ejection period hydrogen ion concentration peak inspiratory pressure partial pressure of oxygen partial pressure of arterial oxygen point of care plateau pressure patient respiration rate pulmonary pulmonary calculations premature ventricular complex partial pressure of oxygen in mixed venous pulmonary vascular resistance pulmonary vascular resistance index power Solar 8000M i J 9 PA PAD Pa FiO PAM PAUS PAW PAWP PBAR PC PCBF PCO pCO PDM PEAKP PED PEEP PEEPi PEF PEP pH PIP pO PPLAT PT RR PULM Pulm Calc PVC PvO gt PVR PVRI PWR 2026265 039A quality assurance interval of ventricular depolarization shunt fraction quantity rate right right arm right atrial random access memory resistance airway expiratory reference resistance respiration radio frequency reduced hemoglobin rhythm right leg respiratory mechanics remote alarm remote video read only memory respiration rate mechanical respiration rate spontaneo
242. e MAP respiration TcO and This display allows you to correlate changes in heart rate and breathing to oxygenation and hemodynamics The MAP and SpO data is displayed only when monitoring those parameters with an acquisition module NOTE CRG Plus is inactive when ECG is monitored from telemetry Combo or Rover Combo application The CRG Plus display format can be set to on in monitor defaults See Monitor Defaults on page 5 11 CRG Plus information can be displayed in a full mode common scale or individual mode separate scales Below is an example of the CRG Plus display portion of the monitor s screen All parameter windows continue to be displayed and three real time waveforms can also be displayed two above the CRG Plus display and one below 002 Trend o 200 80 HR SPO2 150 60 Heart Rate 100 40 Trend 50 20 Respiration ws ifl SE AMUN uuu BG 0 Waveform 771A CRG Plus Full Display Overview CRG Plus Full Display The figure above illustrates the full display mode which has left and right scales Parameter labels HR SPO2 etc are displayed on the same side as the scale used for that parameter For example the HR heart rate label is displayed on the left side therefore use the left scale to read the heart rate trend A maximum of four parameters can be displayed in the CRG Plus full
243. e The change does not take effect until the popup menu is closed NOTE The message ARR OFF appears in the ECG parameter window when arrhythmia is turned off This message is not displayed when the monitor is in Operating Room mode Turning arrhythmia on automatically starts a relearn procedure Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A 11 16 ECG The Setup Display window in Monitor Defaults offers a MIN ARRHYTH LEVEL setting With this setting you can control the minimum to which the arrhythmia can be set For example if you do not want minimum arrhythmia to be less than lethal you would select LETHAL as the default The Solar 8000M i monitor arrhythmia level cannot be set to less than its minimum arrhythmia level by itself or by any external device CIC transport monitor or telemetry beds If a telemetry bed s arrhythmia level is less than the bedside monitor s minimum arrhythmia level setting and the telemetry bed is chosen as the ECG source the Solar 8000M i monitor s arrhythmia level will remain at its current level However if the telemetry bed s arrhythmia level is greater than or equal to the Solar 8000 monitor s current arrhythmia level the arrhythmia level will not change Use the ARRHYTHMIA option in the ECG menu to select the desired arrhythmia level See Turning Arrhythmia On and Off on page 11 16 Lethal arrhythmias are Asystole VFib VTac and V Tach except in the Neonatal
244. e a new menu is displayed when ST ANALYSIS is turned on ST trends and complexes may also be displayed see above 11 21 Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A r 3 MAIN TURN ST PRINT STORE NEW ST TREND SCALE MENU OFF ST REFERENCES LIMITS 2 MM IDENTIFY VA IDENTIFY VB ST INITIATE 12 LEAD ON ST ADJUST LEAD V1 LEAD V1 DISPLAY HISTORY OFF ST POINT 647C ST Analysis Menu TURN ST OFF Turns ST analysis off and returns to the main menu PRINT ST Prints a copy of the displayed ST trends and complexes STORE NEW REFERENCES Displays a new set of reference complexes on the screen to use for visual references m STLIMITS Displays a menu and information window to set and adjust ST deviation limits TREND SCALE Selects another scale for the ST trends ST DISPLAY Changes the leads for the trends and complexes display INITIATE 12 LEAD ON ST HISTORY Allows or disallows the initiation of an automatic 12 lead analysis when an ST event is stored in history ADJUST ST POINT Adjusts the measurement point for ST IDENTIFY VA LEAD Opens a popup menu where you can select the VA lead See Identify VA Lead and Identify VB Lead on page 11 39 IDENTIFY VB LEAD Opens a popup menu where you can select the VB lead See Identify VB Lead on page 11 40 Select the PRINT ST option from the ST menu to print a copy of the real time trends and the real time complexes The reference c
245. e Monitor Defaults menu A popup menu and information window open DEFAULT PARAMETER PRIORITY gt RETURN PARAMETER 1 ECG PARAMETER 2 ECG PARAMETER 3 ART PARAMETER 4 PA PARAMETER 5 CVP PARAMETER 6 CO2 GAS RM Ee BIS X CVP ALARMS ART RA cco NiCO FEM UVC RESP EEG UAC LA TEMP BIS PA ICP POC CO2 SP TC VENT SVO2 UO MAY BE DISPLAYED AS REDUCED SIZE MAIN SETUP DEFAULT MENU ARRHYTHMIA ALARM LEVELS PREVIOUS SETUP DEFAULT SETUP DEFAULT CUSTOM MENU DISPLAY PARAMETER PRIORITY DEFAULTS 555C Setup Default Parameter Priority Popup Menu and Information Window 2 Select parameters for the various positions on the display 3 Select RETURN when you have finished The information window and popup menu close The PARAMETER selections in the top half of the window are displayed as full size parameter windows on the right side of the display You control the order in which they appear when you designate a parameter for each position The parameters listed in the lower half of the information window are displayed at the bottom of the screen only when there is no room on the right side Parameters designated with an asterisk can be displayed at reduced size in order to accommodate Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A 5 14 Monitor Setup up to eleven parameters The software automatically resizes a parameter window when necessary You can control the order in which parameter
246. e acetone or ketone solvents for cleaning do not use an autoclave or steam cleaner Cables and leadwires can be cleaned with a warm damp cloth and mild soap See General Cleaning on page 4 2 Also consult manufacturer instructions for cleaning methods and products For more intensive disinfecting near sterile Ethylene Oxide ETO is acceptable but will reduce the useful lifetime of the cable or leadwire Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A 4 6 Maintenance CAUTION The decision to sterilize must be made per your institution s requirements with an awareness of the effect on the integrity of the cable or leadwire For other applied parts such as temperature sensors catheters pulse oximetry probes etc you must consult the manufacturer for cleaning sterilization or disinfecting methods Other Internal Lithium Battery The Solar 8000M i processing unit contains a lithium battery This battery is used to retain factory default settings when AC power to the monitor is turned off If the lithium battery charge becomes low during normal operation the following message appears near the middle of the screen SERVICE MONITOR BATTERY ERROR Contact service if this message appears refer to the How to Reach Us page If the lithium battery fails when AC power to the monitor is turned off the following message will appear on the display when the monitor is turned on again ERROR THE INTERNAL BATTERY THAT MA
247. e analysis is done every X minutes for X hours and then it turns off automatically Select OFF at any time to turn off 12 lead analysis NOTE You can do a manual analysis in between scheduled automatic analyses without interrupting the sequence 5 Press the Trim Knob control or touch the 12 LEAD AUTO option to make the selection The first analysis begins immediately 12SL Interpretive Statement Codes Devices on the Unity Network that have not been updated to the latest version of 12SL software will not be able to print some interpretive statements Instead they will print Statement Not Found along with a corresponding number Below is a description of the statement code and its corresponding number 3 Age and gender specific ECG analysis 6 Leads V2 V4 and are interpolated 806 Consider right ventricular involvement in acute inferior infarct Using 12RL Interpolated 12 lead Analysis NOTE 12RL is available with a Patient Data Module only It is a purchased option NOTE 12RL is disabled when the monitor is set to Neonatal mode 2026265 039A Solar 8000M i 11 31 NOTE There are MUSE software versions that do not support 12RL 12 lead analysis reports If you attempt to send a report to a MUSE system that does not support it a message will appear on the Solar 8000M i monitor The GE 12RL program generates a 12 lead ECG report from a subset of the electrodes used to
248. e available BP waveform for graphing When this option is activated BP waveforms are the only parameters that can be graphed Waveforms are graphed on one scale using the full grid space You cannot change a BP selection while graphing The graph will stop when the Graph Go Stop button on the keypad or writer is pressed If the Timed Graph option is set to a specific run time rather than a continuous graph the BP waveform will stop graphing when the specified time is up If another type of graph is currently active the graph BP invasive selection will be ignored BP graphing goes to the manual graph window location See Graph BP Invasive on page 5 10 Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Pressures Full Scales Speed Graph BP Invasive 12 20 Pressures Troubleshooting For clinical level troubleshooting refer to the GE Critical Care Monitoring Clinical Reference and Troubleshooting Guide Pressure Message Appearing When Zeroing Invasive Pressure Lines Problem The message Pressure is appearing when zeroing invasive pressure lines Solution m Remove excessive tubing m Verify that the stopcock has been opened to the air m Re zero at the transducer stopcock See Zero Reference on page 12 5 If you are unable to zero at the transducer stopcock or remove any excessive tubing you should secure the excess tubing between the transducer and stopcock prior to zeroing Temporarily securing the tubing whi
249. e cardiac calculations program A parameter window labeled POC is displayed for point of care testing devices Solar 8000M i 20 13 BIS Monitor NICO Monitor POC Blood Gas Monitor 2026265 039A p02 2 pH 6 p02 2 pH 158 509 7 26 158 497 727 14 40 22 4 14 00 1 POC Parameter Window Normal POC Parameter Window with Alarms 598A amp 602A NOTE POC alarm data is displayed in bold numerics in the POC parameter window POC alarms cannot be changed from a message alarm level mum um EE EE POC Parameter Menu 603A VIEW DATA Enter the vital signs program to view stored POC data FAST LOOK Open an information window with all POC data at that point in time In the fast look information window POC data is displayed with a HI or LO value indicated Interfaces Software Compatibility Each Unity Network ID cable interface adapter is developed with specific peripheral device software This software information is found on the installation instructions that accompany the adapters Device Specific Information Dr ger Fabius GS Ventilators Be aware that software version 1 39 1 of the Drager Fabius GS ventilator does not supply the CO waveform to connected devices such as Unity Network ID The result of this is that the CO waveform will appear as a straight line and does not reflect the CO waveform as shown on the Fabius GS venti
250. e current alarm is silenced for 60 seconds and the message SILENCED is displayed on the screen The silence command is cancelled and the alarm tone will sound when any new ECG or arrhythmia alarm of an equal or higher level occurs An Alarm Pause menu option is available when SILENCE ONLY is selected See Pausing Alarms on page 8 4 When set to NORMAL the Silence Alarm button works as an alarm pause button Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Silencing Alarms Pausing Alarms 8 4 Alarm Control WARNING Alarms do not sound alarm histories are not stored alarm graphs do not print and alarms are not sent to the Clinical Information Center during an Alarm Pause condition NOTE When the crisis alarm pause breakthrough feature is turned on crisis alarms do sound during an alarm pause condition See Alarm Pause Breakthrough on page 8 5 When pressed once it silences a current audible alarm for 60 seconds When pressed twice during an alarm it starts a 5 minute alarm pause in the Adult ICU mode 3 minutes in Neonatal ICU mode and when the monitor s country selection is set to France A countdown timer is displayed on the screen During the alarm pause press the button again to reactivate alarms If no alarm is sounding press it once to start an alarm pause as described above If the monitor is set up for Operating Room mode there are three levels of alarm pause Press the button once twice if a
251. e hours to complete Complete the following steps to automatically condition the battery 1 Insert the battery into the battery charger 2 Press the CONDITION button when one of the following conditions occur wm While the RUN LED light is still flashing m While the CONDITION LED is flashing 2026265 039A Solar 8000M i l 5 Appendix PDM Battery 3 Remove the battery from the battery charger when the RUN LED illuminates This completes the conditioning cycle How to Wake Up the Battery Overview When the battery is stored for a long period of time without being charged it will eventually lose all of its charge and fall asleep When the battery is asleep none of the LEDs on the battery will illuminate when the battery s test button is pressed You must wake up the battery before you can use it again Waking Up the Battery With a Cadex SMart Two Charger NOTE A deep discharged battery will require you to repeat the following steps more than once before the battery will wake up 1 Insert the battery into the battery charger and wait for the RUN LED light to illuminate approximately three minutes 2 Ifthe RUN LED light does not illuminate complete the following steps a Remove the battery from the battery charger b Reinsert the battery into the battery charger and let the battery trickle charge for two to three minutes while the FAIL LED flashes If the RUN LED light illuminates ignore
252. e rest of the information When editing is complete select the CARDIAC CALCS option The cardiac output information window is replaced with the cardiac calculations information window The average from the cardiac output trials appears in the list of calculations If necessary use the CHANGE VALUE option to edit any of the monitored parameter values Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Cardiac Output 15 4 Cardiac Output 11 Press Graph Go Stop button if you want a copy of this set of cardiac calculations 12 IMPORTANT When satisfied with the set of cardiac calculations select the SAVE CALC option This stores the set of calculations You can view all saved sets in vital signs 13 Select REVIEW CALCS to enter the vital signs program and see the cardiac calculations data 1 acquisition module is properly connected to the monitor 2 Catheter is in place in the patient 3 Cardiac output cable is connected to the module 4 Depending on your setup choice be sure that In line sensor is securely connected to tubing or Bath probe is correctly sensing injectate temperature 5 Cardiac output default settings are adjusted if necessary Follow the detailed procedures within this chapter Checklist Cardiac Output Monitoring Features Cardiac Output Information When the cardiac output cable is attached to the module a CO parameter window is displayed A CO waveform is displayed only during t
253. e setup information refer to the service manual Solar 8000M i Processing Unit Connectors are located on the processing unit Patient data is displayed on a separate display unit M ports 890C Front View of the Solar 8000i Processing Unit 2 2 Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Equipment Overview Keypad M ports 890B Front View of the Solar 8000M Processing Unit M Ports There are four M ports on the front of the processing unit The M ports are used to connect external devices to the Solar 8000 monitor NOTE In the above Solar 8000M processing unit figure the keypad is connected to the fourth M port therefore it is not visible The following devices can be directly connected to the M ports Solar 8000 keypad Solar 8000M i remote control PRN 50 50 M digital writer Laser printer Unity Network ID connectivity device Respiratory mechanics module RM M module NOTE If the PRN 50 writer or respiratory mechanics module does not function when connected to an M port you may need an AutoPort to M port adapter See PRN 50 and PRN 50 M Digital Writers on page 7 2 Also see the service manual for additional information about these devices 2026265 039A Solar 8000M i 2 3 Equipment Overview Ethernet connector RS 232 connectors Tram net connectors Video display connectors Inactive disabled video connector 889B Back View of the Processing Unit Solar 8000i Display Unit
254. e that when the Linde device is set to ALARM OFF NOT POSSIBLE mode it is possible that the SITE TIME ELAPSED message can be displayed only on the Linde device but not remotely for 1 or 3 minutes Once the 1 or 3 minute timeout has been reached the SITE TIME ELAPSED message will be displayed locally on the Linde device and remotely on the bedside monitors Be aware that the value X mW will be displayed in the TCO parameter box on all bedside monitors since the current supported Linde device v3 02 does not support mW parameter values Baxter Edwards Critical Care Vigilance Monitors Be aware that the Unity Network ID connectivity device reports the CHECK DEVICE message when the SQI level equals four 4 Numerical values for the SvO parameter are not available when the CHECK DEVICE message is present The CCO index values displayed on the GE monitor may not match the values displayed on the supported device This is because the GE monitor calculates the CCO index values using a different algorithm than the supported device This mismatch only occurs when the Unity Network ID connectivity device is in association mode 20 16 Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Appendix A Adult ICU Mode Defaults 2026265 039A Solar 8000M i Following are the monitor defaults for the Adult ICU mode You can change these using the monitor defaults feature Monitor defaults are recalled upon discharge See Chapter 5 This table in
255. ead with greatest amplitude At least 0 5 mV amplitude is required for QRS detection Problem False ventricular calls Solution Check ECG signal from patient The chest lead may exhibit polarity changes which may occasionally cause an inaccurate call 1 Check adjust electrode placement 2 Check perform skin preparation 3 Check replace electrodes If the chest lead is a problem move the chest lead to another chest position or leg position Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A ECG False Ventricular Calls 11 42 ECG 4 Relearn ECG a Select ECG parameter label b Select RELEARN IF PROBLEM CONTINUES 1 Select ECG parameter label 2 Select RELEARN ST Numerics Displayed Only for Primary Lead Problem ST numerics displayed only for primary top lead Solution Check whether single lead or multi lead processing is selected Numerics will only be displayed for the primary lead if single lead processing is active ST Measurement Points for ISO or J are Incorrect Problem ST measurement points for ISO or J are incorrect Solution 1 Relearn ECG a Select ECG parameter label b Select RELEARN 2 Adjust ST measurement point a Select ECG parameter label b Select STANALYSIS from ECG menu Select ADJUST ST POINT Pacemaker Troubleshooting NOTE Refer to the GE Critical Care Monitoring Clinical Reference and Troubleshooting Guide for more information on pacemaker troubleshooting
256. ected To change a name select the CHANGE NAME option from the pressure menu A popup menu opens listing all the choices The name presently assigned is designated with the pointer gt Select the desired name and close the popup menu This causes a change in the parameter window and the main menu is displayed Use the ZERO option to zero this transducer only 1 Close the transducer stopcock to the patient 2 Open the venting stopcock to air atmosphere 3 Select the ZERO option in the pressure menu 4 Verify that zero reference has been established Watch the pressure parameter window messages 5 Close the venting stopcock to air atmosphere 6 Open the transducer stopcock to the patient Within seconds pressure numerics should be displayed in the pressure parameter window Select the BP FILTER option to open a popup menu from which you can select a 12 or 40 Hz filter The 12 Hz Filter is recommended for typical monitoring applications The 40 Hz Filter allows higher frequency waveform components to be processed This may result in elevated pressure values This menu also offers a Help option which opens an information window that provides additional information about BP filters The Calibrate Transducer option allows you to adjust the monitor for any transducer error NOTE Error is determined when pressure calibration is measured with another instrument such as a mercury manometer Select the CALIBRATE T
257. ectrum or a single DSA spectrum depending on the selection made in the BIS Spectra Setup menu NOTE Refer to the Patient Monitoring System Operator s Manual Supplement for the BIS EEG Module for details on BIS and EEG spectral displays Selecting the COLOR menu option opens a popup menu to select a color format The tables below indicate the parameter colors used in each color format CLINICAL Color Format Parameter s Color ECG Amber Hemodynamics Green Cardiopulmonary Blue Temperature Blue Gas White Solar 8000M i 5 5 CRG Full Display CRG Individual Display EEG Spectra Display BIS Spectra Display Color 2026265 039A Monitor Setup CLINICAL Color Format Parameter s Color Alarms Red All other parameters Blue TRANSDUCER Color Format Parameter s Color ECG Green Priority ART1 FEM1 UAC1 Red Additional ART FEM UAC White PA Yellow CVP RA UVC Blue LA ICP White SP Green POC Red Alarms Red All other parameters Green CRG PLUS Color Format Parameter s Color ECG Green Priority ART1 FEM1 UAC1 Red MAP Red All other pressures White CO2 RR Yellow SpO2 Blue Alarms Red Waveforms not part of the CRG Plus display Shown in Transducer color format NOTE With the Transducer and CRG Plus color formats the pressure colors are based on the priority set up in monitor defaults The arterial line ART FEM or UAC set at the highest priori
258. ed on patient Choose the appropriate blood pressure measurement site In Adult Pediatric because normative values are generally based on this site and as a matter of convenience the upper arm is preferred When upper arm size or shape or the patient s clinical condition or other factors prohibit use of the upper arm the clinician must plan patient care accordingly taking into account the patient s cardiovascular status and the effect of an alternative site on blood pressure values proper cuff size and comfort The figure shows the recommended sites for placing cuffs Pai ly S 9 p m 2 ff V T Ig y 7l Adult Pediatric Neonatal 898A Solar 8000M i 13 5 Checklist 2026265 039A 4 Patient cable is connected to acquisition module NOTE Do not connect more than one NBP patient cable 5 Tubes between the cuff and the monitor are not kinked or blocked 6 Correct cuff size has been selected from the NBP menu WARNING The cuff size selected in the NBP menu and the cuff size used must be correct to obtain reliable NBP data and to prevent overpressure in neonatal or pediatric use 7 Start an NBP reading following Auto or Stat mode procedures as detailed in this chapter or use the NBP Go Stop button on the keypad or remote control NBP Monitoring Features NBP Information NBP Information Overview When monitoring NBP numerics are displayed in the NBP par
259. ed trends update automatically The frequency of the update depends on the time period selected 6 MINS updates every 10 seconds 15 MINS 30 MINS 45 MINS and 90 MINS update every minute 3 HRS and 6 HRS update every minute 12 HRS updates every two minutes 24 HRS updates every four minutes Solar 8000M i 10 9 Preset Trends View Older View Newer Time Period 2026265 039A NOTE This option is part of the Cardiopulmonary software package The cardiac calculations program is an integral part of the cardiac output function of the monitor See Chapter 15 Having cardiac calculations available in the Patient Data menu allows you to use the cardiac calculations program if you are doing cardiac output measurements with a device other than the monitor Select CARDIAC CALCS from the Patient Data menu The cardiac calculations menu and information window are displayed CARDIAC CALCULATIONS MONITORED CO MAP Weight and height are PAM displayed if they were PAW entered previously in WEIGHT 70 0 KG HEIGHT 168 0 CM pulmonary calculations or CALCULATED BSA admit info Cl SV SVR SVRI PVR PVRI LVSWI RVSWI MAIN CHANGE SAVE REVIEW WEIGHT HEIGHT MENU VALUE CALC CALCS KG CM Cardiac Calcs Menu and Information Window 608A NOTE If a set of calculations is displayed the last set of calculations was never saved A date and time is displayed at the top of the information window Use the SAVE
260. eed If the message reads INJECT WHEN READY proceed with the injection If the message reads PUSH CO NOW OR TURN AUTO ON you must either select CARDIAC OUTPUT NOW select AUTO MODE and turn it ON Then watch for the INJECT NOW message Inject when you see the message A few seconds after injecting the washout curve begins to move across the screen and the message COMPUTING is displayed If you want a copy of the washout curve select the PRINT CO CURVE option do not use the Graph Go Stop button when the curve is displayed on the screen The curve will continue to move across the screen Soon the message CO COMPLETE is displayed with a CO value A manual graph of the curve if requested is printed In addition the first column in the chart is filled with values relevant to the cardiac output just performed Note also that an average is displayed in the AVG column Perform another injection when prompted You can do as many injections as you want however the monitor only retains four When a fifth injection is done the first is deleted etc When all injections are done select the DELETE CO TRIALS option if you want to edit delete any of the displayed trials The monitor will recalculate the average CO If you want a printed copy of the cardiac output trials information press the Graph Go Stop button on the keypad NOTE The washout curves on the screen s chart do not print with th
261. een Acetone Methylene chloride Methyl ethyl ketone Hexane 5 4 Ammonia based glass cleaners Maintenance Cleaning the Patient Data Module or TRAM Module See the respective Patient Data Module or TRAM module service manuals for cleaning instructions specific to those acquisition modules Cleaning Applied Parts Cleaning Disinfecting and Storing GE ECG Cables and Leadwires NOTE This information supersedes all cleaning disinfecting instructions for GE ECG cables and leadwires All safety statements and notes in the manual still apply Remove cables and leadwires from the handheld device or system before cleaning Use care in cleaning leadwires to prevent pulling the long wires from the connector ends Metal connections can be pulled away from the connectors For general cleaning of cables and leadwires wipe using a lightly moistened cloth with a mild soap and water solution Then wipe and air dry For disinfecting the cables and leadwires wipe exterior with a soft lint free cloth using the following solution as recommended in the APIC Guidelines for Selection and Use of Disinfectants 1996 m Sodium hypochlorite 5 2 household bleach minimum 1 500 dilution minimum 100 ppm free chlorine and maximum 1 10 dilution Any sodium hypochlorite wipe product that meets the above guidelines can be used Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Cleaning and Disinfecting 4 4 Maintenance NO
262. efaults Parameter Priority Defaults The following parameters when monitored always appear in parameter windows at the right side of the display 2026265 039A Solar 8000M i Appendix A Adult ICU Mode Defaults Parameter 1 ECG Parameter 2 ECG Parameter 3 ART Parameter 4 PA Parameter 5 CVP Parameter 6 The NBP SpO and CO parameters appear in parameter windows at the bottom of the display only when there is no room at the side GAS RM SPO BIS X NBP CVP ALARMS ART RA CCO NICO FEM UVC RESP ICG UAC LA TEMP EEG PA ICP POC BIS CO SP TC VENT SvO gt MAY BE DISPLAYED AS REDUCED SIZE determined by software Solar 8000M i A 11 2026265 039A Appendix A Adult ICU Mode Defaults A 12 Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A D Appendix B Neonatal ICU Mode Defaults 2026265 039A Solar 8000M i Appendix B Neonatal ICU Mode Defaults Neonatal ICU Mode Defaults Following are the monitor defaults for the Neonatal ICU mode You can change these using the monitor defaults feature Monitor defaults are recalled upon discharge See Chapter 5 This table includes options available with all software packages Your institution may not have purchased all software packages 2026265 039A Display Defaults 0 2 YEARS INDV 6 WFS CRG
263. efer to the appendices for a complete breakdown of the software packages by feature The Basics Software Packages Overview How can you tell what software package you have Basic or Cardiac Software Package To determine whether you have the Basic software package or the Cardiac software package follow these steps 1 Select ECG label The ECG menu is then displayed at the bottom of the screen 2 Select ARRHYTHMIA option from ECG menu If you have the Basic software package the Arrhythmia popup menu will look like this illustration t gt LETHAL ARRHYTHMIA OFF LETHAL Arrhythmia Popup Menu Basic Software Package 644B If you have the Cardiac software package the Arrhythmia popup menu will look like this illustration Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A 1 4 The Basics gt FULL LETHAL ARRHYTHMIA OFF FULL Arrhythmia Popup Menu Cardiac Software Package 645A Cardiopulmonary and or High Resolution CRG Trends Options To determine if the Cardiopulmonary and or High Resolution CRG Trends options have been installed on your monitor follow these steps Select MORE MENUS from the monitor s main display Select MONITOR SETUP from the menu displayed Select REVISION AND ID from the Monitor Setup menu A popup menu and information window appear Select NEXT in the popup menu as many times as necessary to scroll through the information windows until the SOFTWARE
264. eform and can be turned off or repositioned through the waveforms on off option in the monitor setup menu NOTE Trends and complexes are not available from a telemetry transmitter when using combination monitoring Combo Rover Combo ST Trend Display These are 30 minute real time trends Each trend is marked with the appropriate lead label The leftmost trend shows scaling information the default is 2mm There are three other scale choices available in the trend scale menu option in the ST menu NOTE In Operating Room mode the third trend is always a summation SUM trend of the absolute values of all monitored leads not just those in the ST trend display ST Complex Display A reference complex for each of the selected leads is displayed for visual reference purposes when ST is on After a short time the program displays a current ST complex for each lead The current complex is superimposed over the reference complex These current complexes are updated every 16 beats and can visually be compared to the reference complex to see ST segment changes The isoelectric reference point I and ST reference point are determined by the program and marked with a vertical tick gray color The appropriate lead label is displayed next to each complex Use the Store New References option to make the current complexes the reference complexes This does not affect ST analysis or arrhythmia analysis Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A E
265. ent of the parameter in parameter priority If a waveform does not appear on the central station move the desired parameter up in priority Multiple monitor defaults are a feature of the monitor This menu option allows you to recall previously named monitor defaults while monitoring an admitted patient You do not have to discharge the patient when you use the Recall Default option Selecting RECALL DEFAULT from the MONITOR DEFAULTS menu opens a popup menu and an information window which lists five sets of monitor defaults Only the defaults for the monitoring mode e g Adult ICU Neonatal ICU the monitor is in will appear Select the desired default set Select RETURN to close the popup menu and information window The name of the monitor default you selected appears at the top of the display NOTE When a patient is discharged the monitor automatically resets its default settings If the monitor mode is Adult ICU or Neonatal ICU the monitor resets to the first entry in the Recall Default information window If the monitor mode is Operating Room the monitor resets to the currently active monitor default Solar 8000M i 5 15 Recall Default 2026265 039A Monitor Setup Custom Defaults Select CUSTOM DEFAULTS from the MONITOR DEFAULTS menu to open a menu and information window that allow you to change the name of the monitor default entry or restore factory defaults CUSTOM DEFAULTS RETURN ADULT 0 INACTIVE ADULT
266. entered NOTE When the bedside monitor is set to neonatal mode and the acquisition device is removed and connected to a transport monitor set to operating room or adult ICU mode the BIRTH DATE field transfers over but the AGE field is converted to years For example if the neonatal age is less than a year 8 days the AGE field displays as 1 year on the transport monitor admit information window When using the acquisition module for transport the patient ID number transferred with the acquisition module must match the patient ID number at the bedside If the numbers do not match a multiple patient ID information window is displayed There are three choices available in the multiple patient ID information window They are m CLEAR ADMIT INFORMATION This selection clears the admit information stored at both the bedside and the acquisition module You can then enter the correct patient identification information using the Change Admit Info menu option m Patient name and ID number stored in the acquisition module If you want to use the patient name and ID number that are currently stored in the acquisition Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Admit View A Patient Admit Information Storage Multiple Patient IDs 6 12 Admit View A Patient module select the name and ID number that corresponds to that patient e g 333 44 9999 SMITH m Patient name and ID number stored at the bedside If you want to use the patie
267. enu to choose one or more sets to delete TITRATION TABLE Opens a popup menu and a new information window displaying a titration table for the drug WEIGHT Changes the units of measure for the patient s weight DRUG UNITS Switches the drug units between grams and units for use with drugs labeled A B C or D m DRUG QTY RANGE Selects a range for quicker entry of a drug quantity value when using a drug unknown to the system for use with drugs labeled A B C or D m RESUSCITATION MEDICATIONS This option appears only when the monitor is set for Neonatal ICU mode Selecting it opens an information window that provides information about neonatal resuscitation medications and dosages Change Value This option allows you to enter values in the information window With this option enter a drug name first 1 Select the CHANGE VALUE option from the Dose Calcs menu A popup menu opens and a pointer and RETURN option are displayed at the top of the information window 10 18 Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Patient Data DOSE CALCULATIONS gt RETURN DRUG NAME WEIGHT SOL VOLUME 500 CC DRUG QTY DOSE MIN DOSE HR DOSE KG MIN DOSE KG HR INF RATE DRIP RATE DROP SIZE 60 GTT CC INF TIME MAIN CHANGE DELETE TITRATION MENU VALUE CALC TABLE PREVIOUS RETURN 616B Change Value Popup Menu and Information Window 2 Move the pointer to DRUG NAME 3
268. ep are good and if more steps are needed If the current blood pressure reading is similar to the previous reading the monitor may use some information from the previous blood pressure in the current determination The monitor constantly evaluates data during a measurement and tries to perform a blood pressure determination in the shortest possible time providing greater comfort to the patient If it has been 16 minutes or less since the last determination and the current blood pressure is similar to the previous reading the monitor will try to make an accelerated determination of blood pressure During irregular rhythms only pulses from the current determination are used in calculating the blood pressure values In order to ensure adequate artifact rejection capability and optimal SuperSTAT NBP performance several criteria used to match and qualify the oscillometric pulses at each pressure step are relaxed while supplementing the criteria with additional information from ECG NOTE Adult Pediatric only When ECG is monitored SuperSTAT NPP is able to determine blood pressure in the presence of irregular heart rhythms At the beginning of a SuperSTAT NBP determination the coefficient of variation from the previous 120 ECG R R intervals is used to determine if an irregular rhythm is present 1 The acquisition module is properly connected to the monitor 2 A cuff appropriate for the limb size has been selected 3 Cuff is properly plac
269. er block Other GE devices may support the reception and display of parameter block data Be aware that the settings entered via the keypad on the Alaris 7130 and 7230 may take up to 15 seconds to be provided to the devices displaying these settings Be aware that when disconnecting the interface cable between the Alaris 7130 and 7230 pumps and Unity Network ID system you need to wait for the status LED above the cable you disconnected to turn off before attempting to reconnect the cable between the Alaris pump and the Unity Network ID system Be aware that when turning the Alaris 7130 and 7230 pumps off you need to wait for the status LED for the Alaris pump to start flashing yellow before turning the Alaris pump back on Be aware that when disconnecting the DIDCA from the Alaris 7130 and 7230 pumps you need to wait for the status LED for the Alaris pump to start flashing yellow before reconnecting the DIDCA to the Alaris pumps Be aware that the empty container detector removed alarm will appear as an empty container alarm Solar 8000M i 20 15 2026265 039A Interfaces Linde MicroGas 7650 Transcutaneous Monitors NOTE This device is not for sale in the United States Be aware that it is possible that the alarm functions including SITE TIME ELAPSED message can be turned off locally on the Linde device When an alarm function is turned off on the Linde device it is also not visible remotely Be awar
270. er you have entered the information select RETURN The message Performing Analysis Please wait is displayed on the screen In approximately 30 seconds the analysis report is displayed along with a popup menu 2026265 039A Solar 8000M i 11 29 ECG 12 LEAD ECG ANALYSIS UNCONFIRMED 9 NOV 2000 10 57 MANUAL 12 LEAD VENTRICULAR RATE 119 BPM PR INTERVAL 150 MS QRS DURATION 87 MS QT QTC 308 433 MS P R T AXIS 68 69 70 SINUS TACHYCARDIA OTHERWISE NORMAL ECG MAIN 12 LEAD ECG REVIEW 12 LEAD ECG gt TRANSMIT PRINT 12 LEAD ECG MENU NOW TO TRANSMIT OR PRINT TRANSMIT HELP PRINT PREVIOUS DELETE MENU Analysis Report and Popup Menu 775A 5 To continue choose one of the four options from the popup menu TRANSMIT PRINT Sends the analysis to the MUSE system Printing occurs at the local writer or laser printer that was selected as the 12 lead print location or the print window location TRANSMIT Sends the analysis to the MUSE system for storage PRINT Sends the analysis to the 12 lead print location or the print window location If it is a laser printer the analysis and waveforms print If it is a writer only the analysis prints DELETE Frases the analysis without storing or printing RETURN Returns to the 12 lead analysis display The popup menu closes after you make your selection Automatic Method This option automatically generates a 12 lead ECG analysis at
271. es 3 3 SVO2 Underwriters Laboratories Inc 3 15 Te 18 5 cies tierno ene teda 3 3 3 8 Calibrate to venous blood gas 18 6 1 17 rS Light intensity calibration 18 6 Service menu pp 5 20 ase Preinsertion calibration 18 5 Patient monitor type 5 21 SVO2 cal history 18 8 sss 8 4 Troubleshooting 18 9 Software packageS 1 4 G 2 SVO 2 menu einer 18 3 What package do you 1 4 P 18 4 Software revision 5 19 Preinsertion calibration 18 5 Solar 8000M display H 11 Computer grade displays H 12 5 2 Het er err Eee nie 18 4 SOM EM M MM E SVO2 windOw sse 18 3 Isolation transformers H 12 i System components pp 2 2 Medical grade H 12 Em Clinical Information Center 2 15 Purchaser s responsibility H 11 Display Un 2 4 Recommended specifications PANEN pe
272. es Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes BIS Monitor No Yes Yes No Yes No NICO Monitor Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Limited POC Blood Gas No Yes Yes No No No Monitors 20 8 Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Interfaces Unity Network ID connectivity device supports only digital waveforms Refer to Device Connectivity Chart at the beginning of this chapter 3CIC version 1 0 and subsequent Parameters As stated previously the parameters displayed at the monitor from a peripheral device vary from device to device Ventilators gas analyzers continuous cardiac output devices and anesthesia machines are capable of sending a number of parameters to the patient monitor In some cases not all can be displayed at one time To view a list of available parameters look for a menu option such as SELECT PARAMETERS or DISPLAY PARAMETER Select the menu option to open a popup list of the parameters that the peripheral device sends to the monitor You can then select parameters for display from this popup list Parameter Windows and Menus Examples of parameter windows and menus are shown below for the different device types The data displayed in the parameter window may vary with each device Not all menu options are available with all devices Pulse Oximeters The SpO parameter window displays a saturation value and a pulse rate The EXT indicates the data is from an external source T
273. etry measurements WARNING PATIENT SAFETY Prolonged monitoring may require changing the probe site periodically Move the probe if there is any sign of skin irritation or impaired circulation Change the probe site at least every four hours to prevent ischemic skin necrosis Be particularly careful when monitoring neonates If required reduce the application periods to half the times recommended above WARNING PATIENT SAFETY If a probe is damaged in any way discontinue use immediately WARNING PATIENT SAFETY Clean the surface of the probe before and after each patient use 2026265 039A Solar 8000M i 14 5 SpO2 WARNING SIGNAL QUALITY In the monitoring of patients the coincidence of adverse conditions may lead to a disturbed signal going unnoticed In this situation artifacts are capable of simulating a plausible parameter reading so that the monitor fails to sound an alarm In order to ensure reliable patient monitoring the proper application of the probe and the signal quality must be checked at regular intervals CAUTION PROBE APPLICATION Tissue damage can be caused by incorrect application or use of an LNOP or LNCS probe for example by wrapping the probe too tightly Inspect the probe site as directed in the probe s directions for use to ensure skin integrity and correct positioning and adhesion of the probe Measurements
274. etup Default Display NOTE Use the following guidelines when selecting the VB lead label m The VB lead label must correspond with the anatomic position of the V lead electrode When using a 6 leadwire cable to acquire a 12RL analysis you must select V5 for the VB Position m The VB lead label can be set to V2 V3 V4 V5 or V6 V1 is not available as a VB lead selection This option opens a popup menu to select the maximum pause in seconds between consecutive heart beats before an alarm sounds Choices are 5 4 5 4 3 5 3 2 5 2 1 5 1 seconds Patient Data Module only NOTE Beat pause interval does not apply when monitoring from telemetry Limits and alarm levels use the telemetry defaults or telemetry defaults modified at the central station Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A ECG Beat Pause Interval 11 40 ECG This option opens a popup menu to select a sweep speed for all displayed ECG waveforms Choices are 6 25 12 5 25 and 50 millimeters per second The default is 25 mm sec NOTE Speeds of 50 mm sec and 6 25 mm sec are not possible when only ECG waveforms are displayed Speed ECG Rate Averaging To select the number of heart beat intervals used to generate an average heart rate follow this procedure Patient Data Module only The factory default is eight beats 1 Select MORE MENUS gt MONITOR SETUP gt MONITOR DEFAULTS gt SETUP DEFAULT DISPLAY 2 Locate and select ECG RATE AVER
275. f the T1 site is turned off the displayed alarm limits automatically switch to the T2 alarm limits You can monitor a patient s temperature at multiple sites Both internal and external temperature sensors may be used The module calculates the monitored temperatures and displays their values on the screen The temperature sites are identified in the values window as T1 and T2 The acquisition module is compatible with both YSI series 400 and 700 probes If you are using the dual temperature cable you must select 400 or 700 depending on the type of probe for correct operation The switch is located on the cable See the figures below 2026265 039A Solar 8000M i 17 3 Temperature Slide Switch mp7 OM FOX SERIES 400 YSI 400 Series Temperature Cable Dual Temperature Cable Selection Switch 729A amp 880A The temperature cable is plugged into the TEMP CO cable connector on the module The temperature monitoring features are found in the temperature parameter menu Getting to the Temperature Menu To display the temperature menu select the TP parameter label The temperature menu is displayed at the bottom of the screen MAIN T2 UNITS TEMPERATURE MENU 1 T2 CELSIUS LIMITS LJ J d Temperature Menu 730B m Provides a selection of temperature sites and an option to turn the temperature site off m T2 Provides a selection of tempe
276. fact Alarm cs oid ded wd eae Bedok oes 16 8 SPCC MT 16 9 Troubleshooting 16 9 56 9657 oer im E REOR 16 9 Temperature 17 1 Im 17 2 Checklist 222 ree 17 2 Solar 8000M i 16 17 2026265 039A Temperature Monitoring 17 3 Temperature Information 17 3 Getting to the Temperature Menu 17 4 Temperature Menu Options 17 4 pae 17 4 T2 dr ento d dte ep er ieu ee um cd 17 5 WIS eder retta eR Re Redi UE De urat i on 17 5 Temperature Limits 17 5 Select Default Temperature Site Labels 17 5 Troubleshooting 17 5 Messages wastes eE Ruuuph ELAN 17 5 DVO id ee cee ote Ora tC UE er DIM came 18 1 Introduction EENET TEE E ae 18 2 Checklist eR Aided 18 2 SvO2 Monitoring Features 18 3 SvO2 Information llsssseeeeseseeeeese 18 3 Getting to the SvO2 18 3 14 SVO IMSS e it rette Cea ea Te Rt Dec Ry BGR 18 4 Sv O2 Help sucer t e awe gee te TE ERE 18 4 Preinsertion Calibration 18 4 Light Intensity Calibrat
277. feature will only be functional if you have the AutoView XM feature enabled or the separate Unity Network Information Server This default setting can be temporarily overridden by using the VIEW OTHER BEDS ON ALARM menu option OFF The default setting ON Turns on the ALARMS message line AUTO Turns on the ALARMS message line and the automatic view on alarm feature The VOA BROADCAST setting can be set to on or off When on the monitor will broadcast its advisory warning and crisis alarms over the network for viewing by Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Admit View A Patient View On Alarm Setting VOA Broadcast Setting 6 24 Admit View A Patient other monitors on the network that have selected this bed to be automatically viewed on alarm When off no alarms are broadcast This default setting can be overridden for individual patients by using the SEND AUTO VIEWS menu option in the View Other Patients menu However upon discharge the monitor will return to the VOA Broadcast setting The VOA ALERT TONE default setting is used to select the default alert tone that will sound when a viewable bed is alarming The choices are OFF No tone sounds This is the default selection ON Upon detection of an alarming bed a tone sounds one time at the host monitor m REPEAT Upon detection of an alarming bed a tone sounds periodically at the host monitor until the alarm is no longer alarming or any choice
278. ff menu option in the Monitor Setup menu The alarm window always defaults on when you admit a new patient 8 6 Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Alarm Control Information displayed in the alarm window remains until it is manually cleared or the patient is discharged from the monitor To manually clear the information select the ALRM label to display the Alarm Control menu The CLEAR ALARMS option is already highlighted Select it to clear the data and exit the menu NOTE This option is part of the Cardiac software package Any arrhythmia alarm set for the crisis warning or advisory level is stored in Alarm History ST references and ST alarms are also stored in Alarm History To view alarm histories select the ALRM label to display the Alarm Control menu Then select the ALARM HISTORY option to display a list of arrhythmia and ST events See Alarm History on page 8 12 Clear Alarms Alarm Histories Alarm Control Menu There are two ways to access the Alarm Control menu 1 Select MENUS from the main display then select ALARM CONTROL to display the Alarm Control menu or 2 Select the ALRM label in the alarm window to display the menu MAIN ALL ARRHYTHMIA PARAMETER ALARM VOL ALARM DISPLAY OFF MENU LIMITS ALARM LEVEL ALARM LEVEL 7096 HELP ALARM PAUSE PREVIOUS CLEAR ALARM CRG ALARM MENU ALARMS HISTORY TRENDS PAUSE 585A Alarm Control Menu ALL LIMITS Displays a screen
279. fications m Patient status alarms System status alarms Within each classification there are levels that correlate to the severity of the alarm causing condition The levels and how the monitor responds to each are described below In most cases patient status alarms can be moved from one level to another See Arrhythmia Alarm Level on page 8 9 See Parameter Alarm Level on page 8 9 Alarm Control Smart Alarms Alarm Structure Patient Status Alarms Patient status alarms are triggered by a patient condition that exceeds parameter limits or by an arrhythmia condition Patient status alarms provide you with the highest priority information The levels within the patient status alarm category and how the monitor responds to each are shown in the following chart The chart begins with the most critical type of alarm Crisis and ends with the least critical type of alarm Message Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A 8 2 Alarm Control Alarm Level Monitor Response pA n 2 Alarm Tone CRISIS 200 5 3 2 or 1 beep Flashing Visual Alert 7 E Text or Parameter WARNING 2 7 E Value Automatic ADVISORY 1 200 Ane Graph d LA Stored in NN Alarm History MESSAGE 200 Arrhy Only Crisis Alarms must be silenced by the user 582A Patient Status Alarms Chart Crisis Warning and Advisory alarms sound an alarm tone and display a flashing
280. for direct numeric data entry The keypad may be mounted in convenient location using an optional holster and connected by cable to the processing unit The remote control can be mounted in a holster near the monitor for standard storage Holster not shown There are three versions of the keypad and remote control Adult Neonatal and Operating Room Each version features buttons that allow easy access to commonly performed functions for that mode For example the Neonatal keypad has CRG buttons while the Operating Room keypad has Airway Gases buttons The Adult Mode controls are shown below NOTE The message WARNING REMOTE MISMATCHED WITH MONITORING MODE is displayed if the keypad type does not match the monitoring mode For example if an Operating Room keypad were connected to a monitor set for the Adult ICU monitoring mode this message would appear However the monitor and keypad will continue to function 2 16 Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Equipment Overview Remote Control 004B Solar 8000M i Keypad and Remote Control Adult Mode Trim Knob Control Operation of the Trim Knob control is described in Chapter 1 See Using the Trim Knob Control on page 1 12 Buttons The table below shows the buttons that appear on the controls It also indicates which control mode the buttons appears on and gives a brief description of the button s function Button Keypad Remote Control Modes Function 12 Lead Adult Ope
281. forms Popup Menu Solar 8000M i 5 3 Individual Display Mode Full Display Mode 2026265 039A The pressures displayed in the popup menu are determined by the pressures being monitored The pressure waveforms that are currently on the full scale are highlighted Only four pressure waveforms can be displayed on the full scale at one time Use the Trim Knob control or touchscreen to select or deselect pressure waveforms There are left and right scales To position a waveform on a right or left scale use the Scales menu option in the individual pressure menu If you are using one of the CRG Plus display modes the Full BP Waveforms menu option reads CRG PLUS WAVEFORMS Use the popup menu as described above See Chapter 9 The Display menu option controls the display mode for monitored pressure parameters The Display popup menu offers the choices described below NOTE Display mode can be set as a monitor default See Monitor Defaults on page 5 Monitor Setup CRG Plus Display Mode Display Individual 6 Waveform Display With the INDV 6 WFS option you can display a maximum of six waveforms each with an independent scale When monitoring in this display mode the waveforms automatically align with their respective parameter windows Individual 3 Waveform Display With the INDV 3 WFS option you can display a maximum of three waveforms each with an independent scale W
282. from the Admit menu Patient information clears and the monitor is automatically ready for the next patient Solar 8000M i 6 17 1 2 1 25 New Case 2026265 039A Admit View A Patient Viewing Other Patients Overview The Solar 8000M i monitor gives you the ability to be at one patient s bedside and view data from another patient s monitor The care unit and monitor you want to view must be on the same Unity network as the monitor you are using NOTE A monitor is identified by the bed number assigned to it Therefore the terms monitor and bed are used interchangeably There are three ways you can view a patient from another monitor View another patient by selecting that bed to view regardless of that bed s alarm status View a bed in alarm by selecting that bed to view View a bed in alarm automatically through the optional automatic view on alarm feature All three types of viewing are discussed in this chapter Beds in alarm cannot be automatically viewed split screen on a host monitor in these circumstances The host monitor is performing PA Wedge PA Insert Wedge Cardiac Output or Dose Calcs The Admit menu the Change Admit Info or Units of Measure window is open Any automatic view on Alarm Configuration menu is open Any Cardiac Calcs Pulmonary Calcs or Dose Calcs are being changed or saved Any parameter s alarm limits window is open The ECG Source wind
283. fter proper positioning is achieved following catheter insertion The catheter should be positioned such that all three asterisks appear in the SvO parameter window In addition if any significant change in light intensity occurs that cannot be corrected such as might happen with damage to the catheter fiber optics a light intensity calibration is necessary To perform a light intensity calibration simply select the LIGHT INTENSITY CALIBRATION option from the SvO menu This is a direct action menu option The calibration takes place immediately NOTE A light intensity calibration occurs automatically when a venous blood gas calibration is performed See Calibrate to Venous Blood Gas on page 18 5 Once the light intensity calibration has been performed all light intensity signals are compared to the stored signal If the detected light intensity signal becomes significantly different from the stored value an alarm occurs and one of the following messages is displayed in the SvO parameter window DAMPED INTENSITY HIGH INTENSITY LOW INTENSITY NOTE There are no light intensity alarms until a light intensity calibration is performed Calibrate to Venous Blood Gas Calibrate to venous blood gas for the following conditions 18 6 Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A SvO2 Catheter is placed in a patient without performing the preinsertion calibration procedure Catheter has been disconnected from the optical module for a
284. g The sensor cable is equipped with two cells The 0 cell is used for zeroing calibration of the sensor and the REF cell is used for verifying sensor accuracy Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A CO2 19 6 CO2 Capnostat Sensor Capnostat Airway 4 Adapter ES 2 es e Capnostat Sensor Wy Cable to Module M REF 0 Cell Cell 787A Capnostat Sensor Cable and Airway Adapter Menu Options Capnostat Modules Getting to the CO Menu The menu options for both Capnostat modules are identical with the exception of the Pump option To display a CO menu select the CO parameter label The CO menu is displayed at the bottom of the screen MAIN PUMP UNITS CO2 SCALE CO2 N20 COMPENSATION MENU OFF MMHG 50 LIMITS 0 40 N20 02 COMPENSATION 002 AVERAGING CAL SENSOR CALIBRATE SPEED 0 60 2 SINGLE BREATH TO ZERO CELL ADAPTER 6 25 783A Capnostat 002 Menu m PUMP Turns the module s pump on or off when using the sidestream setup Capnostat dual CO module only UNITS Changes the units of measure for inspired and expired CO3 CO2 SCALE Selects a scale for the displayed CO capnogram CO2 LIMITS Displays a new menu and information window to adjust expired CO inspired respiration rate and no breath limits m N20 COMPENSATION Compensates for the effect of N2O on CO readings Functional in Operating Room mode only
285. gh and low limits m Rate high and low limits See Setting Alarm Limits on page 1 16 Solar 8000M i 14 11 Rate Rate Volume SpO Limits 2026265 039A NOTE This menu option only appears when using a Nellcor Patient Data Module or TRAM x51N module The Sat Seconds menu option allows you to adjust the Sat Seconds threshold Refer to Sat Seconds Alarm Management in the GE Critical Care Monitoring Clinical Reference and Troubleshooting Guide for more information NOTE This menu option only appears when using a Patient Data Module or a TRAM module m Persistent SpO is a default setting in the SETUP DEFAULT DISPLAY menu The default setting is OFF You can override the Persistent SpO default setting for the current patient in the SpO parameter menu Use the Trim Knob control or touchscreen to select the desired option When this option is turned ON and the SpO cable or sensor probe is disconnected the SpO parameter box will remain displayed on the monitor a message will appear in the parameter box and an alarm will occur When the SpO cable or sensor probe is reconnected the SpO limits remain as they were before the disconnection When this option is turned OFF and the SpO cable or sensor probe is disconnected the parameter box does not display and there is no alarm When the SpO cable or sensor probe is reconnected the SpO limits are based on the setting for the DISCONNECT OPTI
286. gnated by a pointer gt NOTE AUTO is only an option once the pressure has been zeroed 2 Select the desired scale size Selecting AUTO calculates a scale based on the patient s current arterial blood pressure NOTE Auto scaled waveforms graph on a slightly different scale than displayed Full Scales If the waveform is on a full scale the menu option reads FULL SCALES and the popup menu looks like this example 40 8 300 L 60 L 160 R 200 L 40 L 100 R 160 L 300 R 60 R 100 L 200 R gt 40 Full Scales Popup Menu 662A Use this popup menu to place the waveform on a right R or left L scale as desired Cursor Using this option places a cursor dashed horizontal line across the pressure waveform The cursor is moveable and is used to give accurate pressure values at selected points on the pressure waveform A numeric value is displayed on the screen to the right of the cursor 12 8 Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Pressures 1 Select CVP CURSOR from the CVP menu A popup menu opens When displaying the pressure waveforms on individual scales the monitor automatically calculates a scale The new scale and cursor are displayed with the waveform New Scale Cursor Cursor Value 25 664A Cursor on CVP Waveform 2 With the popup menu open rotate the Trim Knob control or use the touchscreen arrows to move the cursor The cursor value changes as the cursor moves 3 Press the Trim
287. he Patient Data Module Patient Data Module Monitoring Features The list below identifies the Patient Data Module s monitoring features 12 Lead ECG analysis 2 6 Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Equipment Overview Respiration Temperature CO Dinamap SuperSTAT NBP Invasive blood pressure Two Y adapter cables are required to monitor four invasive blood pressures Masimo SpO Nellcor OxiMax SpO NOTE Different SpO cables are required for each type of SpO processing The cable connectors are not interchangeable NOTE Additional parameters can be monitored with a Tram rac housing and single parameter modules See Single Parameter Modules on page 2 11 See Tram rac Housing Overview on page 2 11 Install and Release a Patient Data Module from the PDM Docking Station The PDM docking station can be mounted in many different ways including on a bedrail an IV pole a rollaway cart and others See the instructions that came with the mounting hardware for different PDM docking station mounting options Release Tab 919B Install a Patient Data Module Guide the mounting rails of the Patient Data Module onto the PDM docking station mounting rails Gently slide the Patient Data Module onto the PDM docking station until the locking key secures it to the PDM docking station 1 Release a Patient Data Module Pull the release tab in front of the Patient Data Module to retract the locking key and
288. he device in a location which affords sufficient ventilation The ventilation openings of the device must not be obstructed The ambient conditions specified in the technical specifications must be ensured at all times Put the monitor in a location where you can easily see the screen and access the operating controls This product is not likely to cause abnormal operation of other patient connected equipment such as cardiac pacemaker or other electrical stimulators Exceptions are noted in the pacemaker monitoring section if applicable This product is protected against the effects of cardiac defibrillator discharges to ensure proper recovery as required by test standards The screen may blank during a defibrillator discharge but recovers within seconds as required by test standards This equipment is suitable for use in the presence of electrosurgery Users should be aware of a possible time discrepancy between the waveforms from the telemetry device and the waveforms hardwired to the monitor Users should not consider these waveforms to be synchronous If absolute synchronicity is desired Combo mode should be discontinued and the ECG waveforms should be acquired via the hardwired bedside monitor Equipment components are classified according to IEC 60601 1 as 1 Class I equipment B Type B applied part BF Type BF applied part CF Type CF applied part NA Not applicable Ordinary Ordinary equipment enclosed eq
289. he injection procedure Blood Temperature Value 3612 42 0 Limits and Units 30 0 C CO Parameter Label and Windows 697A The parameter window displays the patient s blood temperature Blood temperature limits and units of measure may also be displayed After you have completed a set of cardiac output trials entered cardiac calculations and performed a save calc procedure the last average CO value along with a time stamp is displayed in the parameter window Solar 8000M i 15 5 2026265 039A Cardiac Output 36 12 LAST AVG 0 0 CO63L 15 25 ie 530A CO Parameter Label and Windows The CO monitoring features are found in the CO menu See Cardiac Output Menu Options on page 15 8 NOTE A cardiac output measurement injection is also referred to as a cardiac output trial Cardiac Output Trials Enter the Cardiac Output program by selecting the CO label on the display or with the Cardiac Output button found on the Adult and Operating Room keypads and remote controls A display similar to the one below appears SICU BED5 MARTIN 10 50 1367 72 7 200 RATE 337 15 23 8 lowi LAST AVG INJ ECT WHEN READY CO 63L 1525 1 PRINT a popp UNITS CO CURVE MAIN DELETE CARDIAC CARDIAC MENU CO TRIALS CALCS EE USE CATHETER ERU sut JECT VOL CARDIAC PAW EDWARDS IN LINE 10CC CONSTANT OUTPUT HELP 698B Cardiac Output Auto Mod
290. he product is accompanied by the model number s of the product s concerned The model number is given on the nameplate of the product The warranty does not cover damages resulting from the use of accessories and consumables from other manufacturers GE is responsible for the effects on safety reliability and performance of the product only if assembly operations extensions readjustments modifications or repairs carried out by persons authorized by GE the electrical installation of the relevant room complies with the requirements of the appropriate regulations and the device is used in accordance with the instructions for use All publications conform with the product specifications and applicable IEC publications on safety and essential performance of electromedical equipment as well as with applicable UL and CSA requirements and AHA recommendations valid at the time of printing The quality management system complies with the international standards ISO 9001 and ISO 13485 and the Council Directive on Medical Devices 93 42 EEC Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A CE Marking Information CE 2 The Basics Solar 8000M i 1 2026265 039A The Basics About This Manual This manual contains the instructions necessary to operate the Solar 8000i or Solar 8000M patient monitor safely and in accordance with its function and intended use NOTE This manual contains instructions to operate bo
291. he respiration connectors on the Patient Data Module and TRAM module ECG Resp Cable Connector TRAM 451N Module Patient Data Module 545A 404B NOTE When monitoring a respiration rate is always displayed in the CO parameter window If monitoring you may not want to monitor respiration by the impedance method as described in this chapter See Chapter 19 NOTE The signal input is a high insulation port and it is defibrillator proof 9 The insulated input ensures patient safety and protects the device during defibrillation and electrosurgery NOTE Respiration monitoring is not adversely affected by the use of an ESU ECG filter No Breath and Apnea Events The Patient Data Module and TRAM modules use the same respiration detection algorithm but they report different messages for cessation of inspiratory gas flow 16 2 Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Respiration events The Patient Data Module reports NO BREATH TRAM modules report APNEA WARNING NO BREATH APNEA EVENTS The monitor may not detect all episodes of inadequate breathing nor does it distinguish between central obstructive and mixed no breath apnea events WARNING ELECTRODE CONFIGURATION Impedance respiration monitoring is not reliable when ECG electrodes are placed on the limbs NOTE Respiration monitoring is not adversely affected by the use of an ESU ECG filter Respiration rate is detected by measuring thoracic im
292. he sensor windows are clean and dry Do not immerse the sensor Do not attempt to sterilize the sensor Cleaning the Reusable Capnostat Adapters An adapter can be cleaned by rinsing it in a warm soapy solution followed by soaking it in a liquid disinfectant by pasteurizing it or cold sterilizing glutaraldehyde it It should then be rinsed with sterile water and dried NOTE The sidestream adapter should only be cold cleaned The interior of the tubing can be dried by flushing with air or oxygen The adult and low volume dead space adapters may be sterilized using the ETO ethylene oxide gas method They may also be sterilized using a steam autoclave method but lifetime could be affected Solar 8000M i 19 11 2026265 039A CO2 Before reusing any adapter ensure that the windows are dry and residue free and that the adapter has not been damaged during handling or by the cleaning sterilization process Capnostat Sensor Troubleshooting Messages Following is a list of some of the messages that may appear on the monitor when monitoring CO The message should clear when normal operating criteria are met or a solution is found If a message persists call GE for service at 1 800 558 7044 U S only Outside the United States please contact your sales service office NOTE The actual message that appears on your monitor depends on the module being used and the installed software version BLOCKED LINE Cause
293. hen the view all ECG option is selected The information is printed to the writer selected as the print window location See Graph Setup on page 5 7 There may be instances when you use the 10 leadwire cable for routine monitoring In these instances you may only use the standard 5 leadwire portion of the cable The monitor displays the message V2 V6 FAIL when it does not detected the extra V leads Use the CLEAR V2 V6 FAIL menu option to clear this message from the screen TRAM module only There may be instances when you use the 10 leadwire cable for routine monitoring In these instances you may only use the standard 5 leadwire portion of the cable The monitor displays the message V2 V6 FAIL when it does not detect the extra V leads Use the UPDATE LEAD SET menu option to clear this message from the screen Patient Data Module only CAUTION V2 V6 FAIL MESSAGE REMAINS ON THE DISPLAY lIf after selecting the Update Lead Set menu the V2 V6 FAIL message remains on the display verify that the leads are correctly connected to the patient NOTE The UPDATE LEAD SET menu option can also be used to clear a VFAIL message when switching from a 6 leadwire cable to a 5 leadwire cable or an RL FAIL message when switching from a 5 leadwire calbe to a 3 leadwire calbe Patient Data Module only WARNING VENTRICULAR ARRHYTHMIAS Occasionally the arrhythmia analysis program may incorrectly identify the presence or absence of an arrh
294. hen monitoring in this display mode each parameter window is displayed at double high size Waveforms automatically align with their respective parameter windows With the FULL option a maximum of eight waveforms can be displayed The waveforms in the first two positions are on individual scales Then up to four pressures waveforms are displayed on a full common scale The last two waveforms if any are displayed on individual scales The FULL GRID display mode is the same as the full display mode with additional graticules displayed on the screen The additional graticules do not print when waveforms are graphed Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Full Display Full Grid Display 5 4 Monitor Setup NOTE When using the Full or Full Grid modes there are left and right scales Read ART FEM UAC and SP pressures using the left scale markers Read PA CVP RA UVC LA and ICP pressures using the right scale markers Use the Scales menu option in the individual parameter menu to change pressures from one side to the other The CRG FULL option provides a full scale CRG mode with left and right scales The CRG INDY option provides CRG mode with individual scales for each parameter See Chapter 9 The EEG SPECTRA option displays two or four channel EEG spectra depending on the number of channels being monitored and the selection made in the EEG Spectra popup menu The BIS SPECTRA option displays either a single CSA sp
295. hen the split view display of an alarming bed is removed from a host monitor after the alarm has been silenced at the host monitor The choices are SILENCED default and NEW ALARM When set to SILENCED the split view display of a silenced bed is not removed from the host monitor until RETURN or MAIN MENU is selected at the host monitor even if another bed is alarming and available for automatic view on alarm When set to NEW ALARM the split view display of a silenced bed is removed from the host monitor when another bed is alarming and available for automatic view on alarm The split view of the silenced bed is replaced by the split view of the newly alarming bed Admit View A Patient View On Alarm Options Menu Settings The menu options in the View On Alarm Options menu can be used to override the default settings of a host monitor or to set up individual beds in a unit to be viewed differently than the default settings for the unit These settings are temporary and will be replaced by the default setting upon discharge of a patient from the host monitor Additionally these menu options can be used to create groups of beds also known as pods that are viewed by a particular host monitor For example in a large care unit one nurse may be responsible for several beds The nurse can choose one bed as the host monitor then set up the other beds he she is responsible for to be viewed on alarm at the host monitor These settings are temp
296. here is no associated waveform or parameter menu we 70 100 External SpO Parameter Window 861A Transcutaneous Monitors A transcutaneous monitor s parameter window is labeled TCX There is no parameter menu Probe Temp TX Site Timer A 22 C 92 34 O2 pO Hg Probe Power 380 mW 02 02 2mm 602 pCO mmHg 862A Transcutaneous Monitor Parameter Window 2026265 039A Solar 8000M i 20 9 A parameter window labeled VNT is displayed for ventilators The data displayed varies among ventilator devices Use the parameter menu to change the parameters displayed NOTE Some ventilators may also have a CO window and menu See Gas Analyzers on page 20 10 PEEP 5 1 7 VNT MV 9 02 50 PT RR 863A Ventilator Parameter Window VIEW VENT SPEED FAST DATA 6 25 LOOK SELECT PARAMETERS PRESSURE FLOW 5TO 45 60 TO 60 Ventilator Parameter Menu MAIN MENU 864A SELECT PARAMETERS Opens a popup menu to select parameters for display in the parameter window VIEW VENT DATA Enters the vitals signs program to view stored ventilator data SPEED Opens a popup menu to change the sweep speed of the ventilator waveform on the monitor FAST LOOK Opens an information window that shows all ventilator data for that point in time PRESSURE Opens a popup menu to select a scale for the ventilator pressure waveform centimeters of water FLOW Opens a popup menu to sele
297. hich if not avoided will result in death or serious injury WARNING indicates a potential hazard or unsafe practice which if not avoided could result in death or serious injury CAUTION indicates a potential hazard or unsafe practice which if not avoided could result in minor personal injury or product property damage NOTE provides application tips or other useful information to assure that you get the most from your equipment The safety statements presented in this chapter refer to the equipment in general and in most cases apply to all aspects of the monitor There are additional safety statements in the parameter chapters which are specific to that monitored parameter The order in which safety statements are presented in no way implies order of importance There are no dangers that refer to the equipment in general Specific Danger statements may be given in the respective sections of this manual WARNING ACCIDENTAL SPILLS To avoid electric shock or device malfunction liquids must not be allowed to enter the device If liquids have entered a device take it out of service and have it checked by a service technician before it is used again Solar 8000M i 3 3 Terminology Monitor Safety Dangers Warnings 2026265 039A WARNING ACCURACY If the accuracy of any value displayed on the monitor central station or printed on a graph strip is questionable determine the patient s vita
298. hree minutes See Pausing Alarms on page 8 4 Hungarian Polish and Russian Language Information Alarm broadcasts sent over the Unity network cannot be received by equipment that does not support these languages Messages are received as a series of square boxes because the ability to display Cyrillic Russian alphabet and special Hungarian and Polish characters does not exist on this equipment This is also true when a patient name site name or location containing Cyrillic or special Hungarian or Polish characters is sent to the Cardiology Information System MUSE system Solar 8000M i 1 19 2026265 039A The Basics 1 20 Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Equipment Overview Solar 8000M i 2 2026265 039A Equipment Overview Components Solar 8000M i Patient Monitoring System Solar 8000M i Overview The Solar 8000 monitoring system consists of the following standard components Solar 8000 processing unit Display Keypad and or remote control Acquisition module Patient Data Module also referred to as and SPA Solar to PDM adapter Tram rac and TRAM module s Additional optional components include Touchscreen display Clinical Information Center central station Remote display Writer or printer Unity Network ID connectivity device iPanel computer The components of the system are discussed and illustrated on the following pages For complet
299. ht These are direct action menu options NOTE This option is part of the Cardiopulmonary software package All aspects of oxygen uptake transport and delivery are necessary in the assessment of the critically ill patient These parameters cannot be directly measured but are derived from monitored cardiopulmonary variables Patient Data Save Calc Review Calcs Weight and Height Pulmonary Calcs Monitored Measured Parameters The monitored values are measured data from arterial blood gases and monitored ventilator parameters These values are entered manually and then used to derive pulmonary calculations The chart below shows the monitored measured parameters the labels used to identify these and the units of measure Parameter Label Unit Weight WEIGHT kg or Ibs Height HEIGHT cm or inches Fractional inspired oxygen FiO Positive end expiratory pressure PEEP cmH20 Respiration rate RR bpm Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A 10 12 Patient Data Parameter Label Unit Tidal volume TV mL End inspiratory pressure PIP cmH2O Cardiac output CO L min Barometric pressure PBAR mmHg Hemoglobin Hb gm 100ml Partial pressure of in arterial blood PaCO mmHg Partial pressure of in arterial blood PaO mmHg Arterial oxygen saturation SaOe Partial pressure of in mixed venous PvOs mmHg Mixed venous oxygen saturation SvO5 Derived Pulmonary Calculations The der
300. iac Calcs using the CARDIAC CALCS button CARDIAC CALCULATIONS 25 FEB 10 52 MONITORED CO 6 9 HR 70 MAP 86 CVP 0 PAM 8 PAW 2 Q1045 WEIGHT 75 0 HEIGHT 168 0 CALCULATED BSA 85 37 SV 98 6 SVR 880 SVRI 626 PVR 6 PVRI 28 LVSWI 537 RVSWI 58 MAIN CHANGE SAVE REVIEW WEIGHT HEIGHT MENU VALUE CALC CALCS KG CM 711A Cardiac Calcs Menu and Information Window The information window displays the monitored and calculated parameter values relating to your last cardiac output trial You now can select any of the displayed options m CHANGE VALUE Enter or change a monitored value m SAVE CALC Saves the set of calculations can be reviewed in vital signs m REVIEW CALCS Enter Vital Signs to review all saved calcs Solar 8000M i 15 9 Cardiac Calcs Cardiac Calcs Overview 2026265 039A WEIGHT Changes the units of measure for Weight between kilograms and pounds HEIGHT Change the units of measure for Height between centimeters and inches When this option is selected you can change values or enter new values for the monitored parameters Select the CHANGE VALUE option from the Cardiac Calcs menu A popup menu opens and a pointer gt and the RETURN option are displayed at the top of the information window CARDIAC CALCULATIONS 25 FEB 10 52 gt RETURN MONITORED CO 6 9 HR 70 MAP 86 CVP 10 PAM 18 PAW 12 10 45 WEIGHT
301. ic pressure to obtain an accurate systolic and diastolic reading If a systolic blood pressure cannot be found the monitor will search for a systolic reading by re inflating the cuff at a higher pressure During a systolic search the maximum cuff inflation pressure will not exceed the normal pressure range of the cuff The NBP Go Stop button on the keypad or remote control is a quick way to take one measurement without going into the NBP menu It can also be used to stop a measurement already in progress If you turn the display off with the Display On Off button on the keypad or remote control NBP is also turned off This applies to both manual NBP and NBP auto if running Turning the display on again enables manual NBP but it does not automatically restart NBP auto You have to reset NBP auto if you want automatic NBP measurements Systolic Search NBP Go Stop Button Display On Off Button Getting to the NBP Menu To display the NBP menu select the NBP parameter label The NBP menu is then displayed at the bottom of the screen MAIN NBP AUTO NBP STAT REVIEW NBP CUFF SIZE CLEAR NBP MENU OFF OFF NBPS LIMITS ADULT READING INITIAL INFLATION PRESSURE 160 MMHG 680B NBP Menu NBP AUTO Starts stops the automatic mode selects a time interval NBP STAT Starts five minutes of continuous sequential NBP measurements not available in Neonatal ICU mode REVIEW NBPS Reviews previous NBP measurements in vi
302. ice Purchaser s Responsibility The display purchaser is responsible for meeting Solar 8000M i display specifications GE does not make recommendations regarding specific display models other than those it offers for sale For questions regarding display specifications or compatibility of displays not purchased from GE contact the display manufacturer The GE warranty only applies to equipment purchased from GE Service repairs resulting from failures of equipment not purchased from GE are billable NOTE An isolation transformer must be used with a computer grade display to meet UL and IEC specifications 2026265 039A Solar 8000M i H 11 Appendix 4 Technical Specifications Medical Grade Displays The Solar 8000M i patient monitor with a medical grade display meets applicable UL and IEC specifications for a medical electrical system For this system an isolation transformer is not required Non Medical Grade Displays The Solar 8000M i patient monitor with a non medical grade display meets UL and IEC specifications if an isolation transformer is used regardless of whether the non medical grade display meets the leakage current specification on its own The party assembling or modifying the medical electrical system is responsible to insure compliance with IEC 60601 1 1 Therefore if GE installs a Solar 8000M 1 system with a non medical grade display GE is responsible for meeting the specifi
303. input ensures patient safety and protects the device during defibrillation and electrosurgery The acquisition module is properly connected to the monitor The temperature probe s is correctly positioned on the patient Follow appropriate medical procedures The temperature cable switch is turned to 400 or 700 depending on the type of cable used Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Checklist 17 2 Temperature 4 The temperature cable is attached to the module 5 The temperature setup is adjusted if necessary Follow detailed procedures within this chapter Temperature Monitoring Features Temperature Information Temperature monitoring provides numerical information only No waveform is generated or displayed Numerics are displayed in the temperature parameter window on the right side of the screen Temp Values ae 36 7 34 5 TC T2 C Mr TP 1 42 0 30 0 Temp Limits for One Site 728A Temp Sites and Units 728A Temperature Parameter Window The temperature parameter label has a number with it that corresponds to the slot in the Tram rac housing where the module is located The parameter window displays the current temperature values along with the unit of measurement If the defaults are set up to display limits the T1 limits are displayed NOTE When both temperature sites are being monitored the alarm limits for the T1 site only are displayed in the limits window I
304. internet address www rbrc org Troubleshooting ERROR is Displayed in the Battery Capacity Gauge Icon When the current state of the battery s health is in question the word ERROR will display inside of the battery capacity gauge icon The Battery Status information window will provide more specific information about the health of the battery See Battery Status on page I 2 864B Battery Capacity Gauge Identifying a Battery ERROR 2026265 039A Solar 8000M i 1 9 Appendix PDM Battery Battery LEDs will not Illuminate The battery is asleep See How to Wake Up the Battery on page I 6 1 10 Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A J Appendix J Abbreviations and Symbols 2026265 039A Solar 8000M i Appendix J Abbreviations and Symbols Abbreviations and Symbols Abbreviations and symbols that you may encounter while reading this manual or using the monitor are listed below with their meanings Abbreviations A A amps AaDOs alveolar arterial oxygen gradient AC alternating current ACCV accelerated ventricular ACC VENT accelerated ventricular ACI acceleration index ADT adult AFIB atrial fibrillation AHA American Heart Association ALRM alarm AMP ampere AMP amplitude ANT anterior AO 5 arterial oxygen saturation AR argon AR arterial ARR arrhythmia ARRHY arrhythmia ART arterial Async asynchronous ASYS asystole Auto AUTO automatic AUX auxiliary a vOs arte
305. ion 18 5 Calibrate to Venous Blood Gas 18 5 SVO2 Cal Histoy OE ed 18 5 Calibration 22er e ace Face dial ela ease ee wale 18 5 Calibration Overview 18 5 Preinsertion Calibration 18 5 Light Intensity Calibration 18 6 Calibrate to Venous Blood 18 6 SVO2 Gal HISTON sssri BRAGA hash asks 18 8 Troubleshooting cece eee mh 18 9 PREINSERT CAL FAIL Message 18 9 LOW LIGHT or NO LIGHT Message 18 9 SERVICE MODULE 18 10 X Displayed SvO2 Parameter Window 18 10 COP Kee E PE 19 1 Introduction eevee clea tts 19 2 Safety tigers ne se ee ale lee Oe es 19 2 Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A CO2 Monitoring Features CO2 Information Capnostat Modules General Information 602 Menu Options Capnostat Modules Getting to the CO2 Menu PURE Unite ker ec uec tus C 02 S6al8 ott oats tute dn CO2 limits eet N2O Compensation
306. is message Check your patient immediately in the event the catheter has dislodged Solar 8000M i 12 13 Smart BP Pulse Rate Disconnect Alarm 2026265 039A To turn this feature on and off select DISCONNECT ALARM from the appropriate pressure menu This feature can be set in monitor defaults The alarm level cannot be changed it is always a warning alarm NOTE This option is part of the Cardiopulmonary software package PA Wedge is a feature found in the PA pressure menu There are two menu options for doing a PA Wedge measurement PA WEDGE and PA INSERT WEDGE The PA Insert Wedge option is used to emphasize the PA waveform It offers two additional menu options There are two modes for doing PA Wedge measurement the Auto mode and the Manual mode The Auto mode allows you to perform a measurement without having to touch the monitor after starting the program The Manual mode overrides the Auto mode and requires additional steps at the monitor to complete the measurement NOTE PA Wedge is not supported when more than one PA catheter site is present Pressures PA Wedge Overview Default Setting for Auto Mode and Manual Mode When selecting the PA WEDGE menu the Mode defaults to Manual or Auto depending on which mode was last selected The last selected mode remains the default until the other mode is selected When the other mode is selected that mode becomes the default When selecting the
307. itor Defaults Menu SETUP DEFAULT ARRHYTHMIA ALARM LEVELS Adjusts arrhythmia alarms to other alarm levels SETUP DEFAULT PARAMETER ALARM LEVELS Adjusts parameter alarms to other alarm levels SETUP DEFAULT LIMITS Sets alarm limits for all parameters 2026265 039A Solar 8000M i 5 11 SETUP DEFAULT DISPLAY Determines display settings such as waveforms graphed auto admit etc SETUP DEFAULT PARAMETER PRIORITY Determines the priorities for display of parameters RECALL DEFAULT Recalls monitor defaults without performing a discharge procedure m CUSTOM DEFAULTS Allows you to modify multiple monitor defaults Monitor Setup Setup Default Arrhythmia Alarm Levels Arrhythmia calls are each assigned to one of the four patient status alarm levels The SETUP DEFAULT ARRHYTHMIA ALARM LEVELS option allows you to view the levels assigned and change them if desired Selecting the SETUP DEFAULT ARRHYTHMIA ALARM LEVELS menu option opens a popup menu and an information window The information window displays a list of the arrhythmia calls and their corresponding alarm levels ARRHYTHMIA ALARM LEVELS lt RETURN ASYSTOLE CRISIS VFIB VTAC CRISIS V TACH CRISIS VT22 CRISIS V BRADY CRISIS COUPLET MESSAGE BIGEMINY MESSAGE ACC VENT MESSAGE PAUSE MESSAGE TRIGEMINY MESSAGE RONT MESSAGE PVC MESSAGE TACHY MESSAGE BRADY MESSAGE IRREGULAR MESSAGE MAIN
308. itor can be set up using scroll lists In a scroll list the currently selected option is the only one shown However selecting the option and then rotating the Trim Knob or using the touchscreen arrows allows you to scroll through the other choices and select one if desired For example the Arrhythmia Alarm Levels information window uses scroll lists to set the alarm level for each arrhythmia call The steps below demonstrate how to select and change an option in the Arrhythmia Alarm Levels information window In this example V BRADY is changed from a Crisis level to a Warning level 1 Access the Arrhythmia Alarm Level popup menu and information window by selecting MORE MENUS from the main display Select ALARM CONTROL from the menu that appears then select ARRHYTHMIA ALARM LEVEL The Arrhythmia Alarm Level popup menu and information window open 2026265 039A Solar 8000M i 1 17 The Basics ARRHYTHMIA ALARM LEVELS gt RETURN ASYSTOLE CRISIS V FIB V TAC CRISIS V TACH CRISIS VT gt 2 CRISIS V BRADY CRISIS COUPLET MESSAGE BIGEMINY MESSAGE ACC VENT MESSAGE PAUSE MESSAGE TRIGEMINY MESSAGE RONT MESSAGE PVC MESSAGE TACHY MESSAGE BRADY MESSAGE IRREGULAR MESSAGE MAIN ALL ARRHYTHMIA ALARM DISPLAY OFF MENU LIMITS ALARM LEVEL HELP ALARM PAUSE sm _ MENU ALARMS 587B Arrhythmia Alarm Level Popup Menu and Information Window 2 Rotate the Trim Knob control or use the touchscreen a
309. its accessories must be disposed of in compliance with the guidelines regulating the disposal of such products If you have questions concerning disposal of the product please contact GE or its representatives CAUTION ELECTROCAUTERY PRECAUTIONS To prevent unwanted skin burns apply electrocautery electrodes as far as possible from all other electrodes a distance of at least 15 cm 6 in is recommended CAUTION ELECTRODES Whenever patient defibrillation is a possibility use non polarizing silver silver chloride construction electrodes for ECG monitoring Polarizing electrodes stainless steel or silver constructed may cause the electrodes to retain a residual charge after defibrillation A residual charge will block acquisition of the ECG signal Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Safety 3 10 Safety CAUTION EMC Magnetic and electrical fields are capable of interfering with the proper performance of the device For this reason make sure that all external devices operated in the vicinity of the monitor comply with the relevant EMC requirements X ray equipment or MRI devices are a possible source of interference as they may emit higher levels of electromagnetic radiation CAUTION INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE For continued safe use of this equipment it is necessary that the listed instructions are followed However instructions listed in this manual in no
310. ived pulmonary calculation values are figured automatically The chart below shows the derived pulmonary calculations the labels used to identify these on the screen the units of measure and the formulas used NOTE Refer to the GE Critical Care Monitoring Clinical Reference and Troubleshooting Guide for cardiac calculations Formula HT0725 x WT 425 x 0 007184 EN ee PIP PEEP TV x RR 1000 Solar 8000M i 10 13 Unit m2 mL cmH 0 L min L min m mmHg Label BSA Cdyn MV CI AaDO Parameter Body surface area Dynamic compliance Minute volume Cardiac index Alveolar arterial oxygen gradient 2026265 039A Formula nal D PaO 0 0081 Hb x50 0802 x CI x 10 Bv 100 Hb x 1 89 x 27 2 PvO x 0 0081 CvOs x CI x 10 02 8 VOI BSA CvO4 x 10 Cas c COS 100 Cao Pao FiO 100 1 39 1 po 10 0081 0 PAO PaO x 100 He x180x 1 E 0 0081 x PAO PvOj 2 x PBAR 47 Tan 100 Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Unit mL 100 mL mL min m mL 100 mL mL 100 mL mL min m L min mmHg Label VO3l FICK CO OER Pa FiO gt Qs Qt Patient Data Parameter Arterial o
311. ization of ST analysis regardless of which IDENTIFY VA LEAD option is selected the V lead s ST alarm limits will always be the default limits set for V1 When the identified V lead s position or label is changed the previous identified V lead s ST alarm limits will be retained For example if you change the V lead s ST alarm limits to 3 and then change the identified V lead s position and label the ST alarm limits will remain at 3 regarldess of the default ST alarm limits for the new identified V lead This functionality occurs in both hard wired and COMBO mode during 5 lead ECG monitoring ST Alarm History Criteria Not every alarm is stored in history The first lead in each group anterior inferior lateral that exceeds a limit triggers an ST history Subsequent limit alarms in the same group do not trigger an ST history If all available leads in a group return to within the set limits and then any lead in that group exceeds a limit another ST history is stored See Alarm History on page 10 2 Adjusting ST Limits You can adjust ST limits individually all at once or by lead group NOTE When using a 5 leadwire ECG cable adjusting the identified V lead will only change the V lead label The ST V lead limits are based on the ST V settings and default values When using a 10 leadwire ECG cable the ST V lead limits are based on the actual V lead settings and default values for each V lead The ADJUST INDIVID
312. l Signs on page 10 5 NOTE The menu options TIME INTERVAL and SPECIFIC TIME do not work with episodic events such as NBP 3 Select PREVIOUS MENU to return to the NBP menu Select NBP LIMITS to open an information window and a new menu which allow you to adjust the following Systolic SYS high and low limits Diastolic DIA high and low limits m Mean high and low limits See Setting Alarm Limits on page 1 16 This option sets the monitor for the appropriate cuff inflation pressure Selecting CUFF SIZE from the NBP menu opens a popup menu with three choices ADULT PEDIATRIC and NEONATAL NOTE The initial cuff size is automatically set when you enter the patient s age in the Admit menu If you need to select a different size make a selection from the popup menu If you want to remove the values displayed in the NBP parameter window select this option The values are replaced with Xs This action also removes those values from vital signs history Review NBPs NBP Limits Cuff Size Clear NBP Reading Initial Inflation Pressure This option allows you to set the target inflation pressure for the first NBP measurement Solar 8000M i 13 11 2026265 039A 1 You must clear the previous NBP reading for the new target pressure to take affect Select CLEAR NBP READING from the NBP menu NOTE If you do not clear the previous NBP reading the cuff inflation after resetting the initial inf
313. l cautions as described when choosing the PACE 1 mode of operation The PACE I mode allows successful detection of the largest variety of paced QRS morphologies As a direct consequence this mode does have a higher risk of counting pacemaker artifact as QRS complexes during asystole For this reason it is imperative that the user keep patients with pacemakers under close observation It is also recommended that the user set the low heart rate limit on the transport monitor close to the minimum pacing rate and that the BRADY arrhythmia alarm level be elevated to a WARNING or CRISIS level 3 Press the Trim Knob control to confirm the change and close the popup menu When either pace mode is enabled the software places a white colored artificial spike blue in the CLINICAL color format on the waveform whenever the pacemaker triggers When pacemaker detection is on it is indicated by a P in the patient s ECG parameter window For successful monitoring of pacemaker patients follow these suggestions Use recommended electrode placement Solar 8000M i 11 11 2026265 039A ECG m Brady Pause and Low Heart Rate are additional alarms available for use when monitoring pacemaker patients Problems you may experience are heart rate double counting inaccurate alarms for low heart rate or asystole pacemaker spikes not recognized by the software Possible solutions to above problems are relea
314. l signs by alternative means Verify that all equipment is working correctly WARNING ALARMS Do not rely exclusively on the audible alarm system for patient monitoring Adjustment of alarm volume to a low level or off during patient monitoring may result in a hazard to the patient Remember that the most reliable method of patient monitoring combines close personal surveillance with correct operation of monitoring equipment After connecting the monitor to the central station nurse call system and or network verify the function of the alarm system The functions of the alarm system for monitoring of the patient must be verified at regular intervals WARNING BEFORE USE Before putting the system into operation visually inspect all connecting cables for signs of damage Damaged cables and connectors must be replaced immediately Before using the system the operator must verify that it is in correct working order and operating condition Periodically and whenever the integrity of the product is in doubt test all functions WARNING CABLES Route all cables away from patient s throat to avoid possible strangulation Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Safety 3 4 Safety WARNING CONDUCTIVE CONNECTIONS Extreme care must be exercised when applying medical electrical equipment Many parts of the human machine circuit are conductive such as the patient connector
315. l venous mixed venous oxygen content difference central venous pressure D diastolic decibel direct current defibrillator desflurane diastolic discharge division density modulated spectral array digital signal converter dyne expired estimated arterial venous oxygen content difference Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A CISPR cm CM 00 00 CPLT CPP CPU CRG CRT CS CSA CSA CV CVP D dB DC DEFIB Defib DES DIA DISCH DIV DSA DSC dyn ea vOs Appendix J Abbreviations and Symbols J 4 Appendix J Abbreviations and Symbols European Economic Community estimated arterial oxygen content electrocardiograph estimated mixed venous oxygen content estimated delivered oxygen index electroencephalograph for example electromagnetic compatibility electromyograph electromagnetic interference enflurane estimated oxygen consumption estimated oxygen delivery estimated oxygen extraction ratio estimated shunt fraction esophageal electrosurgical cautery unit and others end tidal carbon dioxide Ethylene Oxide expired external Fahrenheit femoral fraction of inspired oxygen French catheter size G gram gigabyte General Electric glucose drops per cubic centimeter H halothane Solar 8000M i J 5 EC 02 ECG eCvOs EEG eg EMC EMG EMI ENF eO2DI eO2R eQs Qt Esopho ESU et al EtCO gt
316. larm levels can be silenced by other monitors and central stations The choices are CRISIS WARNING default and ADVISORY When an alarm level is selected for the Remote Silence setting alarms of that level and lower can be silenced at another monitor or central station For example if the Remote Silence level is set to WARNING then warning and advisory level alarms can be silenced remotely but crisis level alarms cannot be silenced remotely Turning Alarm Volume Off Permanently The alarm volume can be turned off permanently See Alarm Volume on page 8 9 Alarm Window Overview NOTE This feature defaults off when the monitor is set for Operating Room mode It can be turned on with the Parameters On Off option in the Monitor Setup menu The alarm window which is displayed when you admit a patient to the monitor is used to automatically record any patient status alarm set for crisis warning or advisory level The four most recent alarms are displayed in chronological order along with the extreme parameter value and time stamp ART1 LO 126 11 33 ALRM HRLO 34 11 26 816A Alarm Window The extreme numerical value for all active displayed alarms is continuously updated Active alarms are displayed in red Upon resolution of an active alarm patient condition reverts to within set limits the alarm text 18 displayed in the color associated with that parameter To turn off the display of this window use the Parameters On O
317. lation pressure is determined by multiple factors including the cuff size selected and the previous NBP reading 2 Select INITIAL INFLATION PRESSURE from the NBP menu 3 A popup menu opens in which you can scroll through a selection of inflation pressures The choices available depend on the cuff size selected For adult and pediatric cuff sizes the choices are 100 mmHg to 250 mmHg For the neonatal cuff size the choices are 100 mmHg to 140 mmHg NOTE When using a Patient Data Module with a neonatal cuff size selected the initial inflation pressure range choices are 70 mmHg to 140 mmHg Inflation pressures can be adjusted in increments of 5 mmHg within the inflation limits of the cuff size selected 4 Select the desired initial inflation pressure and close the popup menu Initial inflation pressure can also be set in monitor defaults NOTE This option appears when using a Patient Data Module or a TRAM module with software version 10B or later Custom Defaults Auto NBP Cancellation Notification If the monitor is set to acquire measurements automatically VBP AUTO and a time out or no determination occurs automatic measurement is cancelled the message AUTO OFF displays in the NBP parameter window and a system status alarm will sound 1 Select MORE MENUS gt MONITOR SETUP gt MONITOR DEFAULTS gt SETUP DEFAULT DISPLAY 2 From the SETUP DISPLAY information window locate the NBP NO DET option and select SYSTEM A
318. lator Future software updates from Drager for the Fabius GS may correct this and allow Unity Network ID to provide CO2 waveform to connected devices Unity Network ID maps certain modes of Drager ventilators inconsistently The following table describes this mapping Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Dr ger Ventilators 20 14 Interfaces Drager Ventilator Ventilator Mode Unity Network ID Mode Evita XL CMV IMV Continuous Savina CMV IPPV Julian CMV IPPV Siemens Servo i Ventilators Be aware that when the Servo i goes into Battery Operation mode due to the loss of Mains power and displays the Battery Operation alarm the alarm provided over the Unity Network will be the CHECK VENTILATOR alarm Be aware that the waveform shapes may be slightly different between the Servo i and the Unity Network ID display devices since the Servo i waveforms are not drawn at the Servo i stated time scale of 25 mm sec but are compressed in time Siemens Servo 300 Ventilators Waveforms and some parameter data and differentiated alarms are only available when using a ventilator with the extended mode protocol Siemens Servo 900C D E Ventilators Be aware that when the ventilator is set to infant mode the MV data it sends is 10 times greater than the actual value Alaris Medical Systems 7130 and 7230 Infusion Pumps Be aware that the Dash Solar and CIC systems do not display the IV paramet
319. le zeroing avoids noise being sensed 2026265 039A Solar 8000M i 12 21 Pressures 12 22 Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A 13 2026265 039A Solar 8000M i 13 1 NBP Introduction This chapter gives guidelines for noninvasive blood pressure monitoring Refer to the GE Critical Care Monitoring Clinical Reference and Troubleshooting Guide for the following information Oscillometric versus auscultative measurement methods Patient preparation guidelines NBP auto timing and clock sync timing Clinical level troubleshooting NBP Connectors The Patient Data Module has a rectangular NIBP connector Some TRAM modules have a rectangular NBP connector and others have a rounded connector The Patient Data Module noninvasive blood pressure connector is labeled NIBP The TRAM module noninvasive blood pressure connector is labeled NBP In this manual the term NBP is used in general reference of noninvasive blood pressure NIBP Cable NBP Cable NBP Cable Connector Connector Connector 4 Patient Data Modul atent Data Module TRAM 800SL Module TRAM 200SL Module 404B 503A 885A NOTE The signal input is a high insulation port and it is defibrillator proof The insulated input ensures patient safety and protects the device during defibrillation and electrosurgery Non invasive blood pressure monitoring can be done with a Patient Data Module or an appropriate T
320. let Scavenging System 790A Capnostat Dual Module 2026265 039A Solar 8000M i 19 5 NOTE LJ The signal input is isolated but it is not defibrillator proof CAUTION The Capnostat CO sensor should not be used in close proximity to wireless networking equipment or in the presence of strong electromagnetic fields such as those generated by radio station transmitters citizens band radios cellular phones etc Using the Capnostat sensor under the above conditions may cause one or all of the following to occur Artifact may be induced on the capnogram The CO parameter values may be replaced by X The message CHECK ADAPTER may be displayed in the parameter window Normal operation will resume when the source of interference is removed CAUTION WIRELESS LAN INTERFERENCE Capnostat sensors with a serial number of 26104 or greater require a separation distance of 10 inches 25 cm from the Wireless LAN adapter to minimize potential interference Capnostat sensors with a serial number less than 26104 require a separation distance of 8 2 feet 2 5 meters and are not recommended for use on monitoring equipment equipped with the Wireless LAN option The Capnostat modules must be used with a Capnostat sensor and airway adapter There is a Capnostat airway adapter for mainstream monitoring pictured below and there is also a Capnostat sidestream adapter with sample tubing for sidestream monitorin
321. levels or to turn off automatic view on alarm for certain beds For example if you wished to view a pod of beds 1 through 4 you could set their alarm levels to WARNING and set all other beds alarm levels to OFF Unless individual beds have been configured separately the ALL BEDS alarm selection determines which alarm levels are automatically viewed on alarm If individual beds have been configured separately there is an indicator near the ALL BEDS option to show that this setting is not in use for all beds The CURRENT CONFIGURATION menu option opens an information window that displays the current automatic view on alarm information for each bed in the care unit that is currently selected to be viewed This option is for informational purposes only All settings must be changed using the Configure Auto View On Alarm menu option or by using the default settings in the Monitor Defaults menu Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Admit View A Patient Current Configuration 6 32 Admit View A Patient AVOA Beds Down Message CAUTION AVOA BEDS DOWN MESSAGE The AVOA BEDS DOWN MESSAGE displays when the monitor experiences an interruption in network communication During the interruption the selected care unit and beds cannot Auto View on Alarm Use the CURRENT CONFIGURATION menu option to view which care unit and beds are configured to Auto View On Alarm and determine another method to monitor these beds alar
322. lgorithm Software versions 10A and earlier TRAM x00 x00A and x00SL modules with SpO are compatible with Ohmeda probes TRAM x50SL modules are compatible with Nellcor and GE probes Although not shown in the table above TRAM x00 modules have the same features as the x00A modules However TRAM x00 modules are not compatible with the selectable lead 3 lead ECG cable use the GE NBP algorithm Equipment Overview TRAM Module Front Panel Connectors Below are two examples of TRAM modules The connectors on the front of the module are labeled Some TRAM modules have different NBP and SPO connectors but they are located in the same position as those shown below NOTE Invasive blood pressure connectors are labeled BP on TRAM modules BP 1 BP2 BP 3 4 Temp CO Indicator Light Transport Display Defib Sync 545A Front Panel of TRAM 451N Module Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A ECG Resp 2 10 Equipment Overview Temp CO NBP 8 Power pa Indicator Light ECG Resp SpO Transport Defib Sync Display 627A Front Panel of TRAM 850SL Module The Defib Sync connector provides analog output signals an ECG signal and a blood pressure signal if available to user supplied equipment A 5 volt 2 millisecond artificial pacer spike is added to the analog output when pacemaker detection is on and detection occurs This manual includes details for signal output
323. ll suitable for patient monitoring As a general rule monitoring with this unit should continue only in extremely urgent cases and under the supervision of a physician The unit must be repaired before being used on a patient again If this message appears after power up the unit must be repaired before being used on a patient Service PDM Message After connecting the Patient Data Module and during operation the Patient Data Module runs automatic self tests If a malfunction is detected the monitor displays a SERVICE PDM message WARNING SERVICE PDM MESSAGE As a general rule monitoring with the Patient Data Module should continue only in extremely urgent cases and under the supervision of a physician The unit must be repaired before being used on a patient again If this message appears after power up the Patient Data Module must be repaired before being used on a patient 2 20 Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A 3 1 Safety Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A The Solar 8000M i patient monitoring system is intended for use under the direct supervision of a licensed healthcare practitioner or by personnel trained in proper use of the equipment in a professional medical facility such as hospital clinic surgical center or doctor s office It can be used in multiple areas such as operating room OR post anesthesia care unit PACU emergency department ED chest pain clinic general intensive ca
324. lose the information window It is also possible to select the RETURN option in an information window by using the touchscreen arrows to place the cursor in front of it then touching the anchor menu option The information window and popup menu will close However the RETURN option in the information window is not directly touch sensitive itself Only the RETURN option in the popup menu is directly touch sensitive When you are finished making changes select the RETURN option to close the popup menu and information window The Basics Entering Alphanumeric Characters Occasionally a popup menu or information window requires alphanumeric input such as patient information or a password The example below describes how to enter alphanumeric characters when changing admit information Use the same procedure in other alphanumeric situations 1 Access the CHANGE ADMIT INFO information window and popup menu a Select MORE MENUS from the main display b Select ADMIT MENU An information window and a new menu are displayed c Select CHANGE ADMIT INFO from the menu A popup menu opens Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A 1 14 The Basics MANUAL ADMIT INFORMATION gt RETURN LAST NAME FIRST NAME PATIENT ID SEX BIRTH DATE AGE HEIGHT WEIGHT RACE SECONDARY ID REF PHYSICIAN MAIN CHANGE RECALL ADMIT ADMIT MENU ADMIT INFO DEFAULT HELP PATIENT PREVIOUS RETURN 556B Change Admit Info Popup Menu and Information Window
325. low all menus MAIN VIEW ALARM VIEW ALARM VIEW ALARM VIEW ALARM VIEW ON ALARM MENU OPTIONS PREVIOUS SELECT A BED SELECT ANOTHER GRAPH VIEWED MENU TO VIEW CARE UNIT VIEWED BED PATIENT DATA ALARNB Alarm Message Line 572B Alarm Message Line with No Beds in Alarm When a bed in the unit alarms the unit name if not the same as the host bed s unit name the bed number and the reason for alarm are displayed on this message line The first View Alarm option in the menu also shows the bed in alarm Bed 3 Heart Rate Alarm MAIN VIEW ALARM VIEW ALARM VIEW ALARM VIEW ALARM VIEW ON ALARM MENU BED3 OPTIONS PREVIOUS SELECT A BED SELECT ANOTHER GRAPH VIEWED MENU TO VIEW CARE UNIT VIEWED BED PATIENT DATA ALARMS BEDS HR LOW NS Bed 3 Heart Rate Alarm 574B Alarm Message Line with a Bed in Alarm If multiple alarms occur the beds with the most recent alarm and highest alarm levels are displayed and prioritized with the highest priority alarm displayed first A maximum of four beds can be displayed in the message line at any one time WARNING Because of space limitations in the Alarm Message Line it is possible that the Alarm Message Line will only display which beds are in alarm but not include the alarm reason Or the alarm reason may be abbreviated to the point where the reason is not immediately obvious to the user In orde
326. lting system Consideration relating to the choice shall include use of the accessory in the patient vicinity and evidence that the safety certification of the accessory has been performed in accordance to the appropriate IEC 60601 1 and or 60601 1 1 harmonized national standard CAUTION BATTERY POWER If a device equipped with an optional battery pack will not be used or not be connected to the power line for a period of over six months remove the battery CAUTION BEFORE INSTALLATION Compatibility is critical to safe and effective use of this device Please contact your local sales or service representative prior to installation to verify equipment compatibility Solar 8000M i 3 9 Cautions 2026265 039A CAUTION DEFIBRILLATOR PRECAUTIONS Patient signal inputs labeled with the CF and BF symbols with paddles are protected against damage resulting from defibrillation voltages To ensure proper defibrillator protection use only the recommended cables and leadwires Proper placement of defibrillator paddles in relation to the electrodes is required to ensure successful defibrillation CAUTION DISPOSABLES Disposable devices are intended for single use only They should not be reused as performance could degrade or contamination could occur CAUTION DISPOSAL At the end of its service life the product described in this manual as well as
327. m Volume popup menu would not show any volume options lower than 40 If you set the Alarm Volume Off option to DISABLE see below in Monitor Defaults you must set a minimum alarm volume using this setting The Setup Display window in Monitor Defaults offers an ALARM VOLUME OFF setting This default setting lets you determine whether monitor alarm volume can be turned off using the Alarm Volume popup menu Choices are ENABLE and DISABLE If DISABLE is selected as the default setting the option OFF will not appear in the Alarm Volume popup menu This menu option displays an information window containing alarm information Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Alarm Control Minimum Alarm Volume Alarm Volume Off Alarm Help 8 10 Alarm Control Select ALARM HELP from the Alarm Control menu An information window titled PATIENT STATUS ALARMS is displayed PATIENT STATUS ALARMS Four categories of alarms provide patient status information They are Crisis most critical Warning Advisory and Message least critical Alarm Response CRISIS nes 200 ALARM WARNING 200 ALARM jJ ADVISORY 4 ALARM Q 200 MESSAGE ALARM 200 Crisis sounds continuously until SILENCE ALARM is pressed NEXT CLOSE WINDOW WINDOW i gt E ES iE gt E ES Ed E iE gt E ES E MAIN ALL ARRHYTHMIA PARAMETER ALARM VOL ALARM DISPLAY OFF MENU LIMIT
328. m the monitor are merged in the telemetry system when switching ECG monitoring from module to telemetry ApexPro software version 1 or later or CD Telemetry LAN software version 5 or later is required When ECG monitoring is switched from telemetry to an acquisition module telemetry is automatically discharged and the 36 most recent alarm histories are transferred to the monitor When ECG monitoring is switched from telemetry to a module the ECG limits arrhythmia alarm levels and display formats are recalled from monitor defaults Solar 8000M i 6 5 2026265 039A When monitoring from telemetry second V lead data is not sent to the monitor from the telemetry transmitter If you wish to see telemetry second V lead data you must view the telemetry patient See Viewing Other Patients on page 6 18 Users should be aware of a possible time discrepancy between the waveforms from the telemetry device and the waveforms hardwired to the monitor Users should not consider these waveforms to be synchronous If absolute synchronicity is desired Combo mode should be discontinued and the ECG waveforms should be acquired via the hardwired bedside monitor Selecting the ECG Setting Source When the monitor is in COMBO mode you can select whether the monitor uses its own ECG settings or the telemetry ECG settings The following ECG settings are affected when you select an ECG setting source Arrhythmia alarm levels PVC and
329. mark the first parameter chosen NOTE NBP or an invasive pressure with a systolic diastolic and mean value is considered one selection For example if you select ARI S the other two parameters ARI D and ARI M will also highlight However the trends for all three of these parameters appear only in one trend window If you only want to plot one of the three pressure parameters simply unmark the unwanted ones This is also true for inspired and expired CO and gas parameters When the parameters you wish to plot as trends are all highlighted select RETURN The popup menu closes and the information reconfigures to display the selected trends The Preset Trends menu option can be useful as a shortcut in plotting trends When you select PRESET TRENDS from the Graphic Trends menu a popup menu with preset combinations of parameters for trending opens The choices available vary with the patient monitor type for which your monitor is set Select a parameter combination if one suits your needs The information window immediately displays the parameters as graphic trends Select RETURN to close the popup menu Use these options to move backward and forward in time NOTE These options do not function when viewing in the 6 minute time period Use this option to open a popup menu used to select a time period for viewing the selected trends Options are 24 HRS 12 HRS 6 HRS 3 HRS 90 MINS 45 MINS 30 MINS 15 MINS and 6 MINS Display
330. menu Use the number buttons on the keypad or remote control to enter a new value Rotating the Trim Knob control or touching the touchscreen arrows also changes the displayed value in the popup menu You must press the Trim Knob control or touch the anchor menu option to implement the change and close the popup menu NOTE When a numeric popup menu is open the buttons on the keypad and remote control can only be used to enter numbers Close the numeric popup menu to access features using these buttons In some cases when selecting menu options a whole new menu is displayed This is called a subordinate menu Below is an example of a menu that shows how to access a subordinate menu 1 Select ECG parameter label to display the ECG menu MAIN DISPLAY ECG SIZE DETECT PACE ECG VIEW ALL UPDATE MENU LEAD II 1X OFF LIMITS ECG LEAD SET ARRHYTHMIA RELEARN ECG FILTER 12 LEAD ECG LD FULL mrs MONITORING ANALYSIS MULTI EJ ECG 522B ECG Menu with a Patient Data Module Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A The Basics Pointer Popup Menu Numeric Popup Menu Subordinate Menus 1 8 The Basics 2 Select ECG LIMITS The entire ECG menu is replaced with the subordinate ECG limits menu MAIN HR HIGH HRLOW PVC dur MENU LIMIT LIMIT LIMIT PREVIOUS MENU 526A ECG Limits Menu 3 Select PREVIOUS MENU to redisplay the ECG menu NOTE Many but not all
331. ms until network communication is restored To view a bed that is not in alarm select the SELECT A BED TO VIEW option from the View Other Patients menu A popup menu and information window open displaying all the available beds for one unit See Select Another Care Unit on page 6 39 Select the bed you want to view The display reconfigures to show the selected patient data on the left The popup menu closes and the main menu is displayed Menu items displayed are for the host monitor only To turn the viewed bed off select the SELECT A BED TO VIEW menu option The information window will appear with the pointer 2 already in front of the viewed bed Simply select the viewed bed to turn off the view and close the information window Select a Bed to View Turn the View Off Select Another Care Unit If the patient you want to view is in another care unit select the SELECT ANOTHER CARE UNIT option to display a popup menu and an information window that lists all care units on the network In the information window select the care unit you want The popup menu and information window close You must then designate the bed to view using the Select A Bed To View menu option See Select a Bed to View on page 6 33 Select this option to start a 20 second graph of the viewed patient data The waveforms that appear on this graph are those selected in the Graph Setup menu on the viewed patient s monitor If there is a local printer attached to
332. much ambient light Check the patient and the probe 14 14 Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A SpO2 LOW QUALITY or LOW QUALITY SIGNAL SpO data continues to be displayed but the quality of the signal is questionable Check the patient and the probe PROBE IS OFF THE PATIENT The disposable or reusable probe is off the patient No SpO data is displayed Check the probe NOTE The factory default for this alarm is system warning You can set it to be a system advisory alarm in your Monitor Defaults CONNECT SPO2 PROBE The disposable or reusable probe is not connected to the SpO patient cable No SpO data is displayed Check the probe and cable NOTE The factory default for this alarm is system warning You can set it to be a system advisory alarm in your Monitor Defaults PROBE OR MODULE MALFUNCTION No SpO data is displayed due to an unrecognized or defective probe If using a Patient Data Module or TRAM module try the following solutions in order 1 Change the probe 2 Change the cable 3 Change the acquisition module 4 Call service If using a single parameter module try the following solutions in order 1 Remove and reinsert the module 2 Remove the module change the probe then reinsert the module 3 Remove the module change the cable then reinsert the module 4 Change the module 5 Call service Solar 8000M i 14 15 2026265 039A SpO2 POOR SIGNAL QUALITY DETECTED
333. n The popup menu will close Select YES CATHETER IN PACKAGE if you wish to proceed with the calibration If the optical module has been plugged in within the last minute the message WARMING UP may appear in the SvO parameter window Wait for Solar 8000M i 18 5 2026265 039A 02 one minute then select the PREINSERTION CALIBRATION option again and repeat the yes selection Once the preinsertion calibration has started the message CAL TAKES UP TO 60 SECONDS is displayed The length of the preinsertion calibration is dependent on the quality of the signal being received 4 When the preinsertion calibration is complete one of two messages is displayed DO LIGHT CALIBRATION The preinsertion calibration was successful proceed to the light intensity calibration NOTE After a preinsertion calibration there are no light intensity alarms until a light intensity calibration has been performed PREINSERT CAL FAIL The calibration was unsuccessful Verify that the catheter has been properly connected to the optical module and repeat the preinsertion calibration procedure If the failure message still appears use another catheter Continued failure may indicate that the Abbott optical module is defective Light Intensity Calibration The light intensity calibration calibrates the SvO module to the light intensity signal being received from the patient A light intensity calibration must be performed a
334. n Alarm History for parameter alarms NOTE When adjusting alarm volume carefully consider the environmental noise level Adjust the volume so the clinician can adequately hear alarms Solar 8000M i 8 9 Alarm Volume 2026265 039A To adjust alarm tone volume select ALARM VOL from the Alarm Control menu A popup menu opens displaying the volume settings 100 60 20 90 50 10 80 40 OFF Alarm Volume Popup Menu 589A Each time a different volume setting is highlighted you hear a tone at that volume The message ALARM VOLUME OFF is displayed at the top of the screen if OFF is selected NOTE The Alarm Volume options shown are dependent on the Min Alarm Volume and Alarm Volume Off settings in the Setup Display window found in Monitor Defaults In the Operating Room and Neonatal ICU modes the 10 volume tones are slightly quieter than the same tones in the Adult ICU mode When you are satisfied with the volume level press the Trim Knob control or touch the ALARM VOL option to close the popup menu Any changes made with this menu option are only temporary and revert to default settings upon patient discharge The Setup Display window in Monitor Defaults offers a MIN ALARM VOLUME setting With this setting you can control the minimum level to which alarm volume can be set For example if you do not want alarm volume to be less than 40 you would select 40 as the Min Alarm Volume default The Alar
335. n alarm is sounding to start a 5 minute alarm pause Press again to start a 15 minute alarm pause Press again to start a permanent alarm pause Press again to reactivate alarms Alarm Pause Breakthrough The alarm pause breakthrough feature allows any crisis level alarm to break through interrupt an alarm pause with an audible alarm In other words when this feature is turned on set to CRISIS in the Setup Display Defaults window found in Monitor Defaults crisis level alarms will sound even if an alarm pause is in effect NOTE Only alarms set to crisis level can break through an alarm pause Alarms set to any other alarm level will not break through the alarm pause even when the feature is turned on When a crisis alarm breaks through an alarm pause arrhythmia histories are not stored This feature is labeled as PAUSE BREAKTHRU in the Setup Display Defaults window It can be set to CRISIS which indicates that the alarm pause breakthrough feature is active or OFF in which case no alarms will break through an alarm pause 2026265 039A Solar 8000M i 8 5 Alarm Control Remote Silencing Depending on the default setting of your monitor some or all alarm levels can be silenced remotely either by another bed that is viewing your monitor or at a central station The REMOTE SILENCE default setting found under Setup Default Display in Monitor Defaults determines which view patient a
336. n automatic CRG Plus graph run every two minutes 9 4 Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A CRG Plus Display Select MONITOR SETUP gt GRAPH SETUP gt CRG PLUS OPTIONS A new menu is displayed MAIN SELECT CRG PLUS PRINT CRG PLUS PRINT CRG PLUS MENU WAVEFORMS TO PRINT EVERY 2 MINUTES OFF ON ALARM OFF PREVIOUS MENU 769A CRG Plus Options Menu Select SELECT CRG PLUS WAVEFORMS TO PRINT to display a popup menu SELECT CRG PLUS WAVEFORMS TO PRINT gt RETURN PRINT MAP Select CRG Plus Waveforms to Print Popup Menu 770A To select highlight and deselect rotate and press the Trim Knob control or use the touchscreen arrows and SELECT CRG PLUS WAVEFORMS TO PRINT option The highlighted parameters will be printed When selecting CRG Plus parameters for printing Trace 1 is reserved for HR Trace 2 is reserved for or MAP and Trace 3 is reserved for 5002 MAP RR or There is a 3 waveform limit Select the PRINT option in this popup menu to print the selected CRG Plus waveforms Select RETURN when you have chosen the parameters for printing Choose Parameters Print CRG Plus Every Two Minutes Select the PRINT CRG PLUS EVERY 2 MINUTES menu option from the CRG Plus options menu to turn on off an automatic CRG Plus graph When on the selected CRG Plus parameters are automatically printed every two minutes at the print window location This continues until you turn it off
337. n extended period of time and then reconnected Catheter has been in place for an extended period of time Fiber optics have been damaged There is reason to suspect that the SvO value is incorrect If a venous blood gas calibration is performed it should be done when the patient s oxygen saturation is relatively stable and the light intensity signal is within normal limits three asterisks displayed in the SvO parameter window NOTE To achieve the accuracy ascribed to the SvO module calibration to blood gas should be done using measured oxyhemoglobin saturation values not calculated values Oxyhemoglobin saturation values that have been calculated on the basis of measurements of pH and temperature have been shown to be inaccurate Follow this procedure Select the CALIBRATE TO VENOUS BLOOD GAS option from the SvO menu new set of menu options is displayed MAIN CHANGE SAVE MENU VALUE 67 PREVIOUS CANCEL MENU CALIBRATION Calibrate to Venous Blood Gas Menu 741A If light intensity levels are insufficient the message BLOOD GAS CAL FAIL is displayed in the SvO parameter window This message is also displayed if the optical module is not warmed up Wait one minute then select the CALIBRATE TO VENOUS BLOOD GAS option again NOTE If failure continues call Abbott service It is likely that there is a hardware failure in the optical module The message DRAW BLOO
338. n the following Any type of Ammonium Chloride such as but not limited to Dimethyl Benzyl Ammonium Chloride or Quaternary Ammonium Chloride solutions Abrasive cleaners or solvents of any kind Acetone Ketone Betadine Alcohol based cleaning agents 99999 Sodium salts m Never autoclave or steam clean cables or leadwires Solar 8000M i 4 5 Sterilization Cautions 2026265 039A Store in a dry well ventilated area Vertically hang cables and leadwires Do not coil leadwires or cables tightly around any medical device Maintenance Storage Improper Cleaning Products and Processes Impact Results Product discoloration Metal part corrosion Brittle wires Brittle and breaking connectors Reduced cables and leadwires life Unit malfunction Void warranty Cleaning Products to Avoid Cleaning products known to cause the types of problems listed above include but are not limited to Sani Cloth Wipes Ascepti Wipes HB Quat Clorox Wipes they do not contain bleach Over the counter detergents e g Fantastic Tilex etc Products that contain active ingredients and solutions similar to these products should also be avoided NOTE For additional information refer to the How to Reach Us page of the manual for contact information Also see the GE Handheld Medical Devices Cleaning Disinfecting and Storage addendum Cables and Leadwires other than GE CAUTION Do not us
339. n the monitor is set for the Neonatal ICU mode Triggering Important GE recommends that the signal source used to trigger an intra aortic balloon pump should be the balloon pump itself This insures that the trigger signal is compatible with all modes of the IABP An extra set of ECG electrodes or an additional connection from the arterial line can be connected to the monitor to produce waveforms on the monitor s display for consolidated waveform viewing 2026265 039A Solar 8000M i 12 11 WARNING PATIENT HAZARD If you choose to trigger the balloon pump from the monitor contact the balloon pump manufacturer directly for interface requirements as they vary among manufacturers Some trigger modes on certain balloon pump devices may not be compatible with the GE analog output signal and use may contribute to patient injury or sub optimal pumping results If you choose to use the monitor for triggering you must follow the instructions below Failure to follow these instructions may result in an incompatible analog output signal which may contribute to patient injury Contact the balloon pump manufacturer for interface requirements Maximum GE ECG analog output delay with diagnostic ECG filter for Patient Data Modules and TRAM modules is less than 25 milliseconds Cable connection and ECG filter Use the appropriate compatible analog output cable from GE m Cable the balloon pump to the monitor through the DEFIB
340. nd Time MAIN CARDIAC MOVE WEDGE MENU OUTPUT CURSOR 676A Review Wedge Menu and Information Window from the PA Wedge Menu Option 12 16 Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Pressures PA WEDGE REVIEW 35 pz Program Cursor AU i Wim Wedge Value and Time 15 B33 9 MAIN CARDIAC 0 NEW PA WEDGE MENU OUTPUT CURSOR WEDGE LL d d Review Wedge Menu and Information Window from the PA Insert Wedge Menu Option NOTE If CO is being monitored the CO waveform is displayed in place of the respiration waveform The Review Wedge menu options are m CARDIAC OUTPUT Enters the PA wedge pressure value into Cardiac Calculations and Vital Signs The monitor automatically enters the Cardiac Output program MOVE WEDGE CURSOR Repositions the cursor to change the wedge value See Move Wedge Cursor on page 12 17 NEW WEDGE Restarts the wedge process and returns to the PA Insert Wedge menu This option is available in the Review Wedge menu from the PA Insert Wedge option If you are not satisfied with the placement of the cursor the PA wedge pressure value you can change it While the PA wedge review information is displayed select the MOVE WEDGE CURSOR option from the Review Wedge menu A popup menu opens and a solid line cursor is placed on top of the dashed program cursor in
341. ndow labeled CCO is displayed for these devices There is also a CCO parameter menu An additional SVO parameter window may be displayed with some continuous cardiac output devices There is no parameter menu for this window NOTE Only one SVO parameter can be displayed at one time on the monitor The monitor recognizes the first SVO source and ignores any subsequent ones NOTE Asterisks are displayed to indicate signal strength Three asterisks indicate a good signal two indicate an average signal and one indicates a weak signal The signal strength asterisks for the CCO parameter may not be available with all devices Solar 8000M i 20 11 2026265 039A Interfaces BT 36 8 cco CCO SV SVR 1066 D 8 XXX 78 CCO Parameter Window SVO Parameter Window MAIN DISPLAY CARDIAC UNITS MENU PARAMETER CALCS CELSIUS CCO Parameter Menu 869A 870A amp 871A m DISPLAY PARAMETER Opens a popup menu to select parameters for display in the parameter window CARDIAC CALCS Enters the cardiac calculations program UNITS Select Celsius or Fahrenheit as the units of measure for blood temperature BT To distinguish a CCO value from a CO value a lowercase always precedes a parameter label related to CCO IV Pumps The monitor displays no parameter window or menu for IV pumps It does broadcast alarms Urometers A parameter window labele
342. new menu where you can change certain graphing features Solar 8000M i 5 7 2026265 039A MAIN ECG1 WAVEFORM 2 WAVEFORM 3 WAVEFORM 4 GRAPH ALARM MENU LEAD II ART 1 OFF OFF LOCATION GRAPH ON PREVIOUS SPEED TIMED CRAPH CRG PLUS GRAPH BP MENU 25 CONTINUOUS OPTIONS INVASIVE 541 Graph Setup Menu ECG I Designates the ECG lead graphed in position 1 WAVEFORM 2 3 4 Designates the other waveforms to be graphed GRAPH LOCATION Displays a new menu to select print locations for manual and alarm graphs ALARM GRAPH Turns automatic alarm graphing on and off SPEED Controls the speed at which a graph is run TIMED GRAPH Controls the duration of a manual graph CRG PLUS OPTIONS Used to select CRG Plus waveforms to graph and to turn automatic graphing on and off GRAPH BP INVASIVE Used to select and graph invasive BP waveforms Monitor Setup ECG 1 Waveform 2 Waveform 3 Waveform 4 Each of these menu options designates a waveform to be printed on the graph strip The system prioritizes the waveforms based on the set system priority defaults NOTE Although pressures may be displayed on a full scale they are graphed on individual scales You can verify the individual scales by switching to the individual display mode Selecting any of these options from the GRAPH SETUP menu opens a popup menu For ECG 1 the popup menu
343. ng Remove by one of the following removed by selecting methods methods MAIN MENU or RETURN Manually removed by Manually removed by selecting MAIN MENU or selecting MAIN MENU or RETURN RETURN Automatically removed if Automatically removed if the alarming bed is silenced the alarming bed is silenced locally or by a central locally or by a central station station Automatically removedifan Automatically removed if an alarm condition is removed alarm condition is removed for Warning System for Warning System Warning and Advisory Warning and Advisory only only W Automatically removed if Automatically removed if the viewing bed silences the viewing bed silences the remote alarm A newer the remote alarm and the alarm will not displace an default setting of AVOA older alarm even if a higher SILENCE is set to Silenced priority alarm is present NOTE A newer alarm will not displace an older alarm even if a higher priority alarm is present Automatically removed if a more recent higher priority alarm is received and the default setting AVOA SILENCE is set to New Alarm Admit View A Patient How to Remove the View of the Alarming Bed Viewed Patient Display The figure below is an example of the split screen display when viewing another patient A display similar to this will appear both when a bed has been manually selected to view and during an automati
344. ng rubber gloves keep parts that are conductively connected to the heart isolated from ground if possible do not use tube fittings or stopcocks made of metal During intracardiac application of a device a defibrillator and pacemaker whose proper functioning has been verified must be kept at hand WARNING LEAKAGE CURRENT TEST When interfacing with other equipment a test for leakage current must be performed by qualified biomedical engineering personnel before using with patients Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Safety 3 6 Safety WARNING PHYSICAL INJURY Do not install monitoring devices or accessories above a patient Falling equipment could seriously or fatally injure neonatal or other vulnerable patients WARNING PHYSICAL INJURY Do not install the Patient Data Module above a patient Make sure the battery is completely inserted and the battery door is completely closed A falling battery could seriously or fatally injure neonatal or other vulnerable patients WARNING PHYSICAL INJURY Do not install the Patient Data Module above a patient The potential exists for a battery to leak a chemical on the patient if the Patient Data Module is mounted above the patient Leaks from battery cells can occur under extreme conditions The liquid is caustic to the eyes and skin If the liquid comes in contact with eyes or skin flush with cle
345. ngle lead analysis or multi lead 2026265 039A analysis for ECG and arrhythmia analysis Solar 8000M i ECG Lead Analysis 11 56 ECG Multi lead analysis examines ECG leads I 11 and the V lead whether they are displayed or not to help eliminate false alarms and improve the ability of the system to Detect beats that occur isoelectric to a single chest lead Discriminate artifact that appears in one lead compared to the other lead vectors Provide a smart lead fail feature where the failed lead is identified and if available another lead is provided for display Continue arrhythmia processing even after a lead change Single lead analysis uses only the lead displayed in the top position on the screen to process ECG and arrhythmia information When monitoring an adult single lead analysis is beneficial when m Using an external temporary pacemaker with a Zoll interface cable m Troubleshooting pacemaker detection and or arrhythmia detection To change lead analysis select LD ANALYSIS from the ECG menu A popup menu opens displaying two options SINGLE LEAD and MULTI LEAD Select the desired option and close the popup menu NOTE ECG is relearned whenever lead analysis is changed NOTE Because of the lead configuration used when monitoring neonates single lead analysis defaults on with lead II in the top trace position when the monitor is set up for Neonatal ICU mode The MORE EC
346. nitor to calculate a new computation constant when the next trial is done To change this option select INJECT TEMP from the CO menu A popup menu opens displaying the options IN LINE and BATH PROBE Select an option NOTE It is recommended that you make this adjustment before an injection is begun If you make a change after one or more cardiac output trials have been done the trials will be deleted This does not affect any calculations already saved Size This option allows you to select the catheter size Changing this option causes the monitor to calculate a new computation constant when the next trial is done To change this option select SIZE from the CO menu A popup menu opens Options are 8 7 5 7 6 and 5 Select an option NOTE It is recommended that you make this adjustment before an injection is begun If you make a change after one or more cardiac output trials have been done the trials will be deleted This does not affect any calculations already saved Injectate Volume When using an Edwards Abbott BD Becton Dickinson or Arrow catheter setup changing this option causes the monitor to calculate a new computation constant when the next trial is done To change the injectate volume select INJECT VOL from the CO menu A popup menu opens displaying the options 10CC 5 and Select an option NOTE It is recommended that you make this adjustment before an injection is begun If you make a
347. not within this range the sensor is out of tolerance and should be replaced See Capnostat Sensor and Adapter Cleaning on page 19 11 Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A 19 10 CO2 Calibrate the Capnostat Adapter An adapter calibration is required under the following conditions Whenever you change adapter types for example adult to low volume dead space or mainstream to sidestream When the monitor displays the message CHECK ADAPTER ADAPTER CAL Before calibrating be sure the airway adapter is clean and clear of foreign matter NOTE Prior to calibrating the Capnostat sidestream adapter all sampling tubing must be attached and the pump must be turned on Follow this procedure to calibrate the adapter Place the sensor and the adapter away from all sources of including the patient s and your own exhaled breath and ventilator exhaust valves With the adapter connected to the sensor and the sensor connected to the monitor and when used all sidestream tubing attached and the pump turned on select the CALIBRATE ADAPTER option from the CO menu A popup menu opens showing the options READY and ABORT Select READY The message CALIBRATING is displayed in the parameter window When calibration is complete the popup menu closes and the message clears 1 Capnostat Sensor and Adapter Cleaning Cleaning the Capnostat Sensor Clean the sensor surface with a damp cloth Ensure that t
348. nous Oxygen Saturation SvO module The module is used in conjunction with Abbott s Oximetrix catheter and Optical module to provide mixed venous oxygen saturation values NOTE Refer to the GE Critical Care Monitoring Clinical Reference and Troubleshooting Guide for the following information How SvO is measured Signal strength indicators Clinical level troubleshooting GE SvOsModule Abbott Oximetrix Catheter Cable Abbott Optical Module 733A GE SvO Module and Abbott Optical Module NOTE 6 The signal input is isolated but it is not defibrillator proof Checklist 1 The SvO module is securely inserted in the Tram rac housing 2 The Abbott optical module s cable is connected to the GE SvO module 3 The Abbott Oximetrix catheter is connected to the Abbott optical module 18 2 Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A SvO2 4 preinsertion calibration procedure is done before the catheter is inserted in the patient Refer to details in this chapter 5 The Abbott catheter is inserted in the patient Follow all guidelines specified in the Abbott literature 6 Any other necessary calibration procedures are done Refer to details in this chapter SvO gt Monitoring Features SvO Information When all connections are properly made SvO information is displayed in the SvO parameter window on the right side or bottom of the screen Signal Strength SvO Value Indicator SVO 80
349. ns the 12 Lead ECG Analysis menu Admit Discharge Adult Neonatal Opens a menu to admit or discharge a patient Airway Gases Operating Room Opens the CO menu Airway Gases Gas Operating Room Opens the Gas menu Alarm Volume Neonatal Opens a menu to adjust the audio alarm volume All Limits Adult Neonatal Opens the All Limits menu to adjust the limits of currently monitored parameters Cardiac Calcs Adult Operating Room Opens the Cardiac Calcs menu 2026265 039A Solar 8000M i 2 17 Function Opens the Cardiac Output menu Opens the Document CRG Events window Prints the CRG waveforms Opens the CRG Trends menu at the most recent CRG event Opens the defaults menu Turns the monitor display and audio items off and on Operating power mains is still on and alarms remain active at the central station Also turns NBP off Enters the dose calculations program Initiates a graph run of patient data Press the button again to stop Opens the Graphic Trends menu Returns to the main display Opens the NBP Auto menu Initiates an NBP measurement Pressing this button while a measurement is in process stops that measurement Starts five minutes of continuous sequential NBP measurements Performs the direct action of discharging and then immediately admitting a patient Opens the PA Wedge menu Opens a menu to adjust the volume of the QRS tone Starts a relearn of the
350. nt name and ID number that are currently stored in the bedside monitor select the name and ID number that corresponds to that patient e g 123 45 6789 CLARK Request Admit Information If your monitoring system includes a MUSE ADT Server with an interface to hospital information selecting the REQUEST ADMIT INFO option displays the patient information that was entered If your system does not include this equipment a message appears below the menu when you attempt to select this option AUTOMATIC ADMIT INFORMATION LAST NAME DAYTON Last name first name ID sex and birth FIRST NAME RAY date come from hospital information PATIENT ID 333 33 3333 SEX MALE Age is calculated if a birth date has been BIRTH DATE 14 JAN 1948 entered AGE 51 HEIGHT The remaining information is displayed if WEIGHT previously entered RACE SECONDARY ID REF PHYSICIAN MAIN CHANGE VIEW MANUAL RECALL ADMIT DISCHARGE MENU ADMIT INFO ADMIT INFO DEFAULT HELP PATIENT UNITS OF MEASURE Request Admit Info Information Window 566C Verify the accuracy of the displayed information Use the CHANGE ADMIT INFO option if any information needs to be corrected or added NOTE If you change information that was supplied automatically you may have to notify the appropriate hospital personnel View Manual Admit Information You may have corrected changed or added information using the CHANGE ADMIT INFO menu on the monitor but this does
351. nu MAIN ALARM VITAL GRAPHIC CARDIAC PULMONARY DOSE MENU HISTORY SIGNS TRENDS CALCS CALCS CALCS PREVIOUS CRG MENU TRENDS 597C Patient Data Menu ALARM HISTORY Displays stored arrhythmia alarm events ST references and ST limit alarm events Cardiac software package only VITAL SIGNS TABULAR TRENDS Displays the values for the patient s monitored parameters over the last 24 hours GRAPHIC TRENDS Plots trends for selected parameters CARDIAC CALCS Enters the cardiac calculations program Cardiopulmonary software package only PULMONARY CALCS Enters the pulmonary calculations program Cardiopulmonary software package only DOSE CALCS Enters the dose calculations program CRG TRENDS Displays high resolution CRG trends High Resolution CRG Trends software package only Detailed information on each option is found in this chapter NOTE This option is part of the Cardiac software package The Alarm History option allows you to view waveforms of stored arrhythmia and ST events for crisis warning and advisory alarm levels ST references are also stored here In Adult ICU and Neonatal ICU modes events are not stored in Alarm History during an alarm pause or if the monitor is in a discharged state To view alarm histories select the ALARM HISTORY option from the Patient Data menu or the Alarm Control menu A popup menu and information window are displayed The inf
352. nu options used to access menus that are not related to specific parameters Once a menu is open you can touch any of the menu options to Open a popup menu Open a popup menu and information window Open a submenu Perform a direct action The result of touching a menu option depends on the option selected Touching a menu option is equivalent to highlighting it by rotating the Trim Knob control then pressing the Trim Knob control This manual refers to this process as selecting Using the Touchscreen with Popup Menus and Information Windows When a menu option is selected touched and a popup menu or a popup menu and information window open touchscreen arrow options and or a RETURN option may appear in the popup menu In addition the menu option selected now serves as an anchor menu option and is used as part of the selecting process ARRHYTHMIA ALARM LEVELS gt RETURN ASYSTOLE CRISIS V FIB V TAC CRISIS V TACH CRISIS VT gt 2 CRISIS V BRADY CRISIS COUPLET MESSAGE BIGEMINY MESSAGE ACC VENT MESSAGE PAUSE MESSAGE TRIGEMINY MESSAGE RONT MESSAGE PVC MESSAGE TACHY MESSAGE BRADY MESSAGE IRREGULAR MESSAGE Anchor Menu Option MAIN ALL ARRHYTHMIA ALARM DISPLAY OFF MENU LIMITS ALARM LEVEL HELP ALARM PAUSE PREVIOUS CLEAR 1 l RETURN MENU ALARMS Touchscreen RETURN option Arrows 587B Arrhythmia Alarm Level Popup Menu and Information Window 2026265 039A Solar 8000M i 1
353. nuals contain detailed information Follow these guidelines when inspecting the equipment Inspect the equipment for obvious physical damage and replace damaged items Inspect all cords for fraying or other damage Inspect all plugs and connectors for bent prongs or pins Repair or replacement must be performed by qualified service personnel Inspect all cable insulation Qualified service personnel should repair or replace damaged or deteriorated cables In the United States GE Service is available 24 hours a day by calling 800 558 7044 Outside the United States please contact your sales service office NOTE Refer to the service manuals for more comprehensive checkout procedures General Cleaning WARNING Disconnect the monitor from the power line before cleaning or disinfecting its surface 4 2 Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Maintenance The equipment should be cleaned on a regular basis Comply with the policies of your institution s infection control unit and or biomedical department The exterior surfaces of the equipment may be cleaned with a dampened lint free cloth Use one of the following approved solutions ammonia diluted Cidex sodium hypochlorite bleach diluted or mild soap diluted To avoid damage to the equipment follow these rules CAUTION Failure to follow these rules may melt distort or dull the finish of the case blur lettering on the labels o
354. obtained when SpO and or SvO are monitored by GE modules and a hemoglobin value is entered Estimated values are obtained for a 12 hour period following a hemoglobin entry and are stored in vital signs with all data See Sort Data on page 10 7 The following chart shows what is estimated the label used to identify it and the 66 a0 formula used An e preceding a label indicates that it is an estimated value Estimated Calculations Stored in Vital Signs Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Patient Data Save Calc Review Calcs Weight and Height Calculate Store Estimated Calcs 10 16 Patient Data Label Formula Necessary Data 002 SpO gt Hb Hb x 1 89 x 5 eCvOs SvOs Hb Hb 1 89 x 5 ea vOs 908002 eCvO5 5 SvO Hb eQs Qt SpO 502 Hb Hb gt 1 39 1 ip x 100 BO Hb x 1 89 x 1 ime eO2ER 5002 SvO gt Hb eC a ei vis eC als 200 eDOsl 80802 x CI x 10 SpO Hb CO eVOal ea vO2 x CI x 10 SpO2 5 2 Hb CO The 620221 and 6 0221 values are automatically included in cardiac calculations with each cardiac output regardless of whether the Store Estimated Calcs option is on or off If you want to turn this software feature off or change the storage time interval select the STORE ESTIMATED CALCS option from the Pulmonary Calcs menu A popup menu with the options OFF 1 HR 30 MINS and 15 MINS opens Make your selection using the Trim Knob control or
355. olume Alarm Volume Silence Alarm QRS Volume Rate Volume ECG Leads Fail SPO Probe Off SPO Pulse Search Persistent SP0 Monitor ISO DES Display Limits Display Units Units For Height Units For Weight Temperature Units Units Units Gas Units NBP Limits Type Arterial Limits Type PA Limits Type Menu Timeout ECG Filter BP Filter TRAM No ECG Alarm PDM No ECG Alarm QRS Width Display Mode RM Display Par 1 RM Display Par 2 Solar 8000M i Appendix C Operating Room Mode Defaults 4 Appendix C Operating Room Mode Defaults C 5 Display Defaults RM Display Par 3 PIP RM Display Par 4 PEEP Discharge Alert OFF TC Site Time 4 00 TC Site Temp 45 0 C TC Units mmHG TC Severinghaus OFF RM WF Speed 6 25 Vent WF Speed 6 25 Display MAC Value OFF Disable SAM Hal OFF Disable SAM Enf OFF ICG Primary Par CI ICG Secondary Par1 co ICG Secondary Par2 SVR ICG Secondary Par3 TFC Touch Volume 10 Pause Breakthru CRISIS Tech ID Field OFF Masimo Averaging 8 SECS Sat Seconds OFF SpO2 Response FAST BIS Smooth Rate 15 SEC Spectral Update 2 SEC EEG WF Scale 25 uV div EEG WF Speed 25 Spectra Display CSA EEG Montage 2 CH REF EEG Param Display SEF EEG Trend 1 SEF EEG Trend 2 MedF EEG Trend 3 SR EEG Trend 4 AMP AVOA Alarm Level WARNING Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A
356. om the Alarm Control menu An information window is displayed showing a list of patient parameters currently being monitored their units of measure and their current high and low limits Only parameters currently being monitored are listed To change one or more limits in the All Limits information window follow the procedure below All changes made with this menu option are temporary and revert to the default settings upon patient discharge 1 Select the parameter you wish to change 2 Highlight the high or low limit 3 Change the limit value 4 Press the Trim Knob control to complete the change The new limit takes effect immediately 5 Rotate the Trim Knob control to highlight the parameter label then press it to unhighlight You can now move to another parameter if you want NOTE Steps 4 and 5 are not needed when using the optional touchscreen Simply use the touchscreen arrows to move around the information window 6 When you are finished making changes select RETURN to close the information window Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Alarm Control All Limits All Limits Overview Changing a Limit 8 8 Alarm Control Arrhythmia Alarm Level The arrhythmia calls recognized by the monitor are assigned to one of four patient status alarm categories The Arrhythmia Alarm Level option allows you to view the levels assigned to each arrhythmia call To display a list of arrhythmia calls and their assigned al
357. omplexes are not printed The trend is printed first with the appropriate lead complex immediately following it The lead label appears on the trend and the ST value appears at the end of the lead complex Invalid data is represented by a buzz line The ST data is sent to the writer designated as the print window location NOTE Trends displayed on a 2 or 4 mm scale print on a 3 mm scale Trends displayed on a 6 or 8 mm scales print on a 6 mm scales If you want to update the reference complexes shown on the display so they reflect current complexes select the STORE NEW REFERENCES option from the ST menu A popup menu opens with YES and NO options Select YES if you are sure you want to replace the reference complexes The current complexes become the reference complexes An ST reference history is created and can be viewed in alarm history Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A ECG Print ST Store New References 11 22 ECG NOTE When a VA lead or VB lead is one of the three ST leads being displayed and a new VA or VB lead is identified using the IDENTIFY VA LEAD or IDENTIFY VB LEAD menu the monitor automatically stores new references for all templates displayed NOTE Selecting STORE NEW REFERENCES does not affect actual ST processing It is for visual reference only ST Limits Overview The ST Limits option provides an information window and a new set of menu options The information lists
358. on the display and the laser printers will not be available as valid graph locations The laser printer prints the following information when it is selected for each graph location Print window location Any printable information window being displayed is printed when the Graph Go Stop button is pressed Manual graph location The waveforms as selected in the Graph Setup menu are printed when the Graph Go Stop button is pressed Twenty seconds of waveforms per page are printed in cascade format when the graph speed is set to 25 millimeters per second The graph runs until all patient data is printed Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Printing Laser Printer 7 4 Printing NOTE There is a delay of approximately 30 seconds until the first page is printed when a graph speed of 25 mm s is chosen This delay does not mean that the data printed is delayed This delay is simply the time it takes for the laser printer to process the information The amount of data printed and the length of the delay increase if a graph speed slower than 25 mm s is chosen Alarm graph location An alarm activated graph provides 20 seconds of waveforms per page in cascade format The graph runs for the duration of the alarm There is a delay before the first page is printed see note above Patient waveforms and most information windows can be printed You choose which waveforms to print to which device to print graph duration and the
359. on the monitor NOTE The smart lead fail feature works only when using a 5 6 or 10 leadwire configuration The smart lead fail feature continually checks the integrity of the electrodes to allow uninterrupted monitoring If the quality of an electrode signal degrades to an inadequate level a lead fail message is displayed If the lead fail affects the ECG waveform being monitored in the top trace position on the screen monitoring automatically switches to another lead Refer to the chart below Message New Lead Monitored RA FAIL Lead Ill RL FAIL Patient Data Module The lead selected to display in the top trace position See only Display Lead Overview on page 11 6 LL FAIL Lead LA FAIL Lead 11 V FAIL Lead LEADS FAIL No waveforms displayed multiple leads fail or RL fail when using a TRAM module If you are using a 10 leadwire electrode configuration you have the additional V2 V6 leads If one of these V leads fails while it is displayed in the top trace position monitoring will switch to lead II Individual lead fail messages are not displayed when using single lead analysis but lead switching does occur Solar 8000M i 11 7 Smart Lead Fail 2026265 039A ECG Leads Fail Patient Condition There is a system alarm to alert you when more than one lead fails In the Operating Room mode this leads fail patient condition defaults as a system advisory alarm You can ho
360. on window and popup menu NOTE The NBP Stat feature is not available when the monitor is set for the Neonatal ICU mode NBP Stat enables 5 minutes of continuous sequential automatic NBP measurements Select the NBP STAT option from the NBP menu popup menu opens displaying the options ON OFF and HELP To enable NBP Stat select ON The first cuff inflation occurs within seconds To discontinue the NBP stat process before the 5 minutes are up select OFF from the popup menu or press the NBP Go Stop button on the keypad NBP Stat Early Systolic Measurement Early systolic measurement is a feature of the NBP Stat mode As soon as you enter NBP Stat mode cuff inflation begins a measurement is taken and the systolic diastolic and mean values are displayed Thereafter the systolic value will be displayed shortly after the measurement starts When the measurement is complete the monitor will beep and the final measurement values will be displayed Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A 13 10 NBP The monitor can store up to 96 NBP readings which can be reviewed in Vital Signs This is equivalent to running Auto mode at 15 minute intervals for 24 hours Readings older than 24 hours are cleared from Vital Signs 1 Select the REVIEW NBPS option from the NBP menu The Vital Signs information window is displayed with the data sorted so NBP readings appear first in the list 2 Selectthe desired menu options See Vita
361. ondition is not the cause it may be necessary to re prep the patient s skin and change the electrodes to resume monitoring of respiration LD I FAIL LD II FAIL or LD RL LL FAIL CHECK THE PATIENT This is an alarm condition that requires action The lead monitoring respiration has failed You can manually switch respiration detection to the other lead or it may be necessary to re prep the patient s skin and change the electrodes LEADS FAIL LDS FAIL Solar 8000M i 16 9 Speed Troubleshooting Messages 2026265 039A Respiration CHECK THE PATIENT This is an alarm condition that requires action It may be necessary to re prep the patient s skin and change the electrodes 16 10 Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A 1 Temperature Two temperature sites can be monitored with any of the following acquisition modules Patient Data Module YSI series 400 or 700 probes TRAM module YSI series 400 or 700 probes Dual Temperature module YSI 700 probes BP Dual Temperature module YSI 700 probes Dual Temperature module series 400 YSI 400 probes BP Dual Temperature module series 400 YSI 400 probes TEMP CO Cable Connector 404B 545A Patient Data Module and TRAM 451N Module Temperature Introduction Dual Temperature Module BP Dual Temperature Module 828A amp 827A NOTE The signal input is a high insulation port and it is defibrillator proof The insulated
362. onitor defaults However upon discharge graph location designations remain as last selected If the selected printer is not available these menu options continue to show that printer even though it is not available You must change it to an available device The message SAVING is displayed when attempting to graph to an unavailable device This menu option turns automatic alarm graphs off and on This is a direct action menu option Selecting it switches back and forth between off and on An arrhythmia alarm graph continues to run until a normal sinus rhythm is detected or until you manually stop it at the printer All other alarm graphs run for 20 seconds Solar 8000M i 5 9 Alarm Graph 2026265 039A NOTE To convert an arrhythmia alarm graph to a manual graph you must stop the graph using the GRAPH GO STOP key on the writer then immediately restart the graph This menu option controls the speed at which a graph is printed The slower the speed the more condensed the data is This option affects manual graphs only It must be selected before starting the graph NOTE Alarm graphs always run at 25 millimeters per second Selecting the speed menu option opens a popup menu Choices are 0 1 0 5 1 5 10 12 5 25 and 50 millimeters per second NOTE Laser printers connected to a central station do not support the 0 1 millimeter per second speed Laser printers connected to the Solar 8000M i monitor do not su
363. or Solution Check thatthe sensor is securely snapped onto the adapter Check for possible obstructions in the adapter and clean if required f message persists calibrate the adapter CHECK SAMPLE LINE Cause Sample line is disconnected or sample line used is of a different type than the type used when adapter was last calibrated Solution Be sure the sample line is securely connected If the sample line is different recalibrate the adapter using the new type of sample line INCOMPATIBLE SENSOR Cause Capnostat sensor is of older type and not supported by module software Solution Use only a Capnostat 3 sensor NO BREATH DETECTED Cause No breath detected or sensor is disconnected from patient airway Solution Check the patient and all patient connections NOT CALIBRATED Cause Sensor signal is out of tolerance Solution Calibrate the sensor using the Zero Capnostat Sensor instructions in this chapter 2026265 039A Solar 8000M i 19 13 CO2 SERVICE CO2 MODULE Cause Module failure Type of failure is displayed in the message CPU ROM RAM 2uP TMP Solution Note the specific error message and call GE for service or contact your sales service representative UNKNOWN ERROR Cause Module failure type unknown Solution Call GE for service or contact your sales service representative WARMING UP Cause Appears whenever a sensor is first plugged in a module is placed in
364. orary and will be replaced by the default setting upon discharge of a patient from the host monitor NOTE Upon monitor discharge all beds in the watch list that are not in the monitor s same care unit are cleared All beds in the watch list that are in the monitor s same care unit return to the default View On Alarm alarm levels See View On Alarm Options on page 6 28 View Other Patients Menu Select VIEW OTHER PATIENTS from the Main menu to display the View Other Patients menu MAIN VIEW ALARM VIEW ALARM VIEW ALARM VIEW ALARM VIEW ON ALARM MENU OPTIONS GRAPH VIEWED VIEWED BED PATIENT DATA PREVIOUS SELECT A BED SELECT ANOTHER MENU TO VIEW CARE UNIT ALARNS View Other Patients Menu 572B Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Overview 6 26 Admit View A Patient You can use the options in this menu to view the data for an alarming bed or to view a bed that is not alarming In addition this menu appears when an alarming bed is displayed via the automatic view on alarm feature VIEW ALARM Select to display the patient data for the bed in alarm These menu options do not appear when the view on alarm feature is turned off VIEW ON ALARM OPTIONS Displays a new menu that allows you to turn the view on alarm options on off or set to auto SELECT A BED TO VIEW Opens an information window from which you can select a bed to view SELECT ANOTHER CARE UNIT
365. ormation window are displayed MANUAL ADMIT INFORMATION LAST NAME FIRST NAME PATIENT ID SEX BIRTH DATE AGE HEIGHT WEIGHT RACE SECONDARY ID REF PHYSICIAN REQUEST RECALL ADMIT ADMIT ADMIT INFO DEFAULT HELP PATIENT PREVIOUS UNITS OF MENU MEASURE CHANGE ADMIT INFO MAIN MENU 535B Admit Menu and Information Window Standard Admit Menu In the Standard application the monitor is permanently assigned to a room The unit name and bed number are assigned during installation Below are the standard admit menus with options based on the patient monitor mode MAIN CHANGE REQUEST RECALL ADMIT ADMIT MENU ADMIT INFO ADMIT INFO DEFAULT HELP PATIENT PREVIOUS UNITS OF MENU MEASURE 538A Adult ICU and Neonatal ICU Admit Menu Standard Application 6 8 Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Admit View A Patient NEW CASE Operating Room Admit Menu Standard Application MAIN CHANGE MENU ADMIT INFO PREVIOUS UNITS OF MENU MEASURE RECALL DEFAULT REQUEST ADMIT INFO 542 menu options are described in Admit Menu Options section in this chapter Rover Admit Menu In the Rover application the monitor can be moved from room to room In some cases the unit name and bed number may need to be changed so they are included as options in the admit menu Below are the Rover admit menus with options b
366. ormation window displays arrhythmia and ST events classified as crisis warning and advisory in chronological order beginning with the most recent event Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Alarm History Alarm History Overview 10 2 Patient Data A maximum of 46 total events can be stored with a maximum of 36 arrhythmia events and 10 ST events including references If more than 36 arrhythmia events or 10 ST events occur the oldest event in the history is removed and the new event is recorded Up to 15 events can be displayed at one time The pointer in the information window points to the most recent event If you want to view the waveform data for that event press the Trim Knob control or touch the ALARM HISTORY option If you want to view the waveform data for another event on the list select a different event Select RETURN if you do not wish to view any events The information window closes and the Patient Data menu or Alarm Control menu is displayed CAUTION MEASURING DATA STORED IN ALARM HISTORY Waveform data is stored in the alarm history using compression technology that may not allow perfect reconstruction of the waveform data when subsequently viewed Although differences occur relatively frequently and are usually very minor users are urged to verify diagnostic waveform measurements with the waveform data from realtime graph strips To select an alarm to view press the Trim Knob control
367. ors version 5 0 and later For monitors earlier than version 5 0 or if the ADMIT PATIENT TO ACTIVATE ALARMS message continues to display on the monitor 30 seconds after ECG or SpO physiologic data has been detected you must manually admit the patient using the Admit Discharge button on the keypad or remote control or through the ADMIT menu Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Admit View A Patient About Admitting Introduction Auto Admit 6 2 Admit View A Patient WARNING A clinical site might consist of a mixed environment of Solar monitors with auto admit ON and some with auto admit OFF or Solar monitors earlier than V5 0 that do not support auto admit If the ADMIT PATIENT TO ACTIVATE ALARMS message continues to display on the monitor 30 seconds after ECG or SpO2 physiologic data has been detected you must manually admit the patient using the Admit Discharge button on the keypad or remote control or through the ADMIT menu CAUTION When using a Solar SpO module the auto admit feature requires that ECG from an acquisition module be present NOTE Physiological ECG data is any condition that does not result ina LEADS FAIL condition NOTE Physiological SpO data is any condition that does not result in a SPO2 PROBE OFF or SPO2 PROBE DISCONNECT condition Select MORE MENUS gt MONITOR SETUP gt MONITOR DEFAULTS gt SETUP DEFAULT DISPLAY Locate and select AUTO ADMIT Select ON to en
368. ost monitor must be in a discharged state A bed to view is selected from the View Other Patients menu at the host monitor When using the full screen for viewing a patient the following conditions apply All monitored parameters are received from the viewed bed Up to eight waveforms are received from the viewed bed No waveforms are received for Vent RM CO and other gas parameters ST trends and complexes or CRG Plus display No audible alarms sound but normal visual indications of an alarm occur The bed number and patient name for the viewed bed are displayed rather than those for the host bed The message VIEWED PATIENT is always displayed at the bottom of the screen The Alarm Control menu and the Admit menu cannot be accessed Parameter priorities as defined in the host monitor s default settings affect the order of parameter display m Touchscreen capabilities are not active From the host monitor you can m Select patients to view in any care unit m Graph patient data To initiate a graph do one of the following Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Admit View A Patient Viewed Patient Data Full Patient View 6 34 Admit View A Patient Select the GRAPH VIEWED BED option in the View Other Patients menu This starts a timed graph using waveform location and speed settings as set at the viewed patient s monitor Press the Graph Go Stop button This starts a graph using the location
369. ote Sync Input TTL negative Video TMDS Digital Video DFP 1 0 Compliant Resolution 1024 x 768 NOTE Multiscan displays indicate the sync rate and the refresh rate as ranges e g 20 KHz to 80 KHz rather than a single value To meet the required specifications ensure that the ranges indicated on your display include a 48 4 KHz horizontal sync rate and a 60 Hz vertical refresh rate Monitor Display Connections Captive cable or interconnect cable processor unit to display 20 pin mini D ribbon MDR male connector Connector s 20 pin mini D ribbon MDR female connector Emissions CISPR 22 Agency Approvals IEC 60950 1 UL 60950 1 CAN CSA C22 2 No 60950 00 CE See Non Medical Grade Displays on page H 12 Recommended Specifications for Computer Grade Digital Flat Panel Displays The following are recommended specifications Monitor Display 15 inch to 21 inches typical Size Display Viewing angle 70 horizontal minimum 70 vertical minimum Characteristics Input Voltage Range 90 254 VAC 50 60 Hz Controls On Off Brightness Environmental Operating 10 to 40 degrees C Temperature H 14 Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Appendix H Technical Specifications 10 to 95 non condensing 65 MHz minimum 300 1 typical 150 nits minimum Anti glare hard coat If the monitor display will be mounted it must accommodate GCX or equivalent mounting GCX Corporation 32 Pamaron Way Novato CA 94
370. otection is used to restrict access to the MONITOR DEFAULTS menu This feature can be enabled or disabled using this option The choices are REQUIRED and NOT REQUIRED 5 22 Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A 6 AdmitView A Patient WARNING ALARM ACTIVATION No audible alarms sound on the monitor until a patient is admitted to the monitor The monitor will not audibly alarm if an unadmitted patient enters an alarm condition A patient must be admitted to the monitor to activate audible alarms alarm graphs alarm history and the Auto View on Alarm feature Admitting a patient to the monitor is essential When the monitor is discharged the following message displays near the middle of the screen to alert you to admit your patient ALL ALARMS OFF ADMIT PATIENT TO ACTIVATE ALARMS In addition to the message a discharge alert beep can be set in monitor defaults The discharge alert sounds periodically when the monitor is in a discharged state and the display is on The Auto Admit feature defaults to ON but can be turned OFF in Monitor Defaults When ON in Monitor Defaults the Auto Admit feature provides automatic admission of the patient and activation of alarms The monitor will automatically admit the patient after 30 seconds of continuous ECG or SpO physiologic data has been detected The capability to manually admit the patient is still available at any time WARNING The auto admit feature is only available on Solar monit
371. ou zoom in to a specified two minute trend from any six hour summary or zoom out to a specified six hour summary from any two minute trend The cursor centers to the selected time associated with the displayed trace The VIEW OLDER VIEW NEWER options allow you to view older and newer data Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Locate Cursor Zoom In Out View Older View Newer 9 8 CRG Plus Display The SELECT PARAMETERS option opens a popup menu to select CRG parameters to be displayed as trends Your choices are HR SPO MAP RESP CO3 TC and TC NOTE Heart rate in the CRG trends window is not available when ECG is monitored from a telemetry source Combo or Rover Combo application NOTE The CO two minute waveform is not available when using the TC module with the combo sensor Respiration Trend The data for the respiration trend is as follows Six hour display In Neonatal ICU mode it is apnea per 5 minutes This prints as apnea per 1 minute In Adult ICU and Operating Room modes it is the respiration rate m Two minute display modes it is the respiration waveform This option opens a popup menu that allows you to select a specific CRG event from the event directory All events in the event directory may be selected Once an event is selected a 2 minute trend of the event is displayed in the trace area with the event time centered Events older than 24 hour
372. ousing the patient isolated circuitry voltage is enabled by the host monitor as indicated by the PWR indicator light SpO2 SpO Monitoring Features A waveform labeled SpO is displayed on the monitor when the patient cable is connected to the module Numerics are also displayed in the SpO parameter windows on the right side of the screen NOTE Visual indication of the patient s pulse is not proportional to the pulse amplitude Strength of Signal Indicator Value jen 1 0 0 n Limits SpO Parameter Window Pulse Rate Value 689B The current SpO value and the derived pulse rate RATE are displayed The asterisks indicate the signal strength three asterisks indicate the strongest signal NOTE When monitoring SpO using Nellcor technology Nellcor Patient Data Module and TRAM x51N modules and the Sat Seconds feature is active the signal strength asterisks are not displayed Signal strength may be determined by the amplitude of the SpO waveform Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A SpO Information 14 8 SpO2 c 7 SpO Parameter Window with Sat Seconds active 683A GE and Ohmeda SpO measurements are averaged over a 6 second period of time in the Adult ICU mode and a 12 second period of time in the Neonatal ICU mode The longer averaging time for the Neonatal ICU mode is to help decrease false alarms related to patient motion artifact NOTE The Masimo Patient Data Mod
373. ow is open only in Combo mode The Unit and Bed Name windows are open only in Rover mode The PID Conflict window is open The All Limits Arrhythmia Alarm Level or Parameter Alarm Level window is open Wm The Select a Bed to View Select a Bed to AutoView or Select a Care Unit window is open Any of the Learn the Monitor windows are open The Confirm Bed Number window is open only in Rover mode 6 18 Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Admit View A Patient Automatic View On Alarm Feature CAUTION ALARM NOTIFICATION A maximum of four beds can be displayed in the message line at one time even though there may be more than four beds in alarm Because of this limitation automatic view on alarm AVOA should not be used in place of a central monitoring station There are two implementations of the optional Automatic View On Alarm feature AutoView XM Allows viewing beds via any networked monitor Can view up to 40 beds on a hardwired network or up to 10 beds on a wireless network m Allows viewing beds from multiple care units Automatic View On Alarm AVOA The original automatic view on alarm AVOA feature can be used with any software version It requires the separate Unity Network Information Server to run NOTE To avoid confusion it is recommended that only one type of automatic view on alarm be used in a care unit i e a care unit using server AVOA should not use AutoView XM and vice versa
374. package Asystole VTach and VFib alarms Full arrhythmia package w alarm level adjust Multi lead arrhythmia storage and recall G 2 Solar 8000M i Appendix 6 Software Packages Software Packages Basic High Capability or Feature Software Seid pulmonary Resolution Package Package CRG Trends Multi lead ST segment measurement 7 leads X 12 lead ST segment monitoring 12 leads X Multi lead ST segment template and trending X Multi lead ST segment history storage X Selectable ST points X 12SL ECG analysis program X 12RL ECG analysis program X Automatic 12 lead on ST alarm X Respiration monitoring and apnea detection X 6 invasive BP channels X Invasive BP measurement cursor X Arterial disconnect alarm X Arterial Smart BP function X Intra aortic balloon pump BP algorithm X PA Wedge measurement program X PA Insert Wedge measurement program X Non invasive BP NBP measurement X NBP cuffs measurement for adult pediatric neonate X NBP manual automatic and stat measurement modes X NBP mean only alarm X Pulse oximetry monitoring X Persistent SPO monitoring X Temperature monitoring support X Thermodilution cardiac output support X Cardiac computation constants stored for major manufacturers X Cardiac calculations X EtCO monitoring support X SvO monitoring support X SAM Smart Anesthesia Multi gas module X T
375. parameter simultaneously e g ECG SpO and NIBP NOTE A Patient Data Module is compatible with either Masimo or Nellcor SpO The front label above the SpO connector identifies which SpO technology the Patient Data Module uses Shown below is a Patient Data Module compatible with Masimo SET SpO 2026265 039A Solar 8000M i 2 5 Equipment Overview ECG Temp Co P1 P3 P2 P4 SpO gt Communication Indicator Power Indicator NIBP Defib Sync Dual function Power On and Zero All button 404B Patient Data Module Front Panel Patient Data Module Power and Communication Indicators Power and communication indicators are located on the front panel of the Patient Data Module See the picture above Power Indicator The power indicator illuminates yellow during boot up and turns green after boot up power indicator illuminates green when the Patient Data Module is powered by the monitor The power indicator illuminates green when PDM battery is installed and power is applied to the Patient Data Module by pressing the Power On button The power indicator is not illuminated when no power is applied to the Patient Data Module Communication Indicator m communication indicator illuminates yellow during boot up and turns green after boot up The communication indicator flashes yellow if communication fails The communication indicator is not illuminated when no power is applied to t
376. patient s blood temperature Inject solution rapidly and smoothly Inject over 4 to 5 seconds Inject at end expiration Wait 1 minute between injections to allow baseline to stabilize Influencing Factors Technique Suggested Cardiac Output Procedure Following is a summary of the entire cardiac output procedure It is provided to give you an overall picture of the process The rest of the chapter includes details and additional information that you should read This suggested procedure can be a handy reference once you are familiar with the details Determine whether an in line sensor or bath probe sensor is being used for cardiac output Set up cables and prepare the patient accordingly Select the CO parameter label on the monitor Depending on the mode you will see one of two messages INJECT WHEN READY or PUSH CO NOW OR TURN AUTO ON The CO menu and a cardiac output trials chart are also displayed Adjustments can be made at this time using the menu options provided Adjustments you may need to make include Solar 8000M i 15 5 1 2026265 039A a Type of injectate temperature probe in line or bath probe b Injectate volume c Use of PAW PAD or LA in cardiac calculations d Catheter size e Computation constant NOTE If UNSTABLE BT DETECTED message is displayed the monitor cannot detect an injection See Troubleshooting on page 15 14 When adjustments are complete you can proc
377. pe Manufacturer and Model Waveforms Alarms Anesthesia Drager Julian Pressure Yes machine Anesthesia Drager Cato PM 8050 Pressure Yes machine Anesthesia Drager Cicero EM Pressure Yes machine Anesthesia Drager PM 8060 Pressure Yes machine Anesthesia Drager Primus Not for sale in the United VNT COs GAS Yes machine States 20 2 Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Interfaces Alarms Yes Yes Yes Status messages only Status messages only Yes Yes Yes Yes No Status messages only Status messages Status messages Status messages Status messages Status messages No No Yes Yes Yes 20 3 Unity Network ID Device Connectivity Chart Waveforms Pressure Flow Pressure Flow None na na na na None None None None na na na na CO SpO gt SpO gt Pressure Flow Volume SpO na na Manufacturer and Model North American Dr ger Narkomed 2B 2C 3 4 CO Agt Med Oximeter Spiromed Sphymomed Baromed CCC Ecc Alarms CRT Comm hub Vitalert 2000 Vitalert 3200 North American Dr ger Narkomed GS North American Drager Narkomed 6000 Abbott Q Vue Abbott Q 2 Baxter Edwards Vigilance Pulsion Medical Systems Monitors PiCCO PiCCO plus Datex Capnomac Ultima Ohmeda 5250 RGM Ohmeda Rascal Il Nellcor Puritan Benne
378. pedance changes through ECG lead I lead II or RL LL vector Lead I provides good thoracic upper chest breath detection However lead I is more susceptible to cardiogenic artifact that the RL LL vector Lead II provides good thoracic breath detection and upper abdominal lower chest breath detection However lead II is more susceptible to both cardiogenic and motion head neck or arm artifact that the RL LL vector The RL LL vector provides good abdominal breath detection and is not as susceptible to cardiogenic artifact or motion artifact This respiration lead can only be monitored when using a Patient Data Module NOTE The figures below are used to show the relationship between breathing and ECG lead They do not represent an electrode configuration Lead placement information is provided in the GE Critical Care Monitoring Clinical Reference and Troubleshooting Guide Solar 8000M i 16 3 General Information 2026265 039A Respiration ECG Lead for Upper ECG Lead II for Chest or RL LL for Abdominal Chest Breather Upper Abdominal Breather Breather Patient Data Module only 853A When monitoring respiration through the RL LL vector use a standard 5 leadwire electrode placement except place the RL electrode on the fifth intercostal space on the right side of the chest See the GE Critical Care Monitoring Clinical Reference and Troubleshooting Guide for 5 leadwire
379. ple monitor defaults can be set and recalled while monitoring an admitted patient There is a monitor defaults worksheet you can use to record your default settings See Appendix D If the monitor mode is changed e g Adult ICU to Neonatal ICU any monitor defaults you have set up revert to the factory default settings However the monitor mode is usually established at the time of monitor installation and can only be changed in the Service menu CAUTION If you disconnect a parameter cable at any point along the cable or disconnect it from the acquisition module and the parameter window is removed from the monitor display all alarm limits may revert to the set monitor default alarm limits when the cable is reconnected except for the SpO parameter window and alarm limits when PERSISTENT is turned ON See Persistent on page 14 12 NOTE When the monitor is in Operating Room mode monitor defaults can be changed any time and changes are effective immediately When the monitor is in Adult ICU or Neonatal ICU monitor defaults can only be changed when the monitor is in a discharged state Any changes made are effective immediately but a patient must be admitted to the monitor for fully functional alarms MAIN SETUP DEFAULT SETUP DEFAULT SETUP DEFAULT MENU ARRHYTHMIA ALARM LEVELS PARAMETER ALARM LEVELS LIMITS PREVIOUS SETUP DEFAULT SETUP DEFAULT RECALL CUSTOM MENU DISPLAY PARAMETER PRIORITY DEFAULT DEFAULTS 550A Mon
380. pport the 0 1 0 5 or 1 millimeter per second speeds This menu option controls the duration for which a manual graph is printed Selecting the Timed Graph menu option opens a popup menu Choices are 10 SEC 20 SEC 30 SEC 60 SEC or CONTINUOUS This menu option lets you choose up to three CRG Plus parameters to be graphed at the print window location You can also choose to have an automatic CRG Plus graph run every two minutes or to run a CRG Plus graph on alarm See Chapter 9 This menu option opens a popup menu that allows you to select currently monitored blood pressure waveforms for graphing When this option is activated blood pressure waveforms are the only parameters that can be graphed Waveforms are graphed on one scale using the full grid space You cannot change a Graph BP Invasive selection while a graph run is in progress The graph will stop when you press the Graph Go Stop button on the keypad or remote control or when the selected graph period expires If another type of graph is currently active the Graph BP Invasive selection is disregarded Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Monitor Setup Speed Timed Graph CRG Plus Options Graph BP Invasive 5 10 Monitor Setup Monitor Defaults Monitor Defaults Overview NOTE This option may be password protected See Monitor Defaults Password on page 5 17 Alarm levels alarm limits and many other monitor settings can be set up as monitor defaults Multi
381. ppropriate for the patient being monitored To re enter the patient information at the bedside monitor hardwire bed follow these steps 1 Select MORE MENUS gt ADMIT MENU gt CHANGE ADMIT INFO 2 Enter the following information LAST NAME FIRST NAME PATIENT ID AGE or BIRTH DATE NOTE Even if the information in the MANUAL ADMIT INFORMATION window appears to be correct you must re enter the patient age by selecting the AGE setting 3 Select RETURN 4 Select SAVE CHANGES For instructions on re entering patient information at the CIC Pro clinical information center refer to the CIC Pro Clinical Information Center Operator s Manual Also refer to the CIC Pro Clinical Information Center Operator s Manual for instructions on re entering patient information when a patient is discharged to telemetry only monitoring Guidelines for Combination Monitoring Here are some guidelines to remember when doing combination Combo and Rover Combo monitoring When monitoring from telemetry limits and alarm levels are the telemetry defaults or telemetry defaults modified at the central station However you can adjust these settings at the monitor When monitoring from telemetry neither SpO data nor NBP data is sent to the monitor from the telemetry transmitter If you wish to see telemetry SpO NBP data you must view the telemetry patient See Viewing Other Patients on page 6 18 Arrhythmia alarm histories fro
382. program information m Clinical level troubleshooting Connect the cardiac output patient cable to the TEMP CO connector on the front of the acquisition module NOTE The connector on the acquisition module is used for both temperature monitoring and cardiac output measurements but they cannot be monitored at the same time When using a TRAM module for cardiac output you need a separate temperature module to do temperature monitoring TEMP CO Cable Connector TEMP CO Cable Connector Patient Data Module 404B 545A 15 2 Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Cardiac Output NOTE The signal input is a high insulation port and it is defibrillator proof 9l The insulated input ensures patient safety and protects the device during defibrillation and electrosurgery Some of the factors that affect cardiac output are The technique used in performing a cardiac output Temperature of the injectate solution Volume of injectate solution Patient s baseline blood temperature Patient s inspiratory expiratory cycle Placement of catheter with relation to proximity of lung field The swan ganz catheter itself The patient s rhythm and hemodynamic status Any other rapid IV solutions which are infused while the cardiac output is being performed Below are suggestions about technique that can help obtain accurate cardiac output Always hold the syringe by the plunger not the barrel Injectate solution must be cooler than the
383. pter daniera 19 11 Capnostat 19 5 Capnostat sensor Troubleshooting pp 19 12 Z4 Tous 19 10 Capnostat sensor and adapter cleaning 19 11 Cardiac calculations 10 10 15 9 15 11 Cardiac output Suggested procedure 15 3 Troubleshooting 15 14 Cardiac output 15 7 Auto mode ease eene ctae dee pe te 15 12 BT limits it auos tie ce er eiue 15 11 Cardiac output help 15 14 Cardiac output 15 11 EEE E E E E e ede eds 15 12 Computation 15 14 Delete CO trials 3 15 8 Injectate 15 13 Injectate volume 15 13 Prim CUVE 15 11 ln DRE 15 13 Use PAW PAD 15 12 Cardiac output trials 15 6 Cardiac output 15 5 Cardiac software 1 4 Cardiopulmonary software 1 4 2 3 CE marking Compliance iiie Up iere CE 1 EXCODUOLS 1 50 3 13 Cleaning Cables and leadwires
384. purely coincidental Solar 8000M i 1 3 2026265 039A The monitor comes configured with the Basic software package This package consists of standard of care parameters and features required by clinicians caring for acutely ill patients Three additional software packages can be purchased separately or in any combination These packages provide a variety of features which allow the monitor to be configured to best meet the needs of its intended environment m The Cardiac software package focuses on cardiac conductivity Its features include full arrhythmia analysis and storage as well as ST segment trending storage and templates The ability to adjust the ST measurement point is also included in this package m The Cardiopulmonary software package centers upon cardiac and pulmonary hemodynamics Features include the PA insert and wedge algorithms the intra aortic balloon pump algorithm and the thermodilution cardiac output algorithm including predefined computation constants for the catheters of major manufacturers Also included are cardiac and pulmonary calculations m The High Resolution CRG Trends package provides storage of up to 100 CRG events and up to 24 hours of CRG trend data in addition to the CRG feature set found in the Basic software package In this manual features that are not part of the Basic software package have a note indicating the purchased package in which they are available R
385. r 2026265 039A Solar 8000M i 8 11 When the patient is reconnected to the monitor simply press the Display On Off button on the keypad or remote control The display comes back on and alarms are reactivated This is a direct action menu option which when selected clears any alarm information displayed in the alarm window NOTE This option is part of the Cardiac software package The Alarm History option allows you to view waveforms of stored arrhythmia and ST events for crisis warning and advisory alarm levels ST references are also stored here See Alarm History on page 10 2 NOTE This option is part of the High Resolution CRG Trends software package Selecting this option opens a high resolution trend window for up to three CRG Plus parameters A new menu is also displayed with this window See Chapter 9 This option is only available when the Silence Alarm button is set to SILENCE ONLY See Controlling Audio Alarms on page 8 4 When available selecting this direct action menu option starts or stops an alarm pause See Pausing Alarms on page 8 4 Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Alarm Control Clear Alarms Alarm History CRG Trends Alarm Pause 8 12 9 CRG Plus Display Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A CRG Plus Display Parameters Displayed A CRG Plus display is a two minute window on the screen that shows trends of beat to beat heart rate ECG SpO percentag
386. r ONE message If air is in cuff remove cuff and contact service DEFLATION FAIL REMOVE CUFF System status alarm Remove cuff and contact service Auto mode will shut off after ONE message NBP HARDWARE MALFUNCTION System status alarm Contact service Auto mode will shut off after ONE message OVER PRESSURE System status alarm Remove cuff and contact service Auto mode will shut off after ONE message NO DETERMINATION System status alarm Check patient and cuff placement try another measurement If problem persists contact service Auto mode will shut off after TWO consecutive messages 2026265 039A Solar 8000M i 13 13 Solution Check connections between cuff and module try another measurement If problem persists contact service Check for worn connector rings Possible excessive patient movement or arrhythmia condition Check patient try another measurement For neonatal mode the status message will appear after 90 seconds Monitor Response System status alarm Auto mode will shut off after two consecutive messages System status alarm Auto mode will shut off after two consecutive messages A message will clear when the next measurement is initiated or a message can be cleared manually with the CLEAR NBP READING option in the NBP menu An NBP status message is also included in the graph header in an abbreviated form 2026265 0
387. r cause equipment failures Always dilute the solutions according to the manufacturer s suggestions Always wipe off all the cleaning solution with a dry cloth after cleaning Never use a cleaning substance containing wax Never pour or spray water or any cleaning solution on the equipment Never permit fluids to run behind switches into the connectors or into any ventilation openings in the equipment Never use these cleaning agents abrasive cleaners or solvents of any kind acetone ketone 999 alcohol based cleaning agents or Betadine To clean the display screen use a soft clean cloth dampened with a glass cleaner Never spray the glass cleaner directly onto the display and never use alcohol or hospital disinfectants like Cidex or Betadine Cleaning the Touchscreen NOTE Turn the display power off before cleaning the touchscreen Clean the touchscreen with one of the following approved solutions Household glass cleaner Virex full strength m Cavicide diluted 1 2 oz per gallon of water To avoid damage to the equipment follow these rules 2026265 039A Solar 8000M i 4 5 CAUTION Failure to follow these rules may melt distort or dull the finish of the case blur lettering on the labels or cause equipment failures Always dampen the towel and then clean the touchscreen Do not spray cleaner directly on the touchscreen Do not use these chemicals on the touchscr
388. r meter IMMUNITY level may be inappropriate because the physiological signals measured can be substantially below those induced by a field strength of 3 volts per meter The TRAM module respiration parameter numeric and waveform data may be affected at levels of 3 volts per meter or greater over the frequency range of 115 to 125 MHz Noise may be induced on the CO waveform from the CO Capnostat modules when the system is used in the presence of an electromagnetic field strength of 3 volts per meter or greater Measurement accuracy is maintained at a field strength of 3 volts per meter or less Users should be aware of known RF sources such as radio or TV stations and hand held or mobile two way radios and consider them when installing a medical device or system Be aware that adding accessories or components or modifying the medical device or system may degrade the immunity performance Consult with qualified personnel regarding changes to the system configuration Compliance Exceptions General Information m This manual is an integral part of the product and describes its intended use It should always be kept close to the equipment Observance of the manual is a prerequisite for proper product performance and correct operation and ensures patient and operator safety Solar 8000M i CE 1 2026265 039A The symbol means ATTENTION Consult accompanying documents Information which refers only to certain versions of t
389. r monitor is set 404669 007 VER 6C 06SEP96 RAC 1 DAS 404671 008 VER 6C 31JUL96 RAC 2 COMM RAC 2 DAS PDM 2023778 001 1 0 Copyright 2003 GEMS Information Technologies All rights reserved MAIN WAVEFORMS DISPLAY GRAPH MONITOR MENU ON OFF INDIVIDUAL NEXT SETUP DEFAULTS PREVIOUS PREVIOUS PRINT TOUCH VOL gt QUIT REVISION SERVICE MENU CRG PLUS 10 AND ID MODE 563G Software Revision Information Window 2 Select NEXT in the popup menu to view more software information or select QUIT to close the popup menu and information window Combination Monitoring Combination monitoring takes place when a telemetry patient is admitted to the bedside monitor When combination monitoring is established certain patient information must be re entered to assure correct operation of the monitoring system Re entering Patient Information WARNING PATIENT INFORMATION The patient information described in this section must be re entered at the bedside monitor or at the CIC Pro clinical information center each time combination monitoring is established between a bedside monitor and telemetry This patient information is required for correct operation of the monitoring system 6 4 Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Admit View A Patient NOTE When using multiple monitor default settings verify that the current monitor default setting is a
390. r to view alarm reason data for beds in alarm select the VIEW ALARM menu option for the bed you want to view 2026265 039A Solar 8000M i 6 29 This feature is very useful when you are in a patient s room and want to know when any other bed in that unit alarms The factory default is OFF but you can set it to default ON or AUTO in MONITOR DEFAULTS Admit View A Patient View Other Beds on Alarm AUTO The AUTOMATIC VIEW ON ALARM feature is only functional if you have the AutoView XM feature enabled or the separate Unity Network Information Server With this feature set to AUTO the monitor will automatically enter a split screen view of the alarming bed and the AUTOMATIC VIEW ON ALARM popup menu will open VIEW ALARM BE MAIN MAN MAIN MENU LAST EVENT RETURN VITAL SIGNS GRAPH 20SEC GRAPHIC TRENDS PREVIOUS VIEWED MENU gt SILENCE PATIENT DATA ALARMS BEDB HR LOW 575B View Alarm Popup Menu When AutoView XM is enabled the automatic view on alarm feature is activated when an alarm occurs at or greater than the level selected in the AVOA alarm level setting in the monitor defaults for the bed configured to AutoView When AutoView XM is disabled and you have the separate Unity Network Information Server the automatic view on alarm feature is activated when a patient crisis patient warning or system warning in the same care unit alarm occurs
391. r units for the drug quantity Patient Data Resuscitation Medications This option appears only when the monitor is set for Neonatal ICU mode Selecting this menu option opens a popup menu and information window which provides information and dosages for neonatal resuscitation medications NOTE The patient s weight must be entered before this option can be selected Select RETURN in the popup menu to close the popup menu and information window NOTE This option is part of the High Resolution CRG Trends software package Selecting this option creates a high resolution trend window for up to three CRG Plus parameters A new menu is also displayed with this window See Chapter 9 Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A CRG Trends 10 22 11 ECG 2026265 039A Solar 8000M i 11 1 ECG Introduction This chapter gives guidelines for proper ECG monitoring NOTE Refer to the GE Critical Care Monitoring Clinical Reference and Troubleshooting Guide for the following information Skin preparation Electrode placement Pacemaker detection Arrhythmia detection and analysis Clinical level troubleshooting NOTE ECG can be monitored with a Patient Data Module or TRAM module Solar ECG modules are not supported with version 5 0 and later of the monitor ECG Cable Connector TRAM 451N Module Patient Data Module 545A 4048 NOTE The signal input is a high insulation port and it is defibrillator proof 21 The
392. rameter Default Limits High Low CO gt Insp CO2 Resp No Breath SpO gt SpO2 R BT SvO gt RR RR Apnea TEMP 1 TEMP 2 Oe Insp N2O Insp N20 Exp N2 Insp N2 Exp SEV Insp SEV Exp DES Insp DES Exp ENF Insp ENF Exp HAL Insp HAL Exp HE Insp HE Exp ISO Insp ISO Exp AR Insp AR Exp RM No Resp Solar 8000M i Appendix D Monitor Defaults Worksheet D 10 Appendix D Monitor Defaults Worksheet Parameter Default Limits Low High TC O TC CO CI TFC BIS Parameter Priority Defaults Indicate which parameters you want to have priority in the first 6 positions on the display ECG always appears first and cannot be changed Parameter 1 ECG Parameter 2 Parameter 3 Parameter 4 Parameter 5 Parameter 6 Circle the other parameters you want to have priority after position 6 Size of the parameter window determines how many selections you can make 3 full size 5 reduced size or combination thereof The software prevents you from selecting more parameters than allowable GAS RM SPO BIS X NBP CVP CO ALARMS ART RA CCo NICO FEM UVC RESP ICG UAC LA TEMP EEG PA ICP POC BIS CO SP TC VENT SVO UO MAY BE DISPLAYED AS REDUCED SIZE determined by software 2026265 039A Solar 8000M i D 11
393. rature sites and an option to turn the temperature site off UNITS Switches the units of measurement between Celsius and Fahrenheit TEMPERATURE LIMITS Displays a new menu and an information window to adjust alarm limits for both temperature sites Temperature Menu Options NOTE Temperature site labels in the parameter window on the patient monitor and on graphs remain displayed as and T2 The selected site labels are displayed in the and T2 temperature menu options and are identified in serial outputs from the patient monitor T1 This menu option provides a selection of temperature site labels for site 1 including T1 REC BLA ESO AXI NAS SKN OTH and an option to turn the temperature site off When off no values are acquired or displayed 17 4 Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Temperature This menu option provides a selection of temperature site labels for site 2 including T2 REC BLA ESO AXI NAS SKN OTH and an option to turn the temperature site off When off no values are acquired or displayed This direct action menu option switches the units of measure between Celsius C and Fahrenheit F Select TEMPERATURE LIMITS to open an information window and a new menu which allow you to adjust the following m Temperature site 1 T1 high and low limits m Temperature site 2 T2 high and low limits See Setting Alarm Limits on page 1 16 T2
394. rder to show several breaths on the screen at once You can change this speed if needed Capnostat modules After the initial warming up period when a new Capnostat sensor is connected the message CAL SENSOR TO ZERO CELL is displayed You must zero the Capnostat sensor before monitoring can start See Zero the Capnostat Sensor on page 19 10 To assure accuracy a zero cell calibration is also required whenever any sensor is first connected to the module whether a message is displayed or not CAUTION A zero cell calibration is required each time a sensor is connected Failure to do so can result in inaccurate values Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Information 19 4 CO2 Inspired and Expired CO Values Respiration Rate ae RR INSP EXP 2 50 Limits and 12 1 35 1 yr mmHg CO Parameter Window 745A The parameter window displays the values for inspired and expired CO and a respiration rate Units of measure and limits for expired CO may also be displayed The CO monitoring features are found in the CO menu The features available depend on the CO module being used All features are described in this chapter Capnostat Modules General Information There are two Capnostat CO modules one that is strictly a mainstream module and one that is either a mainstream or a sidestream module 786A Capnostat Mainstream Module Exhaust Port to Sidestream In
395. rdiac Calculations and Vital Signs Either Auto mode or Manual mode may default on when the PA Wedge menu option is selected See Default Setting for Auto Mode and Manual Mode on page 12 14 NOTE If you have already selected the PA INSERT WEDGE menu option and you later select the PA WEDGE menu option the Manual mode will be the default for the PA Wedge menu option not the Auto mode 1 Select the PA WEDGE option from the PA menu The Auto mode defaults on Or select the PA INSERT WEDGE option from the PA menu then select the MODE MANUAL option to switch to the Auto mode Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Pressures Auto Mode 12 18 Pressures Watch for the INFLATE BALLOON prompt You will hear a single beep when it is displayed 2 Inflate the balloon The PA program will look for inflation and begin processing an end expiration wedge value The prompt in the parameter window changes to WEDGE PROCESSING NOTE At this point select PA CURSOR from the PA Wedge or PA Insert Wedge menu if you want to place a moveable cursor on the real time wedged waveform This in no way interferes with the wedge value the program computes In the Review mode you can then compare your cursor placement to the program s placement 3 Deflate the balloon when you feel wedging is adequate 3 4 respiratory cycles but no longer than 20 seconds The prompt in the parameter window now reads W
396. re VIEW OLDER ALARM Displays the next older event if any stored in alarm history VIEW NEWER ALARM Displays the next newer event if any stored in alarm history m DELETE ALARM Opens a popup menu with Yes and No options Select YES to delete the displayed event ALARM HISTORY Returns to the chronological list of arrhythmia events If you select an ST alarm event or an ST reference the information window looks similar to the following 10 4 Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Patient Data ST REFERENCE 9 01 56 15 FEB HR69 AR1 126 68 88 ANTERIOR INFERIOR LATERAL ln v2 m AVL Press the Graph Go Stop button Ah to print the displayed data ST histories will only print to a laser M m v3 AVF pri nter 0 0 0 1 0 2 V4 ve 0 2 Lead in alarm 1 of 6 MAIN ALARM TL OLDER VIEW NEWER DELETE MENU HISTORY ALARM ALARM ALARM _ Jd d 839A Select Alarm ST Reference Information Window and Menu A QRS complex of all available leads with the exception of AVR is displayed If viewing an ST alarm event an asterisk is displayed next to each lead label that is in violation of the set ST limits NOTE Vital Signs is called TABULAR TRENDS in the Operating Room mode Upon admission to the system a history of the patient s vital signs is continuously collected To display this data select VITAL SIGNS TABULAR TRENDS f
397. re information There is information Scroll down use PAGE DOWN to display information N You are in the middle of the list Scroll up or down or use PAGE UP or PAGE DOWN to display additional information 1 You are at the end of the list Scroll up or use PAGE UP to display additional information Solar 8000M i 1 11 1 68 68 68 Indicator PS OE 2026265 039A The Basics Common Operations Some monitor operations are used repetitively Rather than listing the steps to perform each operation every time it appears in this manual these steps are presented below Familiarize yourself with the proper procedure for each operation Using the Trim Knob Control The Trim Knob control is located on the keypad and remote control It is used for highlighting and selecting menus and menu options See Trim Knob Control on page 2 17 Highlight with the Trim Knob Control Rotate the Trim Knob control in either direction This moves the highlight on the screen up down left or right to the next option depending on the type of menu that currently appears on the display NOTE In some cases rather than highlighted text a pointer gt appears in front of the text When a pointer is present rotating the Trim Knob control moves the pointer to another option This is equivalent to highlighting Select with the Trim
398. re unit ICU critical care unit surgical intensive care unit SICU respiratory intensive care unit coronary care unit CCU medical intensive care unit MICU pediatric intensive care unit PICU or neonatal intensive care unit NICU The Solar 8000M i patient monitoring system is a multi parameter physiological patient monitoring system intended for use on adult pediatric and neonatal patients It provides uninterrupted monitoring of physiological patient data The Solar 8000 i patient monitoring system is capable of monitoring and analyzing the following parameters for all patient populations electrocardiogram invasive pressure non invasive blood pressure pulse temperature cardiac output respiration pulse oximetry venous oxygen saturation transcutaneous pO and pCO CO and respiratory mechanics The Solar 8000M i patient monitoring system is capable of monitoring the following parameters for adult and pediatric patient populations anesthetic agent concentrations impedance cardiography electroencephalography and bispectral index The Solar 8000M i patient monitoring system interfaces with a variety of third party peripheral medical devices that support serial and or analog data outputs Information from these devices can be displayed trended and stored in the monitoring system The Solar 8000M i patient monitoring system also provides physiological data over the UNITY NETWORK Safety For Your Safety
399. re unit the information window changes to the Select a Bed to Auto View information window The care unit you selected is listed at the top of this information window Solar 8000M i 6 31 2026265 039A The second information window SELECT A BED TO AUTO VIEW allows you to arrange the automatic view on alarm level settings for individual beds in the selected unit or use one setting for all beds in the unit SELECT A BED TO AUTO VIEW CARE UNIT 3 RETURN ALLBEDS WARNING BED1 WARNING BED2 WARNING BED3 WARNING BED4 WARNING BED5 WARNING BED6 WARNING BED7 WARNING MAIN VIEW OTHER BEDS 1 JU RETURN MENU ON ALARM ON PREVIOUS SELECT A BED ENT TO AUTO VIEW RATION 595A MENU The alarm level choices for automatic view on alarm are OFF CRISIS WARNING and ADVISORY When an alarm level is selected automatic view on alarm for that bed or all beds if selected is activated for that alarm level and all levels higher than it For example if the setting is at Warning level both warning and crisis alarms are automatically viewed on alarm for that bed Use the ALL BEDS option to set all beds in the viewed unit to the same alarm level For example if you wished to have an automatic view on alarm of all beds in the unit when they experienced a Warning or Crisis alarm you could set the All Beds option to WARNING Use the individual bed options to configure different beds to different alarm
400. release the Patient Data Module from the PDM docking station Grasp the Patient Data Module firmly and slide it off the PDM docking station mounting rails Solar 8000M i 2 7 1 2026265 039A This manual contains information about the PDM battery See Appendix I The TRAM module is a multi parameter acquisition module that collects the patient s physiological data and sends it to the monitor for display Multi parameter modules are capable of monitoring more than one parameter simultaneously e g ECG SpO and NBP The type of TRAM module determines what parameters it monitors A label on the front of the monitor identifies the type of module The label is located on this panel 567A TRAM 451N Module These series of TRAM modules are discussed in this document TRAM x00 TRAM x00A TRAM x00SL TRAM x50SL TRAM x51 TRAM x51M TRAM x51N TRAM x51N5 The x refers to the hundred series number of the module e g TRAM 600SL TRAM 851N5 Equipment Overview PDM Battery Information TRAM Modules TRAM Module Overview TRAM x51 Series Modules The x51 series is the current series of TRAM modules The table below identifies the modules monitoring features Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A 2 8 Equipment Overview Tram Lead Temp Pinamap invasive GE Masimo encor Nellcor peri Module Resp co ace BP 5002 Spo p pe
401. reparation 3 Check replace electrodes Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A ECG 11 44 12 Pressures NOTE Refer to the GE Critical Care Monitoring Clinical Reference and Troubleshooting Guide for the following information Assigned pressure names Intra aortic balloon pump IABP feature Smart BP Disconnect alarm Clinical level troubleshooting Invasive pressure monitoring can be done with the following acquisition modules Patient Data Module A TRAM module that supports pressures BP module Dual BP module BP Dual temperature module NOTE Waveforms from modules other than a TRAM module are not stored in history These modules must be seated in one of the bottom two slots of a Tram rac 4A housing NOTE Invasive blood pressure connectors are labeled P1 P3 and P2 P4 on the Patient Data Module and BP on TRAM modules The connectors measure the same invasive blood pressure using the same technology Cables and transducers are interchangeable with either connector Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Pressures Introduction 12 2 Pressures 2 pressure cable connectors 3 pressure cable connectors either P1 P3 or P2 P4 BP3 connector monitors 2 connector monitors 2 pressures BPs with Y adapter cable with Y adapter cable Zero All button on the Patient Data Module BP Module Dual BP Module 404B 524A 545A 825A NOTE The signal input is a high insulation port and it is defib
402. rial venous oxygen content difference AVF left foot augmented lead AVG average AVL left arm augmented lead AVR right arm augmented lead J 2 Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Appendix J Abbreviations and Symbols barometric pressure base excess base excess extracellular fluid base excess blood bigeminy bispectral index blood pressure beats per minute bradycardia body surface area blood temperature British thermal unit Celsius calibration calculation calculations arterial oxygen content cardiac cardiac calculations computation constant cubic centimeter continuous cardiac index continuous cardiac output critical care unit coherent digital compact disk read only memory coherent digital telemetry compliance dynamic Conformit Europ ene effective dynamic compliance channel cardiac index Clinical Information Center Solar 8000M i J 3 Baro BE BEecf BEb BGMY BIS BP BPM BRAD BSA BT BTU 0 CAL CALC CALCS CARD Card Calc cc cc CC CCl CCO CCU CD CD ROM CDT CDYN CE CEd CH Cl 2026265 039A International Special Committee on Radio Interference centimeter carbon monoxide cardiac output carbon dioxide carboxyhemoglobin communication compliance cardiopulmonary couplet cerebral perfusion pressure central processing unit cardiorespirogram cathode ray tube central station Canadian Standards Association compressed spectral array centra
403. rillator proof The insulated input ensures patient safety and protects the device during defibrillation and electrosurgery This smart alarm feature allows you to proceed with necessary patient connections without bothersome alarm tones Although alarms may not be active the values displayed are correct WARNING INVASIVE BLOOD PRESSURE ALARM ACTIVATION Blood pressure sites labeled ART FEM or UAC require a pulse pressure greater than m 5mmHg for Patient Data Modules and TRAM modules v12 and later 10 mmHg for TRAM modules earlier than 2 for 8 consecutive beats before the pressure limits are activated If pulse rate is displayed a pulse rate value of X indicates that the limit alarms are not activated Solar 8000M i 12 3 Safety 2026265 039A Pressures Once a valid pressure is established for pressure sites labeled ART FEM or UAC pressure limit alarms remain active regardless of the pulse pressure value Pulse pressure refers to the difference between the patient s systolic pressure and diastolic pressure When monitoring patients with a pulse pressure less than or equal to the required pulse pressure as stated in the Warning above such as neonates or patients receiving extracorporeal membrane oxygen therapy ECMO use the SP label SP provides the mean pressure which is appropriate for monitoring ECMO patients Invasive Pressure Y Adapter Cable Up to six invasive blood pressure
404. rm Graph Timed Graph ART Disconnect Smart BP Arterial Scale PA Scale CVP RA UVC Scale LA Scale ICP Scale SP Scale BP WF Speed Scale WF Speed Scale NBP Auto Adult Cuff Press Ped Cuff Pressure Neo Cuff Pressure CO Catheter CO Inj Temp CO Size CO Inj Vol Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A 2026265 039A Display Defaults CO Auto Mode N20 Compensation Compensation RR Parameter RR Lead RR WF Speed SPO WF Speed View On Alarm VOA Broadcast VOA Alert Tone Remote Alarm Level Alarm Volume Off Min Alarm Volume Alarm Volume Silence Alarm QRS Volume Rate Volume ECG Leads Fail SPO Probe Off SPO Pulse Search Persistent SPO Monitor ISO DES Display Limits Display Units Units For Height Units For Weight Temperature Units CO Units Units Gas Units NBP Limits Type Arterial Limits Type PA Limits Type Menu Timeout Solar 8000M i Appendix D Monitor Defaults Worksheet 4 Appendix D Monitor Defaults Worksheet D 5 Display Defaults ECG Filter BP Filter TRAM No ECG Alarm PDM No ECG Alarm QRS Width Display Mode RM Display Par 1 RM Display Par 2 RM Display Par 3 RM Display Par 4 Discharge Alert
405. rm volume During an alarm pause the QRS tone does not sound just like any other alarm tone The QRS tone can be silenced with the Silence Alarm button To enable this feature select QRS VOLUME from the More ECG menu Select BRADY ALARM from the QRS Volume popup menu The monitor must be set for the Neonatal ICU mode for the Brady alarm option to appear The factory default for this feature is off The default can be set to on See Setup Default Display on page 5 14 NOTE Turning SpO Rate Volume on turns the QRS Tone with Brady Alarm feature off The QRS Width option opens a popup menu to specify the QRS width as NORMAL or NARROW The selected width is sent to the acquisition module for use in ECG analysis algorithms Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A ECG QRS Volume QRS Width 11 38 ECG The HELP option opens an information window containing information regarding the width types The QRS width type defaults to Narrow 120 ms or less for the Neonatal ICU mode and to Normal 70 ms or wider for Adult ICU and Operating Room modes QRS width type can be set in monitor defaults NOTE For TRAM modules software version 9 or later is required to read the QRS width setting and apply the information to the ECG analysis algorithms Identify V Lead When using a 5 leadwire or 10 leadwire cable the IDENTIFY V LEAD option is present Select it to open a popup menu where you can select the V lead name of choice Press
406. rn arrhythmia try an alternate electrode placement try single lead analysis try switching to the other pace detection mode Pacemaker mode In most cases PACE 2 mode will effectively monitor a pacemaker patient However if you are experiencing problems select the PACE 1 mode as an option and observe all cautions as described for the PACE 1 mode of operation Here are some additional guidelines for successful monitoring pacemaker patients m When using the 10 leadwire patient cable with all electrodes attached pace detection occurs on any V lead selected for the top trace position See Pacemaker Troubleshooting on page 11 43 Multi Vector Pace Detection for Patient Data Module and Tram x51 Series Modules The Patient Data Module and Tram x51 series modules use multi vector pace detection Here are some additional guidelines for monitoring pacemaker patients when using one of these modules m When using the 5 or 6 leadwire patient cables with all the electrodes attached pace detection occurs on two ECG leads simultaneously m The default leads used for detection are and V5 If these leads are not available multi vector pace detection switches to available leads detection switches to single lead when using a 3 leadwire patient cable Pacemaker Help Selecting the HELP option opens a window that details first steps and next steps to take in regard to pacemaker detection 11 12 Solar 800
407. rom the Patient Data menu An information window and a new menu are displayed Solar 8000M i 10 5 Vital Signs Vital Signs Overview 2026265 039A VITAL SIGNS 21 DEC 2000 13 10 21 DEC 21 DEC 21 DEC 21 DEC 6 Current Date and Time 13 00 12 45 12 30 12 15 12 00 HR 68 68 68 68 70 PVC o o o o o ARTR 68 68 68 68 70 Press the Graph Go Stop 2 5 31 31 31 31 30 button to print the vital signs PA2 D 13 13 13 13 13 1 1 PA2 M 20 20 20 20 19 information RR SPO2 poe OFF is displayed if alarms were TP1 2 ae paused or the monitor was ina ALARMS OFF discharged state Y TMP C MAIN VIEW VIEW TIME INTERVAL SPECIFIC SORT DATA MENU OLDER NEWER 15 MINS TIME ALL DATA PREVIOUS PAGE PAGE MENU DOWN UP 600A Vital Signs Menu and Information Window Twenty four hours of parameter data are stored except for cardiac calculations and pulmonary calculations The last 20 cardiac calculations and the last 10 pulmonary calculations are stored NOTE When monitoring two SpO sites SpO data from the Solar SpO module is identified in vital signs as SPO2M You cannot change any values in Vital Signs but you can use the menu options to move through the collected data The menu options are described in the following sections Each of these direct action menu options moves the displayed data either backward or for
408. rovides admit instructions and shows the application for which the monitor is set There are four admit help windows one for each type of admit menu Standard Rover Combo and Rover Combo Quick Admit The Quick Admit feature allows you to admit a patient by simply pressing the Admit Discharge button on the keypad or remote control NOTE This feature is only available in the Adult ICU and Neonatal ICU monitoring modes About Discharging Overview WARNING DISCHARGE TO CLEAR PATIENT DATA When admitting a new patient you must clear all previous patient data from the system To accomplish this be sure the acquisition module is securely mounted disconnect the patient cables then discharge the previous patient When you have finished monitoring a patient a discharge procedure must be done to clear the system of all patient data Monitor defaults are always recalled when a discharge is done The last unit name and bed number used are also retained To discharge a patient select MORE MENUS then ADMIT MENU Depending on your monitor s setup you will see either DISCHARGE PATIENT or NEW CASE Discharge Patient Standard and Rover Applications This menu option is found in Standard and Rover admit menus It indicates that a patient is admitted To discharge the patient follow these steps 1 Disconnect all patient cables 2 Select the DISCHARGE PATIENT option from the Admit menu A popup menu opens 6 16 Solar 80
409. rror Connected but communications error with supported device once every 2 seconds 2026265 039A Solar 8000M i 20 7 Interfaces Serial Port Indicator Light Green State Yellow State Status Description Fast blinking Other errors Indicates twice every second 1 Too many supported devices of one type are connected 2 Interface adapter is malfunctioning 3 Supported device software is not compatible with the monitor software 4 Interface adapter is not supported by the monitor software On Working Communication with the supported device is good Displayed Data Displayed Data Overview The data from a peripheral device that is displayed at the monitor varies with each device The chart below gives some general information as to what data is available to the monitoring system and how it is handled trending alarm broadcast etc The Device Connectivity Chart at the beginning of this chapter has more detailed information regarding waveforms and alarms Peripheral Device Data and the Monitoring System Data toa Met enr Pulse Oximeters No Yes Yes Yes Yes No Transcutaneous No Yes Yes Yes Yes No monitors Ventilators Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Limited Gas Analyzers Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Continuous Cardiac No Yes Yes Yes Yes No Output IV Pumps No No No Yes No No Urometers No Yes Yes No Yes No Anesthesia Machines Y
410. rrows to move the pointer gt next to V BRADY 3 When the pointer is next to V BRADY push the Trim Knob control or touch the ARRHYTHMIA ALARM LEVEL menu option anchor menu option The alarm level in this case CRISIS for V BRADY highlights 4 Rotate the Trim Knob control or use the touchscreen arrows to scroll through the options 5 When WARNING is displayed press the Trim Knob control or touch the ARRHYTHMIA ALARM LEVEL menu option anchor menu option to complete the change The change takes effect immediately and the information window remains open to make other changes 6 When you are finished making changes select RETURN to close the information window Language Specific Information The following information describes differences in Solar 8000 monitor functionality when the monitor is set to certain languages Chinese and Japanese Language Information When the monitor language is set to Chinese or Japanese the following conditions apply m Textfor alarm broadcast over the Unity network is in English 1 18 Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A The Basics m All text input is in English only 1 6 text for patient information bed and unit names printer names m Printing to a PRN 50 M writer or other printers supporting GLINK print service is not available French Language Information When the monitor country selection is set to France alarm pause duration is t
411. rtifact Alarm is turned off apnea no breath events may not be detected To turn the alarm off and on select the CARDIAC ARTIFACT ALARM option from the respiration menu This is a direct action menu option Use this menu option to open a popup menu to select a sweep speed for the displayed respiration waveform Choices are 6 25 12 5 25 default and 50 millimeters per second Below is a list of the messages that may be displayed in the respiration parameter window during respiration monitoring The message meanings as well as actions to take are included These messages may appear in abbreviated form if the parameter window is sized smaller due to the number of parameters being monitored The abbreviated form if there is one is shown in parentheses LEARNING The monitor takes approximately eight breaths to learn the patient s respiration pattern before displaying a respiration value Learning automatically occurs whenever respiration is turned on and when the lead from which respiration is monitored is switched APNEA NO BREATH CHECK THE PATIENT This is an alarm condition that requires action Breathing has not been detected for a predetermined number of seconds If necessary the apnea no breath limit can be changed See Respiration Limits on page 16 7 ARTIFACT CHECK THE PATIENT This is an alarm condition that requires action The monitor is unable to successfully determine respiration If it is determined that patient c
412. s See Appendix E Also see the TRAM Module Service Manual for signal connector pin configuration Single Parameter Modules Single parameter acquisition modules also collect the patient s physiological data and send it to the monitor for display Single parameter acquisition modules are available to monitor a wide variety of parameters such as invasive blood pressure SvO BIS EEG ICG Temp and SAM NOTE Single parameter BP and temp modules can only be placed in the bottom two slots slot 3 and slot 4 of a Tram rac housing See Features of the Housing on page 2 13 Tram rac Housing Tram rac Housing Overview The Tram rac housing holds the TRAM module and other GE parameter modules The housing is connected by cable to the monitor using a Tram net connector The Tram rac 2 housing holds one TRAM module The Tram rac 4A housing holds one TRAM module plus two parameter modules 2026265 039A Solar 8000M i 2 11 Equipment Overview 505A Tram rac 4A Housing Multiple Housings You can connect an additional housing to a Tram rac 4A housing to allow for monitoring additional parameters Refer to the Tram rac 4A service manual for details on setup When using two housings follow these guidelines One housing must have a power supply If the second housing is not a Tram rac 4A housing the TRAM module must go in the second housing Single parameter BP an
413. s The pointer gt indicates the current value of that parameter for the monitored patient The pointer moves as the current value of that parameter changes Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A 1 The Basics Setting Alarm Limits The Basics 3 To change a limit for example the Rate High Limit select the RATE HIGH LIMIT option from the limits menu A popup menu opens displaying the current limit 4 You can enter a new limit value in three different ways a Use the number buttons on the keypad or remote control b Rotate the Trim Knob control c Use the touchscreen arrows to change the value The bar graph in the information window is adjusted to show the new limit If a value entered for one limit exceeds the opposite limit for the same parameter the value will be ignored For example using the limits shown in the illustration above if you were to enter a value of 40 for the RATE HIGH LIMIT it would be ignored because the RATE LOW LIMIT is set to 50 Regardless of the method used to enter a new value the limit will not be in effect until you press the Trim Knob control or touch the Rate Limit menu option anchor menu option closing the popup menu 5 Follow this procedure to set any other parameter limits in this menu 6 When you are finished select PREVIOUS MENU to exit the limits menu and return to the parameter menu Selecting Options from Scroll Lists Various features of the mon
414. s electrodes transducers It is very important that these conductive parts do not come into contact with other grounded conductive parts when connected to the isolated patient input of the device Such contact would bridge the patient s isolation and cancel the protection provided by the isolated input In particular there must be no contact of the neutral electrode and ground WARNING DEFIBRILLATION Do not come into contact with patients during defibrillation Otherwise serious injury or death could result WARNING DISCHARGE TO CLEAR PATIENT DATA When admitting a new patient you must clear all previous patient data from the system To accomplish this be sure the acquisition module is securely mounted disconnect the patient cables then discharge the previous patient WARNING DISCONNECTION FROM MAINS When disconnecting the system from the power line remove the plug from the wall outlet first Then you may disconnect the power cord from the device If you do not observe this sequence there is a risk of coming into contact with line voltage by inserting metal objects such as the pins of leadwires into the sockets of the power cord by mistake WARNING DISPOSAL Dispose of the packaging material observing the applicable waste control regulations and keeping it out of children s reach WARNING EXPLOSION HAZARD Do not use this equipment in the presence of flammable anesthetics vapors or liquids Solar
415. s and individual events with associated traces can be permanently deleted using this option Selecting the DELETE EVENT option opens a popup menu with the following options NO Returns to the CRG Trends menu YES Deletes the event selected highlighted in the event directory gt 24 HRS Deletes all events older than 24 hours and that no longer have CRG trend traces associated with them Use this option to print all available event entries in the event directory Events are graphed at the print window location Solar 8000M i 9 9 Select Parameters Select Event Delete Event Print Events 2026265 039A CRG Plus Display Document CRG Events The Document CRG Events feature is only available in Neonatal ICU mode when the patient is admitted to the monitor This option provides a list of events associated with the patient s condition at a specific time These events can be edited selected and stored in the event directory Access Document CRG Events Information Window To access the Document CRG Events information window follow this procedure 1 Select MORE MENUS gt PATIENT DATA gt CRG TRENDS 2 Select DOCUMENT CRG EVENTS to display the following information window and popup menu CRG EVENTS RETURN AWAKE SLEEPING QUIET FEEDING SUCTIONED CRYING STIMULATED MEDICATION RESPIRATORY THERAPY BATHING PROCEDURE DATE TIME 12 OCT 2000 10 35 ZOOM MEN
416. s are displayed by first deselecting the highlighted parameters in the information window then reselecting them in the order you want them displayed first selected equals first displayed Here are some additional points to remember regarding parameter priorities PARAMETER 1 cannot be changed It is always ECG If PARAMETER 2 is set as ECG or ST the ECG parameter window is always displayed as a larger size This window occupies the space of TWO parameter windows f six or fewer parameters are being monitored the parameter windows occupy the six positions on the right side of the display These windows are always normal size windows If more than six parameters are being monitored some will occupy space at the bottom of the display A maximum of 11 parameters can be displayed when some half size parameters are chosen The software does not allow you to pick more parameters than can be displayed If you are not monitoring a designated parameter the space is filled with the next prioritized parameter If you begin monitoring the designated parameter the display reconfigures so the parameter can occupy its designated space Whenever possible waveforms align with their corresponding parameter window You can override waveform alignment with the Waveforms On Off option They can be realigned with the Align Waveforms option in the Waveforms On Off menu Waveforms floated to the Unity Network are affected by the placem
417. s can be monitored simultaneously with a Patient Data Module or TRAM module using Y Adapter bifurcated cables and a dual BP module or two single BP modules Patient Data Module The Patient Data Module can monitor up to four invasive blood pressures when two Y adapter cables are used The Y adapter cables plug into the P1 P3 and P2 P4 connectors on the Patient Data Module and allows two separate invasive blood pressures to be monitored from each connector Follow these cable configurations to monitor invasive pressures To monitor 8 single invasive blood pressure connect a standard cable to the P1 P3 connector To monitor two invasive blood pressures connect a standard cable to the P1 P3 and P2 P4 connectors To monitor three invasive blood pressures connect a singe cable and a Y adapter cable to either P1 P3 connector and P2 P4 connector The 3rd P3 or 4th P4 pressure sites must be licensed and activated To monitor four invasive blood pressures connect Y adapter cable to the P1 P3 connector and a Y adapter cable to the P2 P4 connector The 3rd P3 and 4th P4 pressure sites must be licensed and activated TRAM 451 Series Modules The TRAM 451 series modules can monitor four invasive blood pressures when a Y adapter cable is used This cable plugs into the BP3 connector on the module and allows two separate invasive blood pressures to be monitored from that connector 12 4 Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A
418. s popup menu Selecting Parameters for the CRG Plus Display To choose parameters for the CRG Plus display follow these steps 1 Select MORE MENUS gt MONITOR SETUP gt WAVEFORMS ON OFF 2 Select CRG PLUS WAVEFORMS to display the following popup menu CRG PLUS gt RETURN WAVEFORMS 5 02 1 1 MAP IRR CRG Plus Waveforms Popup Menu 778A The options displayed are determined by the parameters being monitored The parameters that are currently appearing in the CRG Plus display are highlighted 3 select or deselect parameters rotate and press the Trim Knob control or use the touchscreen arrows and CRG PLUS WAVEFORMS menu option 4 Select RETURN to close the popup menu Changes do not occur until the popup menu is closed Printing CRG Plus Parameters Print CRG Plus To print CRG Plus parameters select MORE MENUS gt MONITOR SETUP Then select PRINT CRG PLUS from the menu that appears The default parameters printed are HR SpO and RR impedance respiration NOTE If you are monitoring CO the CO waveform prints instead of impedance respiration regardless of the CO units of measure The CRG Plus display does not have to appear on the screen in order to be printed If you have a neonatal keypad or remote control you can also use the CRG Print button to print the CRG Plus parameters CRG Plus Printing Options You can select three CRG Plus parameters to be printed You can also choose to have a
419. s symbol indicates that this electronic information product does not contain any toxic or hazardous substance or elements above the maximum concentration value established by the Chinese standard SJ T11363 2006 and can be recycled after being discarded and should not be casually discarded Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A 2006 08 e Safety 4 Maintenance Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Maintenance Biocompatibility When used as intended the parts of the product described in this operator manual including accessories that come in contact with the patient during the intended use fulfill the biocompatibility requirements of the applicable standards If you have questions about this matter please contact GE or its representatives Inspection An effective maintenance schedule should be established for your monitoring equipment and reusable supplies This should include inspection as well as general cleaning on a regular basis The maintenance schedule must comply with the policies of your institution s infection control unit and or biomedical department WARNING Failure on the part of the responsible hospital or institution employing the use of this monitoring equipment to implement a satisfactory maintenance schedule may cause undue equipment failure and possible health hazards Check with your biomedical department to be sure preventive maintenance and calibration has been done The service ma
420. sation 19 9 ORS Width san ie epe ted 11 38 PulTipszsiidatetuti end petu tnis 19 8 Speed cuore esos UE 11 41 ee 19 10 11 18 19 8 ST 11 19 CO2 menu options non Capnostat modules 19 16 Vew al 11 14 7 19 17 Equipment Symbols pp 3 15 0 19 17 ESU ECG filters nett ze 11 4 N2O 19 17 F 7 19 18 IIS nte 1917 PUM E oe COZ WINdOW ae 19 5 G CRG Plus 10 7 Full GiSPlay 9 2 Hee eoi doge 7 5 Individual display 9 3 Alarm graphs see 7 5 Parameters 9 2 Graphing messages 7 6 Printing CRG Plus parameters 9 4 Manual 7 5 Troubleshooting pp 9 11 H GRG reed eee ten 9 6 CRG trends display 9 6 Package uc sod CRG trends menu ppp 9 8 Event directory eene 9 7 eed 12 11 Printing trends pp 9 9 060 OM ere NS 4 2 D Installation and 2 19 Detect pace 1
421. sensitivity 10mm mV Solar 8000M i H 8 Appendix H Technical Specifications The equipment should be equipped with stepwise adjustable sensitivity regulator Stepwise adjustable regulator sensitivity has 4 levels 10 5 20 40mm mV error less than 5 The equipment should have the rejection capability of over 60 dB on common mode signal The resistance should be no less than 5M between electrode lead and N electrode lead and between electrode lead and N electrode lead The heart rate display The range of heart rate display should be no less than 30 300 beats min The display error should be no more than 5 The pre set warning range of heart rate upper limits should be no less than 100 180 min Pre set range of lower limits should be 30 90 min Timing of heart rate warning should be less than 12s Electrocardiogram Recorder The charting speed should be at least 25 mm s with error no more than 35 The standard voltage 1mV 5 Sensitivity control should be three levels 5 10 20 mm mV with shift errors between levels no more than 5 Breathing The range of breathing frequency should be no less than 1 200breaths min Accuracy of breathing frequency should be no less than 1breath min Relative humidity Body Temperature The measured range of body temperature should be no less than 0 C 45 C The accuracy should be no less than 0 3 C Invasive Blood Pressure IBP The range of Invasive
422. set intervals and automatically sends it to a MUSE system and or a laser printer Once the interval is set you can resume customary monitoring and let the monitor do the 12 lead analysis NOTE This method requires a MUSE system for automatic storage and printing If a laser printer is designated as the 12 lead print location or the print window location the analysis automatically prints there also 1 Select 122 LEAD ECG ANALYSIS from the ECG menu The waveform area of the screen displays 12 leads of ECG NOTE If you are performing a 12RL analysis you must set IDENTIFY VA LEAD to V1 and IDENTIFY VB LEAD to V5 This manual contains more information for 12RL analysis See Using 12RL Interpolated 12 lead Analysis on page 11 31 11 50 Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A ECG 2 Use the ADMIT MENU option to enter the patient s age and identification number This information may already have been entered when the patient was admitted to the monitor 3 Select the 12 LEAD AUTO option from the 12 LEAD ECG ANALYSIS menu popup menu opens showing the time interval selections 12 HR 60 MIN FOR 12 HR 12 LEAD 8HR 30 MIN FOR 6 HR AUTO OFF 4HR 15 MIN FOR 3 HR 2HR 5 MIN FOR 1 HR 12 Lead Auto Popup Menu 776A 4 Move the pointer to the desired time interval A first column choice 12 HR to 90 MIN means one analysis is done every X hours minutes until you turn it off A second column choice means on
423. speed at which manual graphs are printed The menu options for setting these are found in the Graph Setup menu See Chapter 5 Waveforms and information windows are printed when the Graph Go Stop button on the keypad or remote control is pressed The message GRAPHING MANUAL or PRINTING WINDOW is displayed when a manual graph is requested The Graph Setup menu has an option that allows you to set the time for a manual graph run e g continuous 20 seconds etc NOTE A one millivolt ECG signal at normal size 1X equals 10 millimeters on the graph paper NOTE All waveforms on a graph strip begin with 10 seconds of delayed data The header information printed with the waveforms is real time data NOTE There is a continuous graph maximum of approximately 75 pages at 25 mm s speed for laser printers connected to the Solar 8000M i monitor Once a manual graph is started it can only be stopped at the same source from which it was started or by the Graph Stop key on the writer This prevents two people at different sources from starting a graph at the same time which would result in one turning the graph on and the other turning it off A graph strip is automatically printed when a crisis or warning alarm occurs An arrhythmia alarm graph runs until a normal sinus rhythm is detected or until you Solar 8000M i 7 5 Graphing Manual Graphs Exclusive Graph Control Alarm Graphs 2026265 039A manually stop
424. st be used whenever the monitored patient has a pacemaker When using a Patient Data Module or TRAM with software version 12 or greater the menu options are OFF and ON DETECT PACE OFF gt OFF ON 514B Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A ECG Monitoring Pacemaker Patients 11 10 ECG NOTE When using TRAM modules earlier than version 12 the menu options are PACE 1 PACE 2 and OFF DETECT PACE OFF gt OFF PACE 2 PACE 1 1 L HELP 524A NOTE The OFF option turns pacemaker detection off It does not perform pacemaker detection Pace 1 and Pace 2 for TRAM Modules earlier than Version 12 The PACE 1 and PACE 2 modes use different algorithms for pacemaker artifact rejection The clinician must be the judge as to which mode is better for each patient The pacemaker detection program defaults OFF so if you have a patient with a pacemaker you will have to turn the program on 1 Select the DETECT PACE option from the ECG menu A popup menu opens 2 Rotate the Trim Knob control so the pointer is in front of your choice The PACE 2 mode is much more conservative in recognizing paced QRS morphologies and is recommended for use whenever possible It is designed to minimize the possibility of counting pacemaker artifact as QRS complexes during asystole If the monitor does not adequately detect paced beats in the PACE 2 mode then the user may wish to try the PACE I mode NOTE Please observe al
425. t Each event can be viewed separately and three separate events are recorded in the event directory CRG TRENDS 2 MINUTE TREND 12 OCT 2000 10 35 51 gt APNEA 10 with BRADY and DESAT 74 12 OCT 2000 10 35 51 lt 4 LO MAP 85 10 18 14 3 LO TC 02 40 10 12 18 2 BRADY 09 29 37 1 DESAT 65 11 OCT 2000 23 48 19 250 HR 1 100 SPO2 60 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 10 34 51 10SEC DIV 10 35 51 10 36 51 623B CRG Trends Window with Event Directory For alarms to be stored in the event directory alarms must be resolved patient condition has returned to within set limits and have an alarm level greater than message The CRG trends directory is automatically updated when a valid alarm is resolved The directory can hold up to 100 events Once the directory is full and a new event occurs the oldest event in the directory is removed and the new event is added However the trend traces are only stored for 24 hours Therefore it is possible to have events stored in the directory for which traces are no longer available All events in the event directory may be selected Once an event is selected a 2 minute trend of the event is displayed in the trace area with the event time centered CRG Plus Display CRG Trends Menu Options The LOCATE CURSOR option allows you to move the vertical cursor to a specific time The parameter values at the position of the cursor are then displayed The ZOOM IN and ZOOM OUT options allow y
426. t any of the displayed options SCALES Changes the displayed scale for this pressure CURSOR Displays a moveable cursor on the waveform CLEAR CURSOR Removes the cursor from the waveform LIMITS Displays a new menu and an information window to adjust alarm limits CHANGE NAME Changes the pressure site to another name ZERO Used to zero reference this transducer only BP FILTER Used to select a 12 or 40 Hz filter CALIBRATE TRANSDUCER Adjusts the transducer offset SPEED Changes the sweep speed for the displayed pressure waveform These menu options are found in all pressure menus The only difference is the site name for example CVP CURSOR PA CURSOR etc More details on each option are found in this chapter Solar 8000M i 12 7 2026265 039A Pressures There are special features associated with ART and PA which are explained in the Special Features section in this chapter See Special Features on page 12 11 Pressure Menu Options In most cases the CVP parameter and menu are used to demonstrate the pressure menu options Scales The Scales option allows you to change the scale on which the pressure waveform is displayed on the monitor Changing the scale changes the size of the waveform Scales can be set in Monitor Defaults 1 Select CVP SCALES from the CVP menu A popup menu opens showing the scale sizes available The scale currently being used is desi
427. t connected However if you are not monitoring NBP you can use the parameters on off feature in the monitor setup menu to turn NBP off and clear the NBP window from the screen NOTE For TRAM modules only The following conditions may cause the NBP parameter block to display the mean arterial pressure MAP value while the associated systolic and diastolic values appear as Xs Very low systolic and diastolic amplitude fluctuations e g patients in shock Very small difference between the MAP and the systolic pressure or the MAP and the diastolic pressure m Loss of system integrity e g loose connections or worn parts Be sure to perform a visual inspection to ensure system integrity Mean Only Alarm NOTE This option is compatible with TRAM modules with software versions 10B or later DINAMAP Classic Use the MEAN ONLY ALARM option in the Monitor Defaults menu to define mean only system alarms when an NBP measurement results in a mean only reading This option generates an audible alarm and displays a MEAN ONLY warning in the NBP parameter window The warning is also sent to any CIC Clinical Information Center and can be viewed using View On Alarm It displays until a new measurement is taken or until CLEAR NBP READING is selected See Setup Default Limits on page 5 13 Solar 8000M i 13 7 Mean Arterial Pressure 2026265 039A NOTE The cuff target pressure must be higher than the patient s systol
428. t they may present a stumbling hazard For devices installed above the patient adequate precautions must be taken to prevent them from dropping on the patient After connecting the monitor to the Unity Network verify the function of the alarm system This can be done for instance by temporarily changing one of the alarm limits to initiate an alarm The monitor is preset at the factory for a specific AC voltage Before applying power be sure that the power requirements match your power supply Refer to the label on the back of the processing unit for voltage and current requirements This manual also includes additional information on power requirements and safety See Chapter 3 When all cables are properly connected press the power switch on the processing unit to the T on position Also turn power on to the display After approximately 10 seconds a display will appear on the monitor Solar 8000M i 2 19 Turning Power On 2026265 039A Equipment Overview Power Switch 889B Solar 8000M i Processing Unit Performance Check After turning the monitor on and during operation the monitor runs automatic self tests If a malfunction is detected the monitor displays a message and a prompt asking if the user wishes to continue operation WARNING If the DO YOU WISH TO CONTINUE message appears during monitor operation it is the physician s responsibility to decide if the unit is sti
429. t to a system advisory alarm in Monitor Defaults It is identified as SPO2 PROBE OFF in the Setup Display information window See Setup Default Display on page 5 14 NOTE The SPO2 PROBE OFF alarm setting responds to both the Probe Off Patient condition and the Connect SpO Probe condition Pulse Search Condition When using a reusable finger probe or a Masimo adhesive probe there is a system alarm to alert you when detection of a repeatable pulse has ceased This Pulse Search condition defaults to a system advisory alarm You can change it to a system warning alarm in Monitor Defaults It is identified as SPO2 PULSE SEARCH in the Setup Display information window See Setup Default Display on page 5 14 Troubleshooting SpO Messages Below is a list of system status alarm messages that may be displayed in the SpO parameter window during monitoring The messages displayed depend on the software installed in your monitoring system and the type of module you are using SpO messages appear in abbreviated form in graph headers If you are unable to resume SpO monitoring call GE service at 1 800 558 7044 U S only Outside the United States please contact your sales service office NOTE When SpO errors occur values not stored in patient trended data until the error is resolved Trending resumes when the message disappears from the screen ARTIFACT DETECTED No SpO data is displayed due to signal interference or too
430. tailed information on each option is found in this chapter This option allows you to change the lead displayed as the primary lead the one in the top trace position This is useful when you are selecting a lead for pacemaker detection or analog output Select the DISPLAY LEAD option from the ECG menu A popup menu opens showing all leads available The lead currently being displayed is highlighted NOTE There is only one V lead choice even if you are using a 10 leadwire cable The V lead available is determined by the VA lead identified in the ST menu If you are using a standard selectable lead three leadwire cable the available choices in the popup menu are leads I II and III Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A ECG Display Lead Display Lead Overview 11 6 ECG Highlight the desired lead The change occurs immediately on the screen When you are satisfied with the lead selection press the Trim Knob control or touch the DISPLAY LEAD option to close the popup menu Synchronized Cardioversion The lead displayed in the top trace position is the signal output to the DEFIB SYNC connector on the front of the module The software provides a defib sync pulse for digital synchronization and places a return marker on the ECG waveform If the defibrillator is to be synchronized with the analog ECG signal review the patient s ECG leads and place the one with the greatest amplitude in the top position
431. tal signs NBP LIMITS Displays an information window and a new menu to adjust systolic diastolic and mean limits m CUFF SIZE Used to select the type of cuff being used adult pediatric or neonatal m CLEAR NBP READING Removes the values from the NBP parameter window INITIAL INFLATION PRESSURE Determines the target inflation pressure for the first measurement Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A 13 8 NBP Detailed information about each option is found in this chapter NBP Menu Options WARNING Periodically check patient limb circulation distal to the cuff Check frequently when using auto NBP in 1 and 2 minute intervals The one and two minute intervals are not recommended for extended periods of time WARNING NBP AUTO DISCONTINUED The NBP AUTO setting reverts to OFF when the Patient Data Module PDM is removed from one monitor and is connected to another monitor if the PDM battery is not installed If the Patient Data Module PDM is used for bedside and transport monitoring its battery should be installed when in use In the event that the PDM battery is not installed the settings for NBP AUTO can be reset after connecting the Patient Data Module to the monitor This option allows you to program the monitor to automatically take NBP measurements at specific time intervals Select NBP AUTO from the NBP menu A popup menu opens showing all choices NBP AUTO 8 HRS 20 MINS 3
432. tat Modules Getting to the CO Menu To display a CO menu select the CO parameter label The CO menu is displayed at the bottom of the screen MAIN UNITS 002 SCALE CO2 N20 COMPENSATION MENU MMHG 50 LIMITS gt 40 N20 SPEED 6 25 747A Menu UNITS Changes the units of measure for inspired and expired CO2 SCALE Selects a scale for the displayed CO capnogram 602 LIMITS Displays a new menu and information window to adjust expired inspired respiration rate and no breath limits m N20 COMPENSATION Compensates for the effect of N O on CO readings Functional in Operating Room mode only SPEED Changes the sweep speed of the displayed waveform Detailed information on each option is found in this chapter 19 16 Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A CO2 This option is used to select the units of measure for expired and inspired Select the UNITS option from the menu A popup menu opens showing the options and kPa Select the desired units of measure The popup menu closes and the menu option now indicates the units selected The units are also displayed in the limits parameter window NOTE Respiration is always measured in breaths per minute and No Breath is always measured in seconds This option is used to select an appropriate scale for the displayed CO waveform The scale choices vary depending on the uni
433. ted the graph Solar 8000M i 15 11 Height Cardiac Output Now BT Limits Units Print CO Curve 2026265 039A early in the process The monitor retains your request and will start printing when the measurement is complete NOTE If you press the Graph Go Stop button during a measurement only the information window data is printed You must select the PRINT CO CURVE option to print the washout curve Select the AUTO MODE menu option to open a popup menu from which you can turn the Auto Mode off and on This can be set as a monitor default The factory default is On When Auto Mode is on the monitor automatically searches for a stable baseline temperature by averaging approximately 8 5 seconds of the patient s blood temperature Once a stable baseline is established the message INJECT WHEN READY is displayed and you can proceed This option allows you to select one of three pressure values pulmonary artery wedge PAW pulmonary artery diastolic PAD or left atrial LA to be used in the calculations Select PAW PAD or LA The popup menu closes and the change takes effect NOTE It is recommended that you adjust the pressure selection before an injection is begun If you make a change after one or more cardiac output trials have been done the trials will be deleted This does not affect any calculations already saved Use this option to change catheter types Selecting another catheter type
434. th the Solar 8000i patient monitor and the Solar 8000M patient monitor Operation of the two monitors is identical unless noted This manual is intended for clinical professionals Clinical professionals are expected to have a working knowledge of medical procedures practices and terminology as required for monitoring of critically ill patients Each page of the document has the document part number and revision letter at the bottom of the page The revision letter changes whenever the document is updated Revision Comments A Initial release of this document A paper copy of this manual will be provided upon request Contact your local GE representative and request the part number on the first page of the manual Manual Purpose Intended Audience Revision History Ordering Manuals Manual Conventions This section describes terminology standards and other conventions that are used throughout this manual In this manual Solar 80001 and Solar 8000M patient monitors are referred to as the monitor or the Solar 8000M i monitor Collectively the Patient Data Module also referred to as and the TRAM module are referred to as acquisition modules The Clinical Information Center is referred to as the central station Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Product References 1 2 The Basics The Solar SpO module with Masimo SET is referred to as the Masimo module The PRN 50
435. the ECG pattern could result in Incorrect arrhythmia calls Loss of ST measurements and or Inaccurate heart rate The Relearn option allows the monitor to learn the new ECG pattern to correct arrhythmia calls and heart rate value and to restore ST measurements Select the RELEARN option from the ECG menu This is a direct action menu option Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A ECG AFIB Identification Relearn 11 18 ECG During the learning process an X replaces the heart rate value in the ECG values window and the message LEARNING appears on the display NOTE Whenever arrhythmia is turned on a relearn automatically takes place The ST analysis program is performed on multiple leads simultaneously It identifies the ST segment of the QRS complex as beginning at the J point and ending predetermined milliseconds following the J point The displayed ST numerics indicate either a positive or negative deviation in relation to the isoelectric reference point I which is also determined by the program See Adjusting ST Limits on page 11 24 When ST analysis is on the lead with the greatest deviation is displayed in the ECG 50 0 2 mm 882A 70 ECG PVC 0 i J 60ms Po parameter window Lead with the greatest deviation ECG Parameter Window with ST Analysis On Or if your monitor defaults have the second priority parameter set to ST the ST values for all leads are displaye
436. the Trim Knob control or touch the IDENTIFY V LEAD option to confirm the change and close the popup menu NOTE The V lead label must correspond with the anatomical position of the V lead electrode Changing the V lead affects the displayed V waveform pacemaker detection analog output the information sent over the network Holter MARS central station the ST trend and template graphing and histories Identify V Lead Option with a 5 Leadwire Cable With a standard 5 leadwire patient cable this menu option labels the V lead as placed in your electrode configuration This V lead is used in ST analysis as well as arrhythmia analysis With a 5 leadwire cable you only connect one V lead therefore you must place the electrode in the V position you want and then be certain that the label matches the position The monitor default is V1 but it can be changed here or in monitor defaults ECG 5 LEAD V If ST trends and complexes are displayed changing this label changes the label on the V lead trend and complex Identify V Lead Option with a 10 Leadwire Cable With a 10 leadwire patient cable and all V leads attached to the patient ST measurements are performed on all V leads However the arrhythmia analysis program only uses one V lead It is identified here Changes made with the IDENTIFY V LEAD option only affect the V lead used for arrhythmia analysis The monitor default for this option is V1 but it can be changed here or in monitor
437. the database and average across the four reconstruction leads Training Set Test Set Mean Std Deviation Median Mean Std Deviation 19 9 54 0 15 19 4 54 7 10 5 61 8 4 9 6 62 1 3 9 41 4 0 3 1 35 4 1 4 24 2 0 1 2 22 4 0 1 15 6 0 1 6 15 4 The ST and QT values are the median mean and standard deviation of the differences between the original 10 electrode ECG and the 12RL 6 electrode ECG 6 electrode measurement minus 10 electrode measurement The ST values are in units of microvolts and the QT values are in milliseconds The following plots are Bland Altman scatter plots of the differences between the original 10 electrode ECGs and the 12RL 6 electrode ECGs for the ST levels of V2 V3 V4 and V6 and for the QT interval for the test set The average of the two measurements is on the horizontal x axis and the difference between the two measurements is on the vertical y axis On these plots horizontal lines are drawn at the mean solid line and at mean two standard deviations dashed line Assuming a normal distribution 95 of the points will lie between the two dashed lines Solar 8000M i 11 35 Median 15 ST V2 ST V3 ST V4 ST V6 QT 2026265 039A 0 VAA e112 6 0112 Us VAS ST Test Set QV 12 ead vs 1274 00 1112 401 OT mee QT Test Set With the lead analysis option you can choose si
438. the host bed the graph prints there Otherwise the graph is printed to the device selected for manual graph location on the viewed patient s monitor Solar 8000M i 6 33 Graph Viewed Bed 2026265 039A Selecting the VIEWED PATIENT DATA option opens a popup menu with the following options for the viewed patient LAST EVENT Opens a popup menu and an information window displaying the last arrhythmia event for the viewed patient Select OK from the popup menu to close the information window VITAL SIGNS Opens the standard Vital Signs menu and information window for the viewed patient s vital signs data There is no Main Menu option Select PREVIOUS MENU from the Vital Signs menu to close the information window and return to the Viewed Patient Data popup menu m GRAPHIC TRENDS Opens the standard Graphic Trends menu and information window for the viewed patient s graphic trend information There is no Main Menu option Select PREVIOUS MENU from the Graphic Trends menu to close the information window and return to the Viewed Patient Data popup menu NOTE This manual contains more information about the Vital Signs and Graphic Trends menus See Chapter 10 Normally there is a split screen view when viewing another bed at a host monitor However it is possible to have a full screen view of another bed under these circumstances No modules are in the Tram rac housing at the host monitor The h
439. the message will clear and the respiration rate will be displayed NOTE Sensitivity is reset at 40 and the waveform is automatically sized when a relearn procedure takes place During the learning process the monitor automatically sets the detection sensitivity at 4096 of the average amplitude Markers are displayed on the waveform showing the detection points at inspiration and expiration If you need to change the detection sensitivity because of varying amplitudes or artifact select the SENSITIVITY option from the respiration menu A popup menu opens showing the options 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 and 10 Select a sensitivity percentage The markers on the waveform will move to reflect the new percentage The lower the percentage the greater the detection sensitivity Select RESPIRATION LIMITS to open an information window and a new menu which allow you to adjust the following m Respiration RESP rate high and low limits Solar 8000M i 16 7 Relearn Respiration Sensitivity Respiration Limits 2026265 039A m Apnea for TRAM module No Breath for Patient Data Module limit See Setting Alarm Limits on page 1 16 NOTE The size of the waveform has no effect on the detection capability of the program During the learning process the displayed waveform is automatically sized to fit a predetermined area of the screen During monitoring the size may have been changed manually see the Manual
440. tient 1 Check connections between the optical module and the SvO module 2 Check connections between the optical module and the catheter 3 Manipulate the catheter to see if the message will clear 4 Check optical module See below for optical module test procedure Optical Module Test Procedure If LOW LIGHT or NO LIGHT message fails to clear after attempting the solutions above follow this procedure to check the optical module Disconnect catheter from optical module 2 Close the optical module s lid and remove from direct light a If status message clears the catheter is damaged and should be replaced b Ifthe status message does not clear the optical module or SvO module is faulty Contact service SERVICE MODULE Message Problem SERVICE MODULE message is displayed Solution Contact service X Displayed in SvO Parameter Window Problem X displayed in SvO parameter window Solutions m Optical module has just been connected and catheter is in the package with the tip in optical reference Perform preinsertion and light intensity calibrations m Optical module has just been connected and catheter is in the patient Perform venous blood gas calibration LOW LIGHT NO LIGHT HIGH INTENSITY LOW INTENSITY or DAMPED INTENSITY message is displayed in the parameter window Follow directions found in SVO2 HELP option in the SvO parameter menu None of the above conditions apply or none
441. tion visible ALARM CONTROL Displays the Alarm Control menu VIEW OTHER PATIENTS Displays the View Other Patients menu PATIENT DATA Displays the Patient Data menu MONITOR SETUP Displays the Monitor Setup menu ADMIT MENU Displays the Admit menu In Operating Room mode this option is labeled NEW CASE SETUP m BATTERY STATUS Displays PDM BATTERY STATUS window and a subordinate menu for BATTERY HELP for Patient Data Module only Each of these menus is discussed in more detail in following chapters MAIN ALARM VIEW OTHER PATIENT MONITOR ADMIT BATTERY Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A The Basics Menu Timeout More Menus 1 6 The Basics When some menu options are selected a small menu pops up around the selected menu option These small menus are called popup menus The most common types of popup menus are described below NOTE With all popup menus the original menu remains on the screen but the other options are dimmed The popup menu must be closed before you can select other options from the original menu Frequently in this manual only the popup menu is shown rather than the popup menu and the dimmed menu options Examples of both are shown below This example shows the ECG parameter menu when using a Patient Data Module MAIN DISPLAY ECG SIZE ECG VIEW ALL UPDATE MENU LEAD II 1X x LIMITS ECG LEAD S
442. to close the popup menu and information window NOTE When no information window appears on the display step 8 is not necessary Upon selecting the menu option in the popup menu step 7 the popup menu closes and function of the Trim Knob control returns to the menu Each parameter menu has an option to set the alarm limits for the monitored aspects of that parameter The monitor s response when a limit is violated depends on the alarm level for which the parameter is set See Chapter 8 Regardless of the parameter all alarm limits are adjusted in the same way The procedure below describes how to set alarm limits for the ART parameter Follow this procedure to set all other parameter alarm limits Select the ART parameter label The ART menu appears at the bottom of the screen Select the ART LIMITS option from the ART menu An information window and a new set of menu options are displayed Pressure Parameter ART LIMITS mmHg SYS DIA MEAN RATE 350 350 350 300 High Range High Limit Setting 140 150 gt 120 Low Limit Setting gt 80 gt 4 gt 20 50 Low Range 99 99 99 1 MAIN SYS HIGH SYS LOW DIA HIGH DIA LOW MENU LIMIT LIMIT LIMIT LIMIT PREVIOUS MEAN HIGH MEAN LOW RATE HIGH RATE LOW MENU LIMIT LIMIT LIMIT LIMIT 665A ART Limits Menu and Information Window The information window shows the limit ranges and the current set limit
443. tored from the balloon pump device NOTE TRAM modules only The first determination initially pumps up to a default target cuff pressure of about 135 mmHg for adults 125 mmHg for pediatrics or 100 mmHg for neonates The initial target pressure preset can be adjusted if you desire a lower or higher initial target pressure See Initial Inflation Pressure on page 13 11 DINAMAP Classic DINAMAP SuperSTAT NOTE Patient Data Module only The first determination initially pumps up to a default target cuff pressure of about 135 mmHg for adults 125 mmHg for pediatrics or 100 mmHg for neonates The initial target pressure preset can be adjusted if you desire a lower or higher initial target pressure See Initial Inflation Pressure on page 13 11 To allow for rapid setting of cuff pressure the monitor will momentarily inflate to a higher pressure then immediately deflate to the target pressure As a determination is taken the monitor stores the pattern of the patient s oscillation size as a function of pressure In any subsequent determination as few as four pressure steps may be necessary to complete the process When employing fewer pressure steps the system uses the stored information from the previous blood pressure determination to decide the best pressure steps to take The monitor Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A 13 4 NBP measures the consistency of pulse size to determine if the oscillations taken at a st
444. touchscreen and close the popup menu NOTE Refer to the GE Critical Care Monitoring Clinical Reference and Troubleshooting Guide for more information about dose calculations To enter the dose calculations program select DOSE CALCS from the Patient Data menu An information window and a new set of menu options are displayed Solar 8000M i 10 17 Arterial venous oxygen content difference Estimated Parameter Arterial oxygen content Mixed venous oxygen content Shunt fraction Oxygen extraction ratio Oxygen delivery index Oxygen consumption index Dose Calcs Dose Calcs Overview 2026265 039A Patient Data DOSE CALCULATIONS DRUG NAME WEIGHT SOL VOLUME 500 CC DRUG QTY DOSE MIN DOSE HR DOSE KG MIN DOSE KG HR INF RATE DRIP RATE DROP SIZE 60 GTT CC INF TIME MENU VALUE CALC SAVED CALC RESUSCITATION MEDICATIONS RECALL MAIN I CHANGE SAVE DRUG QTY RANGE DRUG UNITS DELETE TITRATION MCG MG CALC TABLE Dose Calcs Menu and Information Window PREVIOUS WEIGHT MENU KG 615A CHANGE VALUE Used to enter or change values in the information window SAVE CALC Saves the set of calculations Up to four sets can be saved but only one set for each drug m RECALL SAVED CALC Opens a popup menu to select a set of saved calculations for display DELETE CALC Opens a popup m
445. ts of measure being used A waveform that exceeds the allowed display area on the screen will be flattened on top Adjust the scale to reduce the waveform size Selecting a large scale value reduces the size of the waveform Conversely a smaller scale value increases the size of the waveform To change the scale select the SCALE option from the CO menu A popup menu opens displaying the available options Select the desired option The popup menu closes and the menu option now indicates the scale of your choice The scale lines on the screen also reflect the new scale Select CO2 LIMITS to open an information window and a new menu which allow you to adjust the following Expired EXP high and low limits Inspired INSP high limit Respiration RESP high and low limits No breath limit See Setting Alarm Limits on page 1 16 NOTE This feature functions only when the monitor is in the Operating Room mode The presence of nitrous oxide causes the CO value to be higher than the actual value Use this option to compensate for the presence of N5O This is a direct action menu option which switches between 0 40 N20 and gt 40 N20 Your selection depends on the amount of 0 present Solar 8000M i 19 17 Units CO Scale Limits N2O Compensation 2026265 039A CO2 The 0 40 N20 range does not require compensation When gt 40 20 is chosen compensation is calculated using the following formula
446. tt N 1000 Multi Function Monitor and N 2500 Anesthesia Safety Monitors Abbott LifeCare 5000 Alaris Medical Systems 560M 570 Alaris Medical Systems Gemini PC 1 PC 2 PC 2TX PC 4 Alaris Medical Systems IVAC Signature 7130 7230 Baxter Flo gard 6201 6301 Hellige SMU EVO Siemens SC9000 Novametrix NICO Nellcor Puritan Bennett N 200 Nellcor Puritan Bennett N 395 Solar 8000M i Device Type Anesthesia machine Anesthesia machine Anesthesia machine Continuous cardiac output Continuous cardiac output with 52 Continuous cardiac output with SVOs Continuous cardiac output with 52 Gas analyzer Gas analyzer Gas analyzer Gas analyzer IV pump IV pump IV pump IV pump IV pump Multi parameter monitor Multi parameter monitor NICO monitor Pulse oximeter Pulse oximeter 2026265 039A Alarms Yes Yes Status messages only Yes Yes No Yes Status messages Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes with the following exceptions Ve MAND Vie SPONT SPONT No 2026265 039A Unity Network ID Device Connectivity Chart Waveforms na na na na na na na na Pressure Flow None None Pressure Flow Pressure VNT CO Pressure VNT VNT Pressure Flow Pressure Flow None
447. ty is red and all other pressures are white 5 6 Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Monitor Setup This menu option allows you to turn specific parameters on and off Turning a parameter off removes the waveform and the parameter window from the display Alarms are off and data is not collected in vital signs for that parameter NOTE ECG cannot be turned off When the PARAMETERS ON OFF menu option is selected an information window opens The first column in the information window shows the parameter name the second indicates the data source and the third column indicates whether the parameter is on or off AVAILABLE PARAMETERS gt RETURN ECG RAM ON NBP RAM ON ARTI ON PA2 RAM ON ALRM ON CO2 MODULE SPO2 ON co RAM ON RR RAM OFF MAIN Ea DISPLAY GRAPH MONITOR MENU ON OFF FULL ON OFF SETUP DEFAULTS PREVIOUS PRINT er RETURN SERVICE MENU CRG PLUS 10 MODE 540D Parameters On Off Information Window If a parameter is on selecting it turns it off and vice versa The change takes effect immediately The information window remains open so you can select another parameter if desired To close the information window and popup menu select RETURN Parameters On Off Graph Setup Graph Setup Menu Overview Selecting the GRAPH SETUP menu option opens a
448. ty setting delays the Probe Off Patient detection alarm NOTE This menu option only appears when using a Masimo Patient Data Module or TRAM x51M module and a Masimo probe The Averaging menu option provides the following selections for SpO averaging time 2 4 8 10 12 14 or 16 seconds The default averaging time for all monitoring modes is 8 seconds The selected averaging time is displayed on the Averaging menu option NOTE For the 2 and 4 second averaging settings the actual averaging times may range from 2 to 4 seconds and 4 to 6 seconds respectively Speed Sensitivity Averaging SpO System Alarms Probe Off Patient Condition When using a reusable finger probe or a Masimo adhesive probe there is a system alarm to alert you when the probe is off the patient This Probe Off Patient condition defaults to a system warning alarm You can change it to a system advisory alarm in Monitor Defaults It is identified as SPO2 PROBE OFF in the Setup Display information window See Setup Default Display on page 5 14 Solar 8000M i 14 13 2026265 039A SpO2 NOTE The SPO2 PROBE OFF alarm setting responds to both the Probe Off Patient condition and the Connect SpO Probe condition Connect SpO Probe Condition There is a system alarm to alert you when the probe is not connected to the patient cable This Connect SpO Probe condition defaults to a system warning alarm You can change i
449. u If you change the dose the program recalculates the other dose values INF RATE infusion rate This value represents the cc hr that the solution infuses If you change the infusion rate the program recalculates the dose values DRIP RATE You must change this value if you are administering medication with a pump that counts drops and the pump s drop size is not 60 gtt cc DROP SIZE This represents the administration setup used by the IV pump INF TIME infusion time If you enter the solution volume drug quantity and infusion time the program will calculate the infusion rate and the dose This is a direct action menu option Select SAVE CALC to store the set of dose calculations displayed on the screen Here are some guidelines to remember when saving dose calcs An incomplete calculation cannot be saved If you save a calculation that has the same drug name as a previously saved calculations the new calculation will replace the previous one Four sets of calculations can be saved When saving a fifth calculation a message is displayed asking that a calculation be deleted before storing this calculation Select this menu option to display a list of saved calculations A popup menu opens listing the saved calculations Select the calculation you wish to recall The information window immediately displays the requested set of calculations Select RETURN in the popup menu to close it and return to the Dose C
450. u have an ARTS parameter label on the monitor this means that a pressure module is in slot 3 and an ART line is connected to that module Solar 8000M i 2 13 Features of the Housing 2026265 039A NOTE Single parameter BP and temp modules can only be placed in the bottom two slots slot 3 and slot 4 of a Tram rac housing Slot 1 Slot 2 Slot 3 Slot 4 e 8 TRAM RAC 4A S 22 5068 Tram rac Housing Slots Equipment Overview Installing and Removing TRAM Modules Acquisition modules are easily installed and removed A TRAM module must always occupy the top position in the Tram rac housing Other modules are installed below it To install a module 1 Facing the Tram rac housing guide the back of the module into the appropriate position 2 Gently push the module into the housing You will hear a click when the module is fully inserted To remove a module 1 Push the module into the Tram rac housing This releases the module and makes it easier to remove 2 Press and hold the release levers found on each side of the front of the module 3 Pull the module out about 6 inches 15 cm 4 Grasp the module firmly with both hands and remove it Do not try to hold the module by the release levers The release levers for TRAM modules are recessed in the side of the protruding front of the module Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A 2 14 Equipment Over
451. uipment without protection against ingress of water Solar 8000M i 3 13 Notes Classification 2026265 039A Not Suitable Equipment not suitable for use in the presence of a flammable anesthetic mixture with air or with oxygen or nitrous oxide Mode of operation Continuous Continuous Continuous Continuous Continuous Continuous Continuous Continuous Continuous Continuous Continuous Continuous Continuous Continuous Continuous Continuous Continuous Continuous Continuous Continuous Continuous 2026265 039A Method s of sterilization or disinfection recommended by the manufacturer NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA Degree of safety of application in the presence of a flammable anesthetic mixture with air or with oxygen or nitrous oxide Not Suitable Not Suitable Not Suitable Not Suitable Not Suitable Not Suitable Not Suitable Not Suitable Not Suitable Not Suitable Not Suitable Not Suitable Not Suitable Not Suitable Not Suitable Not Suitable Not Suitable Not Suitable Not Suitable Not Suitable Not Suitable Degree of protection against harmful ingress of water Ordinary Ordinary Ordinary Ordinary Ordinary Ordinary Ordinary Ordinary Ordinary Ordinary Ordinary Ordinary Ordinary
452. ule and TRAM x51M modules have adjustable averaging times The Nellcor Patient Data Module and TRAM x51N modules use Nellcor s standard averaging for all monitoring modes The monitor display is updated every two seconds The SpO monitoring features are found in the SpO menu These features include waveform size alarm limit adjustment display of rate and rate volume With the Solar SpO module or the Masimo SET module and a TRAM module it is possible to monitor two SpO sites at one time You cannot however monitor two SpO sites using two single parameter SpO modules or two TRAM modules When monitoring two sites the software identifies the SpO data from the module by displaying MODULE at the top of the values window and the associated waveform is labeled SPO2M NOTE When monitoring only one SpO site the identifiers described above are not present Two 50022 5 Getting to the SPO gt Menu To display the SpO menu select the SpO parameter label The SpO menu is then displayed at the bottom of the screen The menu options that appear are dependent on the type of module and probe used MAIN SIZE RATE RATE VOL SP02 PERSISTENT MENU 1 ON OFF LIMITS OFF SPEED 25 SpO Menu GE Ohmeda and Nellcor Probes 690B Solar 8000M i 14 9 2026265 039A MAIN SIZE RATE RATE VOL 5 02 PERSISTENT MENU 1X ON OFF LIMITS OFF SENSITIVITY AVERAGING SPEED NORMAL 8 SECS
453. ule software version here These lines indicate a Patient Data Module is connected with Copyright 2003 software version 1 0 GEMS Information Technologies All rights reserved PDM 2023778 001 1 0 MAIN DISPLAY MONITOR MENU ON OFF INDIVIDUAL NEXT SETUP DEFAULTS PREVIOUS PREVIOUS PRINT 4 gt Quit REVISION SERVICE MENU CRG PLUS 10 AND ID MODE 563G Software Revision Popup Menu and Information Window The other software information in the information window is most useful to service personnel Select QUIT to close the popup menu and information window when you are done Service Mode Service Menu Overview The Service menu is intended for qualified service personnel Therefore it is password protected Selecting the SERVICE MODE option from the Monitor Setup menu displays a screen similar to the one shown below 5 20 Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Monitor Setup CAUTION You are about to enter the Service Mode of operation If you proceed you may lose your monitor configuration Some operations will cause a Cold Start of the monitor ENTER THE PASSWORD AND PROCEED AT YOUR OWN RISK MAIN WAVEFORMS DISPLAY COLOR MENU ON OFF FULL CLINICAL PREVIOUS PRINT TOUCH VOL LEARN THE SERVICE MENU CRG PLUS 10 MONITOR 0 0 0 0 MODE 5648 Service
454. ulling on the battery door pull tab Battery door pull tab 862A 2 Pull the battery tray out of the Patient Data Module using the battery tray strap and remove the battery from the battery tray 3 Insert the new battery with the test button facing up and the arrow pointing into the Patient Data Module 855A 4 Press the battery door closed until it seals the battery compartment 1 8 Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Appendix Battery WARNING PHYSICAL INJURY Make sure the battery is completely inserted and that the battery door is securely sealed Falling batteries could seriously or fatally injure neonatal or other vulnerable patients 5 Connect the Patient Data Module to the monitor 6 Confirm the P battery capacity gauge is displayed in the lower right corner of the display Recycle the Battery When the battery no longer holds a charge it should be replaced Remove the old battery and follow your local recycling guidelines WARNING EXPLOSION HAZARD Do not incinerate the battery or store at high temperatures Serious injury or death could result Rechargeable Battery Collection Sites In the United States and Canada the Rechargeable Battery Recycling Corporation RBRC can help you locate your nearest rechargeable battery collection site You can contact RBRC by telephone or by accessing their internet web site m telephone 1 800 8 BATTERY 800 822 88379
455. up menu CARDIAC CALCULATIONS 25FEB 10 52 MONITORED CO 6 0 HR 69 MAP 94 Press the Graph Go Sto PAM 23 PAW 10 button to print the displayed WEIGHT 70 0 KG 1 WEIGHT 580 calculations CALCULATED BSA 1 79 Cl 33 SV 87 0 SVR 1119 SVRI 1980 PVR 173 PVRI 306 LVSWI 56 1 RVSWI 87 MAIN CHANGE SAVE REVIEW WEIGHT HEIGHT MENU VALUE CALC CALCS KG CM 621A Completed Set of Cardiac Calculations 10 11 Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Select the SAVE CALC option from the Cardiac Calcs menu to save the displayed values to Vital Signs The message SAVE OPERATION COMPLETE appears in the message line If the message SAVE OPERATION FAILED appears a CO value has not been entered you already saved this set of calculations or the ECG source module is not in the housing To review all saved calculations select the REVIEW CALCS option The Vital Signs information window is displayed The data is sorted so cardiac calculations appear first in the list Since you have entered the vital signs program the Vital Signs menu options are displayed However when sorted for cardiac calcs the Time Interval and Specific Time options are non functional See Vital Signs on page 10 5 The Weight and Height options in the Cardiac Calcs menu allow you to switch the units of measure between kilograms and pounds for weight and centimeters and inches for heig
456. ures or devices previously applied in your facility for SpO monitoring should be used in the event that the SpO value from the monitor cannot be validated by the above criteria 1 acquisition module is properly connected to the monitor 2 The SpO probe is correctly positioned on the patient Follow the instructions provided with the probe 3 The patient cable is connected to the module 4 The SpO setup is adjusted if necessary Follow the procedures in this chapter PRECAUTIONS Checklist Masimo SET Module Possession or purchase of this device does not convey any express or implied license to use the device with unauthorized replacement parts which would alone or in combination with this device fall within the scope of one or more of the patents relating to this device No Implied License Masimo SET Module PWR Indicator Light On the front panel of the Masimo SET module there is an indicator light labeled PWR Solar 8000M i 14 7 2026265 039A PWR Indicator Light 894B Masimo SET Module The PWR indicator light flashes when the module is first inserted in a Tram rac housing with power applied to it It illuminates steady green during normal module operation If there is a problem during module operation it will again flash as the module turns off The PWR indicator light is not illuminated when the module is off NOTE When used with a powered Tram rac h
457. us respiration rate artifact right ventricular stroke work index 5 systolic arterial oxygen saturation second spectral edge frequency stroke index solution 2026265 039A Solar 8000M i QA QRS Qs Qt QTY RA RA RAM RAWe REF RES RESP RF RHb RHY RL RM RMT ALM RMT VID ROM RR RRm RRs RTFC RVSWI SaO gt sec SEF Sl SOL Appendix J Abbreviations and Symbols Appendix J Abbreviations and Symbols special spectrometer spontaneous respiration rate arterial oxygen saturation from pulse oximetry signal quality index suppression ratio interval of ventricular repolarization standard graphics array systolic time ratio summation stroke volume mixed venous oxygen saturation systemic vascular resistance systemic vascular resistance index synchronization systolic temperature site 1 temperature site 2 tachycardia transcutaneous transcutaneous carbon dioxide transcutaneous oxygen total carbon dioxide temperature thoracic fluid content trigeminy total hemoglobin calculated technical information report temperature transmitter tidal volume mechanical tidal volume spontaneous tidal volume inspired tidal volume Solar 8000M i J 11 SP SPEC SPO RR SpO gt SQI SR ST STD VGA STR SUM SV SvOs SVR SVRI SYNC Sync SYS T1 T2 TACH TC Tc TGMY tHb c TIR T
458. use this module on any patient who may be adversely affected by the withdrawal rate CAUTION VACUUM SOURCE Do not connect exhaust of the module to an unregulated high vacuum source Pressure may cause inaccurate gas readings and also may cause serious damage to the equipment s internal components Solar 8000M i 19 5 2026265 039A CAUTION WATER TRAP An Aqua Knot water trap must always be used when the unit is running Failure to use the water trap can result in contamination of the internal gas measurement instruments and may cause subsequent inaccurate gas analysis data Replace and dispose of the Aqua Knot water trap when occluded Do not reuse Reusing the water trap may cause inaccurate readings and may damage the equipment CO2 Monitoring Features When beginning CO monitoring placing a module in the Tram rac housing and connecting the patient cable there is a warm up period of about two minutes The message WARMING UP is displayed in the CO parameter window After the warm up period when the patient is properly connected and breath is detected numerics are displayed in the CO parameter window and a CO waveform may be displayed on the screen NOTE The CO waveform sweep speed on the screen is set at 6 25 millimeters per second which is considerably slower than other displayed waveforms This is done in o
459. using a TRAM module and a single parameter module NOTE Refer to the GE Critical Care Monitoring Clinical Reference and Troubleshooting Guide for the following information SpO sensor probe compatibility Signal and data validity Factors contributing to inaccurate measurements Patient preparation Masimo SET information Nellcor Sat Seconds alarm management information Clinical level troubleshooting 14 2 Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A SpO2 SpO Connectors Patient Data Module with Masimo SET SpO gt SpO Cable Connector TRAM 200SL Module SpO Cable Connector STATUS Solar SpO2 Module Solar 60002 Module with Masimo SET 404B 545A 885A 798A 894B NOTE The signal input is a high insulation port and it is defibrillator proof The insulated input ensures patient safety and protects the device during defibrillation and electrosurgery The SpO cable should plug into the module s SpO connector easily and securely Do not use excessive force to connect the cable If the SpO cable does not easily fit into the SpO connector on the module it is likely that you do not have the appropriate cable for that module 2026265 039A Solar 8000M i 14 3 WARNING APNEA NO BREATH A pulse oximeter should not be used as an apnea no breath monitor WARNING DATA VALIDITY Do not expose probe detector to strong ambient light while monitoring a patient A poor signal may result
460. vice can print or another alarm graph occurs The monitor only saves the most recent alarm data for printing A manual graph is saved until you press the Graph Go Stop button or an alarm graph occurs GRAPHING BP Only invasive blood pressures are being graphed Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Printing Invasive BP Only Pressure Scales Graphing Messages 7 6 Printing GRAPHING MANUAL A manual graph is in progress GRAPHING ALARM A crisis or warning alarm has occurred and an automatic alarm graph is running PRINTING WINDOW A manual graph of a printable information window is in progress NO PAPER The writer or printer needs paper or the writer door is open The graph header which is printed with all patient waveforms includes Type of graph alarm manual or BP only Alarm violation if any Unit name bed number and patient name Patient ID Date and time Patient monitor type and monitor default name Alarm volume level Graph speed Lead failed if any Heart rate Arrhythmia call if any and arrhythmia is on Pace mode if on Arrhythmia mode off lethal or full PVC count if full arrhythmia is on ST value for top displayed lead if on ST measurement point if on ECG filter Hz range ECG Size in mV div amplitude per graticule Values for all other monitored parameters Solar 8000M i 7 7 Graph Header 2026265 039A
461. view Tram rac Housing Release Levers 511A Removing a TRAM Module Optional Clinical Information Center The Unity Network Ethernet establishes communication and allows patient data to be sent to an optional CIC Pro Clinical Information Center central station Refer to the CIC Pro Clinical Information Center Operator s Manual for operating instructions 513B Clinical Information Center 2026265 039A Solar 8000M i 2 15 Equipment Overview Optional Writers and Printers This manual contains more information about writers and printers available for the Solar 8000M i monitor See Chapter 7 Optional Remote Display An optional remote display can be connected to the system to provide enhanced visibility Optional Connectivity Device For information about the Unity Network ID connectivity device refer to the Unity Network ID connectivity device operator s manual and service manual Information about interfaces for the Solar 8000M 1 monitor can be found in this manual See Chapter 20 Optional iPanel Computer For information about the iPanel computer refer to the iPanel Software Operator s Instructions and or iPanel Administrator s Manual Controls Keypad and Remote Control The monitor keypad and remote control have a Trim Knob control as well as 18 buttons that can be used to access various operational features of the monitor Some buttons are also labeled with numbers and can be used
462. ward in time if data is available Select TIME INTERVAL to choose the time interval between the displayed columns of data This does not affect data collection only how the data is displayed The time interval options are 1 HR 30 MINS 15 MINS 5 MINS and I MIN Select the SPECIFIC TIME option to open a popup menu that allows you to enter a specific time you wish to find and display in Vital Signs Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Patient Data View Older View Newer Time Interval Specific Time 10 6 Patient Data i SPECIFIC 10 DEC 2000 09 30 TIME Specific Time Popup Menu 601A 1 Rotate the Trim Knob control or use the touchscreen arrows to move the highlight onto the date and time The popup menu opens showing the current date and time 2 Press the Trim Knob control when an element of the date or time is highlighted NOTE This step is not necessary when using the touchscreen feature 3 Rotate the Trim Knob control or use the touchscreen arrows to make a change Press the Trim Knob control to complete the change not necessary when using the touchscreen 4 Repeat this procedure for the other elements of the date and time 5 When finished close the popup menu The specific time you requested or the time closest to it if your time interval is set for other than one minute appears in the middle column of the information window
463. ware Packages Software Packages The Solar 8000i monitor comes configured with the Basic software package Three additional packages can be purchased separately or in any combination These packages are Cardiac software package Cardiopulmonary software package m High Resolution CRG Trends software package This manual contains more information about these software packages and instructions on how to tell which software package s are installed on your monitor High Resolution CRG Trends 2026265 039A See Software Packages on page 1 4 Refer to the table below for a comprehensive feature matrix Cardio pulmonary Package Cardiac Package Software Packages Basic Software Package lt X gt lt gt lt gt lt x gt lt XxX gt gt Capability or Feature 8 trace color display On screen invasive BP site labels Common scale and individual scale BP displays Right left overlapping BP scale display Waveform and numeric alignment Mentor on screen operational support Adult neonate and OR customization User programmable monitor default monitor setup CRG Plus Storage of up to 100 CRG events Storage of up to 24 hours of CRG trend data Simultaneous multi lead ECG acquisition 3 lead or 5 lead ECG cable compatibility Pacemaker detection rejection Smart lead fail All ECG display format Minimum arrhythmia detection package Lethal arrhythmia detection
464. wever set it to a crisis alarm in monitor defaults In Adult ICU and Neonatal ICU modes this alarm defaults to a system warning alarm but can be set to a crisis alarm in monitor defaults See Setup Default Display on page 5 14 This option enables you to change the size of all ECG waveforms displayed on the screen This may be necessary when diagnosing or problem solving Normal size 1X is recommended unless circumstances require otherwise NOTE Size 2X and greater will lower the QRS detection threshold This may be helpful for low amplitude QRS waveforms Use with caution since baseline artifact may be detected as a QRS complex Waveforms are graphed with a gain of two ST complexes are displayed based on the ECG size selected but always print at 1X size Selecting the ECG SIZE option from the ECG menu opens a popup menu Size options are 4X 0 25mV amplitude 2X 0 5mV amplitude 1X 1 0mV amplitude 0 5X 2 0mV amplitude The current size for all displayed ECG waveforms is highlighted in the menu and the corresponding mV is shown on the display next to the top waveform NOTE When using a Patient Data Module and 0 5x or 1x is selected the sensitivity is set to normal When 2x or 4x is selected the sensitivity is set to maximum Rotate the Trim Knob control or use the touchscreen arrows to change the size The change occurs immediately on the screen When you are satisfied with the selection press the Trim Knob
465. x hour segments The display will update automatically every two minutes when the most recent data segment is currently displayed Viewing Mode 18 OCT 2000 14 16 NEO NEOO NICU BED5 CRG Event ECG Directory 90 ig SHOURSUMMARY TEOCT2U0D 141600 RR aay 155 60 30 maximum of three trends can be displayed Cursor Tic Mark Increments Message Area 622B CRG Trends Window and Menu This display and menu are not affected by the Menu Timeout feature in monitor defaults They do not time out To redisplay all waveforms and parameter windows you must select MAIN MENU CRG Trends Event Directory The top portion of the CRG trends window is used to display a directory of stored CRG events A maximum of six events can be displayed in the directory Each event has an associated number a minimum maximum alarm value based on low or high alarm type and an event start time An asterisk indicates that you cannot access the trend trace data for this event the event may have just occurred and data may not be available yet When the monitor is set for Neonatal ICU mode and an apnea brady or desaturation alarm occurs within 30 seconds of the first alarm the monitor groups the alarms on one text line in the event directory refer to line 5 in the example below Solar 8000M i 9 7 2026265 039A NOTE When more than one alarm is grouped on a text line each alarm counts as a single even
466. xpect accuracy to be within the limits shown The root mean square error RMSE is a conventional measure of signal distortion All deviations in the P QRS ST T complex in all four reconstruction leads V2 V3 V4 and V6 are combined in this measure The value shown in the table is the median for the database Half of the adult ECGs had an RMSE value of less than 61 which is less than two thirds of a millimeter at standard scale Half of the ECGs had an RMSE of more than that The RMSE error in leads I IL III aVR aVL aVF V1 and V5 is exactly zero because these leads are directly recorded not reconstructed The heart rate P R interval QT interval QRS duration and axis number shown in the table are the 95 percentile change seen between the original 10 electrode ECG and the 12RL six electrode ECG For example the PR interval change exceeded 16 milliseconds in only 546 of the adult ECGs 2026265 039A Measure Training Test Database ECG count 1112 1154 RMSE root mean square error 62 uV 61 uV BPM beats per minute 0 0 P R interval 12 ms 16 ms QRS duration 12ms 12 ms QT interval 24 ms 24 ms P axis 13 degrees 17 degrees QRS axis 3 degrees 4 degrees T axis 14 degrees 15 degrees ACI TIPI score 17 17 Solar 8000M i ECG 11 34 ECG The table lists the 95 percentile change seen in rate intervals and axis and ACI TIPI scores The listed RMSE value is median for
467. xygen content Oxygen delivery index Mixed venous oxygen content Arterial venous oxygen content difference Oxygen consumption index Fick cardiac output Oxygen extraction ratio Oxygenation ratio Shunt fraction Alveolar pressure does not appear in the pulmonary calculations display but it is used to derive AaDOs References 1 Chatburn Robert and Lough Marvin Handbook of Respiratory Care Year Book Medical Publishers Inc Chicago 1990 2 Marino Paul The ICU Book Williams amp Wilkin Baltimore 1998 3 Tobin Martin Principles amp Practice of Intensive Care Monitoring McGraw Hill Inc 1998 10 14 Patient Data To use the pulmonary calculations program select PULMONARY CALCS from the Patient Data menu An information window and a new menu are displayed PULMONARY CALCS MONITORED CALCULATED WEIGHT 70 0 VR Weight and height are I n WE displayed if entered RR el previously in cardiac TV AaDO2 Iculati dmit inf PIP calculations or admit info 002 760 CvO2 Press the Graph Go Stop Hb 8 2 0 Paco VO2i button to print the displayed Pa02 O2ER calculations Sa02 Pa FiO2 PvO2 Qs Qt SvO2 MAIN CHANGE SAVE REVIEW WEIGHT HEIGHT MENU VALUE CALC CALCS KG CM PREVIOUS CALCULATE STORE ESTIMATED CALCS MENU 02 15 MINS 612A Pulmonary Cal
468. ythmia Therefore a physician must analyze the arrhythmia information in conjunction with other clinical findings Solar 8000M i 11 15 Print All ECG Clear V2 V6 Fail Update Lead Set Arrhythmia Arrhythmia Overview 2026265 039A WARNING SUSPENDED ANALYSIS Certain conditions suspend arrhythmia analysis When suspended arrhythmia conditions are not detected and alarms associated with arrhythmias do not occur The messages which alert you to the conditions causing suspended arrhythmia analysis are ARR OFF ARRHY SUSPEND LEADS FAIL ALARM PAUSE ALL ALARMS OFF and DISCHARGED NOTE Arrhythmia messages are displayed when ALARM PAUSE ALL ALARMS OFF or DISCHARGED is displayed but there are no alarm tones or history storage The EK Pro algorithm simultaneously uses leads I II III and the V VA lead for ECG and arrhythmia analysis The Basic software package detects lethal arrhythmias only The Cardiac software package has full arrhythmia analysis ECG Turning Arrhythmia On and Off To manually turn arrhythmia analysis off and on select the ARRHYTHMIA option from the ECG menu A popup menu opens The choices available are determined by the software package gt LETHAL LETHAL Arrhythmia Popup Menu Basic Software Package gt FULL LETHAL ARRHYTHMIA OFF FULL Arrhythmia Popup Menu Cardiac Software Package 644B 645A Select your arrhythmia analysis choic
469. z if lead II fail m ECG lead V Buzz if lead V fail 2026265 039A Solar 8000M i 23 All ECG outputs are 1 volt per millivolt Referred Input NOTE For BPs coming from a TRAM module a buzz is sent to the analog out if the BP is not zeroed If the BP source is other than a TRAM module no buzz is sent instead the BP waveform is sent but it has an unknown DC voltage offset All BP outputs are 10 mV mmHg when zeroed First ART or BP1 if no ART monitored BP2 or SPO waveform if available if BP2 is not present BP3 or SPO value if available if BP3 is not present BP4 or resp waveform if available if BP4 is not present Waveform in slot 5 Tram rac housings with 3 or more slots Waveform in slot 6 Tram rac housings with 3 or more slots Waveform in slot 7 Tram rac 4A housing only Waveform in slot 8 Tram rac housings with 3 or more slots Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Appendix E Analog Output BP Analog Output 4 F Appendix F Supplies Information Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A Appendix F Supplies Information Appendix F Supplies Information To ensure patient safety use only supplies manufactured or recommended by GE Your local sales service representative can provide current supplies lists or you can contact GE Supplies Refer to the How to Reach Us page F 2 Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A G Appendix G ooftware Packages Appendix 6 Soft
470. ze Solar 8000M i 2026265 039A SpO2 Size 14 10 SpO2 A pulse rate is derived from the SpO signal and is displayed in the parameter window To turn this displayed rate off and on simply select the RATE option from the SpO menu This is a direct action menu option The rate volume option turns on a tone that sounds each time an SpO pulse is detected This is a variable pitch tone which changes as the patient s saturation level changes as the saturation level decreases the pitch of the tone also decreases The volume of this tone can be adjusted Select the RATE VOL option from the SpO menu A popup menu opens 100 60 20 90 50 10 80 60 OFF Rate Vol Popup Menu 692A Rotate the Trim Knob control or use the touchscreen arrows to select an option You will hear the tone volume when an option is highlighted When you have selected the desired volume level press the Trim Knob control or touch the RATE VOL option to close the popup menu NOTE Turning the rate volume on automatically turns the QRS volume off If monitoring two SpO sites rate volume can only be turned on for one site at a time When in the Operating Room mode the 10 and 20 volume tones are slightly quieter than the 10 and 20 volume tones in the Adult ICU or Neonatal ICU modes Select SPO2 LIMITS to open an information window and a new menu which allow you to adjust the following SpO hi

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

Mode d`emploi du Thermix HPNT-10-V2  Sony CDP-XE220_XE3202015-05-09 02 - Wiki Karat    Portrait Professional 11  1 Cat. No. 42.7003 MANUAL DE INSTRUCCIONES  Powermate PMC603250 Parts list  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file